NURBN2024 Mental Health Recovery Plan Case Study Sample

Scenario: Mental Health Recovery Plan

Note: This is information is a continuation of Bens story from Task 1, all previous information and video still applies Ben, a 25-year-old qualified builder, was brought into the Emergency Department by the Police three days ago following an aggressive episode involving his girlfriend outside their house. Ben behaviour raised concerns, leading the Police to believe that he was mentally unwell and posed a risk to himself and/or others. As a result, Ben was detained and taken to the local health service. Ben has a history of depression and borderline personality disorder, with known suicide attempts. His depression has been ongoing since he was 21 years old. Additionally, he has been using substances since the age of 14. His girlfriend informed the police that his substance use had become much worse & in recent months and that he had started acting strangely Upon admission to the Emergency Department, Ben was found to have a mixture of alcohol, ice (methamphetamine), and cannabis in his system. He was also experiencing a psychotic episode. The healthcare professionals managed his acute symptoms and determined that he is now stable enough to be discharged from the inpatient unit to a community setting. However, given his complex history and current mental state, a comprehensive recovery plan is necessary to support his transition and rehabilitation. Your previous MSE and risk assessment contributed to his care and after 4 days, he is to be discharged in the community.

You have just started in the community and have requested to continue working with Ben at the Community Mental Health Service. Ben has agreed to this as he is comfortable with you, having previously met you in the Inpatient Unit. He has also been taken off the mental health act and is now a voluntary patient Ben’s Current presentation and information: Ben’s symptoms of psychosis seem to be resolved currently prescribed Olanzapine 10mg BD is also prescribed Diazepam 5mg TDS. These medications were also used as part of Ben’s withdrawal from his methamphetamine and cannabis whilst he was in hospital. Ben previously was on Diazepam 10mg TDS. The psychiatrist would like this to be reduced and will review these medications with a view to discontinuing when appropriate.

When in hospital, Ben also started a SSRI called Escitalopram 10mg Daily. The psychiatrist would like this to be monitored [AC1] with an increase to 20 mg if tolerated, Ben was [AC2] previously on other antidepressants before admission and stated, “they did nothing for him”. He has not had Escitalopram before.
Ben still presents as low in mood; he still states his girlfriend will leave him and will lose his job and is embarrassed about how he was brought into hospital. These statements appear to be related to his mood and do not fit delusional content. He has stated that he has no plans to take own his life, but he does on occasion think about if he could just go to sleep and not wakeup as his thoughts “don’t stop” sometimes and he just wants to get away.

Overall, Ben still has till has some mild symptoms of withdrawal, and this has generally been managed well in hospital with an Amphetamine Withdrawal Scale and his regular medication. He currently feels he cannot miss any doses of the Olanzapine and Diazepam, otherwise he may will “lose it”. Ben has discharged, back to his home with his girlfriend. She has been very supportive during his inpatient stay. His girlfriend is worried about future relapse. His mother Cathy has also been supportive to Ben during this time and has volunteered to help where she can. Ben’s workplace has organised him some sick leave. Ben’s girlfriend has discussed with you that his boss is very supportive around mental health issues and wants him back at work when he is ready.

INSTRUCTIONS:

Instructions for Students

Task is focused on creating a recovery plan for Ben mental health, considering his transition from inpatient care to a community setting. This assignment will help you demonstrate your understanding of recovery planning, mental health interventions, monitoring and collaboration. Please carefully read and follow the instructions provided below.

Task Overview: You are required to create a recovery plan for Ben, a 25-year-old individual who was discharged from an inpatient unit to a community setting after a recent aggressive episode and psychotic episode. Your recovery plan should address mental health history, substance use, and recovery goals, considering evidence- based interventions and a include collaborative approach involving Ben, healthcare providers, family, and support network. Recovery plan can follow structured headings of Recovery plan template (provided in assessment resources) Rubric and Scoring: Your submission will be evaluated based on the rubric provided. Each criterion carries a specific point value, and your total score will be calculated out of 60 points and weighted to 50% of total grade.

Solution

Introduction

Ben is dealing with bipolar disorder and he has history of engaging in self-harming behaviour. After improvement in his condition of psychosis, he has been transferred to community care setting. For Assignment Help, this study includes a detailed interpretation of mental health recovery plan to be considered for Ben. Detailed analysis of recovery objectives, intervention risk assessment, and relapse prevention plan has been given here.

Mental health

Recovery goals

As per MSE, Ben has poor personal hygiene and he has anxiety and stress-related issues. He is dealing with emotional instability and issues while communicating about problems faced currently thus goal for Ben is to consider current distress associated with symptoms of substance withdrawal and overthinking are mentioned below.

- To improve emotional resilience and limit anxiety within 6 months through emotional wellbeing activities to ensure a positive mindset.

- Reducing habit of overthinking and managing outbursts of emotion within 6 months for managing family, occupational personal lifestyle through improving emotional resilience.

Nursing interventions

Emotional resilience-enhancing activities during treatment of mental health disorders provide scope to improve positive emotions and ensure a sense of self-satisfaction (Prakash et al., 2020). Similarly, in context of Ben, focus needs to be placed on improving emotional resilience. Under community care setting a personal wellbeing project is applicable for Ben as it helps to limit symptoms of anxiety and stress by improving resilience. Mental wellbeing training is associated with idea of ensuring positive mental health indications such as well-being and resilience in case of depressive symptoms associated with interpersonal reasons and other causes (Riepenhausen et al., 2022). Key resources to be considered in case of well-being training include community setting and social support. In this context, resilience skills are developed through cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT). Benefits of CBT include better adaptability to adverse situations, positive coping skills, and self-regulation as well as better socialisation ability (Polizzi & Lynn, 2021). In context of case of Ben, application of CBT under wellbeing training can provide opportunities to improve positive thought processes and avoid situations of poor anger management and better self-regulation. Through application of CBT there is also possibility of avoiding issues of poor personal hygiene maintenance and better socialisation can also help improve issues in communication and language. Here community health service provider has the role of assisting Ben to improve self-awareness regarding recovery and deterioration symptoms for self-monitoring. Ben needs to be assisted with using mood chart and other self-monitoring techniques.

Family relationship and occupation

Recovery goals

Based on an assessment of mental health condition and current progress made it can be identified that Ben is dealing with issues to communicate emotions and issues with others and he has manager management issues. Currently Ben is on leave from his workplace as his employer arranged leave for his mental condition and treatment. Poor emotional management and poor hygiene management can impact family and professional life in terms of poor living arrangements and finance management. Due to poor communication and mention management Ben deals with poor relationships with family members such as his mother and girlfriend. Thus based on current situation Ben's goals for improvement are mentioned below.

- Improving positive relationships with family members and colleagues in workplace through enhancing socialisation ability within 6 months.

- Improving living arrangements and personal hygiene through enhancing self-management ability within 7 months.

Nursing interventions

Ben works as a qualified builder and due to substance misuse issues; he becomes unable to manage mention which can significantly impact his professional life. Due to a poor professional lifestyle, there can be poor financial management issues and employment opportunities can become limited. In this context, area to focus on is socialisation for better family relationships and emotional and self-management for better professional life. In this context, mild exercise such as swimming yoga, or meditation can be beneficial. Further engagement with community activities can help to improve socialisation. Meditation is beneficial for dealing with anger management issues in terms of enhancing sense of peace and calm as well as limiting anxiety and agitation due to depressive thoughts (Malakoutikhah et al., 2022). In this context supporting Ben to engage in mediation and other emotional wellbeing activities can help to improve his concentration and anger management ability to avoid negative impact of poor mention management of occupation and family life. Engaging in community activities and socialisation provide scope to avoid long-term mental health issues including Alzheimer's (Morton et al., 2021). As Ben already has a history of substance misuse and depression as well as suicide long-term effects of such conditions cannot be avoided. In this concrete, ensuring socialisation through engaging with community-based activities provides scope to retain emotional wellbeing. Thus guiding Ben to engage in socialisation activities and emotional resilience-enhancing activities as well as monitoring improvement can provide long-term outcomes.

Physical health and medication management

Recovery goals

Ben is currently under medication of Escitalopram 10 mg daily and he has a fear of developing old symptoms thus he thinks that he cannot avoid any dosage of Olanzapine and Diazepam. He is dealing with fear of engaging with substances again as he often overthinks and hallucinates about the situations. Considering physical health, poor personal hygiene is a major concern, and signs of withdrawal which include excessive thrust and weakness. Thus along with medication management, there is a need to focus on limiting signs of withdrawal and a healthy diet as there are also side effects of psychotic drugs. Considering area of physical health and medication management below-mentioned goals are applicable.

- To increase confidence and limit anxiety along with improving personal hygiene within 6 months through counselling and guided assistance.

- Engaging with family-centred activities for limiting anxiety and poor medication management along with following a healthy diet during time of withdrawal.

Nursing interventions

Ben has a history of substance abuse due to withdrawal signs his physical health can be impacted. Thus family centred interventions are beneficial for him. Involvement of family and communication about issues with family help to limit potential recurrence of substance misuse. Smiley in case of Ben communication with family members, specifically his mother, needs to be improved. Thus under supervision of community health service family-centred activities and changes in moods and wellbeing of Ben can be monitored. As he is currently under withdrawal and psychotic medication monitoring of vitals along with symptoms of withdrawal is needed. Ensuring a proper and healthy diet along with mild exercise can help to poop with symptoms of withdrawal. CBT can help Ben to overcome withdrawal stage and return to his old lifestyle. Thus as a community services provider has role to support Ben to access necessary resources and facilities.

Substance abuse

Recovery goals

Ben has overcome habit of substance misuse however signs of symptoms play a significant role in recurrence of habit. Thus signs of withdrawals need to be managed along with popper lifestyle management. Thus ensuring a scheduled lifestyle with mild exercise and socialisation can help Ben to overcome challenges of relapse. Ben has mentioned that he has no intention to harm himself but he is disturbed due to contour thoughts which cannot control. Thus to ensure concentration and lesser anxiety mindfulness training is beneficial in this case. Thus goals for substance misuse are mentioned below.

- Improving emotional resilience through mindfulness training and enhancing daily lifestyle routine of Ben within 6 months.

- Enhancing awareness regarding substance misuse and long-term effects within 2 months.

Nursing interventions

Ben is currently under signs of withdrawal and in this stage, lack of mindfulness can result in a relapse of previous situation. In this context supporting mindfulness activities and patient education regarding long-term and negative impacts of engaging with substances on health can be beneficial. In this context, a collaborative approach by engaging Ben's mother and girlfriend in a discussion regarding substance misuse and ways to consider better lifestyle management can be beneficial. Mindfulness training activities can help to ensure better self-control and enhance adaptability along with improving emotional intelligence and mental clarity (Drigas & Mitsea, 2020). In this context assisting in engaging with mindfulness training in activities can enhance Ben's self-control and ability to adapt to a new and healthy lifestyle pattern. Assisting Ben and his family to understand measures to consider for avoiding substance misuse in case of any type of psychological distress can help to ensure long-term possibility of limiting consumption of substances. Thus a family-centric approach and continuous monitoring of emotional resilience associated with mindfulness training is needed here.

Risk assessment

Ben is needed to be monitored in terms of his behaviour with family members, friends such as his girlfriend, and in his occupational life. Through proper counselling and continuous assessment of behaviour and lifestyle management activities, risk assessment can be done. A timely assessment of lifestyle behaviour and emotional resilience can provide scope to assess risk associated with potentiality of developing bipolar disorders and other psychological issues (Singh et al., 2022). In this context of behavioural assessment, there is the possibility of understanding current mental state and by interpreting interrelationship between family members and occupational performance there is possibility of determining effects of ongoing medication and treatment practises. Similarly in case of Ben through monitoring and assistance of his family members, there is possibility of determining potentiality of any risky behaviour and taking strict action in case of any potentiality of self-harming or anger management issues.

Discharge planning

During discharge, there are certain areas to be considered for avoiding mismanagement of medication, and relapse of situation including patient education and detailed assessment (Gledhill et al., 2023). In this case, while discharging Ben a patient education session follow-up check-up schedule as well as a diet plan and other physical activity and mindfulness training plan needed to be provided. Benefits of patient education during discharge include health empowerment, better health outcomes, and ensuring a better quality of life for patients (Ådnanes et al., 2020). It also reduces rate of readmission and in case of Ben due to symptoms of withdrawal through proper patient education and awareness along with collaboration of family members and his girlfriend; there is a possibility of avoiding situation of relapse. In case of Ben communicating with family members, arranging patient education sessions is beneficial. During discharge, proper details regarding physical exercises and ongoing medication along with therapies to be considered for him need to be communicated properly with family members to ensure collaboration and family centred treatment plan. In case of occupational lifestyle stress factors to be avoided in occupation also need to be communicated with Ben and his family members to reduce recurrence of substance misuse and psychotic condition.

Relapse prevention plan

Developing a relapse prevention plan requires recognising stages of relapse which are mainly three stages emotional, mental, and physical (Ociskova et al., 2022). It also becomes necessary to understand factors resulting from psychological turbulence to cause relapse of any type of psychotic symptoms. In context of Ben, there is a possibility of relapse of substance misuse habit and development of bipolar disorder along with anxiety and stress. In this context, major focus is to monitor triggers which are anxiety and depression as well as losing control over maintaining emotion. In case of any changes in behaviour such as lack of control over emotion and emotional distress, there is a need for further appointments with a psychiatrist and assistance of a community service provider to limit relapse of situation. In this context collaboration and monitoring through family members and friends is necessary as well as continuous socialisation and maintaining a lifestyle with a healthy diet and exercise can be beneficial to avoid relapse of such a situation.

Conclusion

Based on overall analysis it can be identified that in case of Ben, there is need to focus on applying CBT, physical exercises, and mindfulness training to enhance concentration and self-confidence. Engaging in mindfulness activities can help to overcome challenges of poor lifestyle and poor occupational performance. Patient and family-centric approach is considered for discharge planning and relapse prevention step-by-step monitoring of triggers is recommended.

References

LMED28001 Chemical Pathology Case Study 1 Sample

The total word count for this case study report is between 2,000 to 2,500 words (excluding references). Reports should be typed in Word and adhere to the format of the given template (Arial, 12pt, Single spacing).

The report must be your own work and your name, student ID and page numbers should be included in the footer of all pages of the report.

Abstract: 10 marks (200 words max)

Criteria for High Distinction in this section:

The abstract should provide a clear and concise overview of your report and the findings of your biochemical tests. A clear but brief outline the case history is provided, along with the tests performed, rationale of the tests and how they can be used to diagnose the specific disease to reach a final conclusion in this case.

No references are included in the abstract.

Introduction: 15 marks (400 words max)

Criteria for High Distinction in this section:

The introduction should clearly outline the necessary background information, including signs or symptoms, underlying pathophysiology, clinical and the laboratory information of relevance.

A clear and concise explanation of aims and objectives of the tests are provided, with a brief conclusion to the section specifying the conclusion/diagnosis with no discussion.

Materials and Methods: 10 marks (no word limit)

Criteria for High Distinction in this section:

The methods that you have used or intend to use (further tests) to arrive at the provisional diagnosis are clearly and concisely summarised.

The sources to these methods need to be clearly referenced, even if it is simply the prescribed text/lecture material/laboratory manual. Reference is made to specific instrumentation that could be used to conduct these biochemical tests (e.g. biochemistry analyser) and the manual is sufficiently referenced. The written work is an original and brief summary of the method used and not a reproduction of text from these references.
Results: 20 marks (no word limit)

Criteria for High Distinction in this section:

The results section provides a clear summary of all data/results with reference ranges.
The layout is clear, legible and uncluttered. All figures or tables are labelled clearly with legends where appropriate. Units have been properly included.
Interpretation of results is limited to a description of how they compare to the normal reference ranges. The results are presented, however not discussed in this section. Further tests (if required) with expected results are outlined.

Discussion: 30 marks (No word limit)

Criteria for High Distinction in this section:

Provisional and differential diagnoses (if any) should be clearly stated and discussed with reasons provided in relation to the clinical and laboratory results.

Expected results of further tests must be included to support your provisional diagnosis and/or align with your differential diagnosis(es). Your conclusions reached and the evidence required to reach these conclusions is compared with existing literature on similar case studies.

The full text of the published articles forms the basis for this discussion (don’t draw comparisons from other abstracts without reviewing the full text of the articles). The pathophysiology of the diagnosis and possible treatment options (if any) are also discussed. Finish your discussion with a final concluding statement.

Solution

Abstract:

The report has been carried out focusing on the case study of an 80-year-old man who was admitted to the ER due to certain signs and symptoms which included chest pain, shortness of breath, and severe cough. After admission to the er the patient was provided with blood tests or serum biochemistry assessment where certain proteins and enzymes were evaluated in order to assess any underlying abnormality It was found that the patient sustained abnormality in anion gap, urea level as well as creatinine level. For Assignment Help, Based on these abnormalities the patient was provided with three diagnostic tests which included UEC tests, troponin test as well as CK-MB test. Each test was carried out based on their respective field of assessment as the UEC test was provided to evaluate urea level electrolyte level as well as creatinine level in the Serum. Further CK-MB test was carried out to evaluate any suspected risk of heart attack and a troponin test to analyze any threat of renal failure or cardiac muscle damage. After completion of the assessment of the selected three biochemical tests, it was found that the UEC test along with the anion gap test provided better insight into the underlying health condition. The biochemical test assessment highlighted the risk of renal failure in the patient which led to the state of shortness of breath, chest pain, and cough.

Introduction:

The report focuses on analyzing and evaluating the case study of a patient named Mr. David Gilmour who is 80 years old and was admitted to the ER Department of a local hospital. The patient was admitted with a major complaint of chest pain Cough as well as difficulty in breathing. After admission to the er blood Cup squad was conducted in order to analyze the vitals of the patient after 24 hours of the blood test a second work was initiated in order to sustain detailed information post admission to the ER and provided healthcare assistance. It has often been found that heart failure often leads the heart muscle towards deprived pumping of blood. In such conditions, fluid built up occurs within the lungs which causes shortness of breath in the suffering patient. Similarly in the case of renal failure, often flute retention in the lungs leads to chest pain and shortness of breath which were two of the main symptoms identified in the patient. It has also been found that often chronic kidney disease or anal failure leads to a heart attack as the heart withstands increased pumping of blood to deliver it to the kidney.

On analysis of the serum biochemistry of the patient, it was found that on Day One the anion gap counts 5 which was the same on the day to result. It was also found that the urea and creatinine levels also increased from their normal reference ranges. The urea level in the serum was 18.9 on day 1 and 17.5 on day 2 at the same time creatinine level was 0.18 and 0.16 on the respective day results. After evaluation of the blood test on Day 1 and Day 2, three tests were requested for the patient in order to identify and evaluate the underlying causeway of the signs due to which the patient was admitted to the ER. The tests include blood UEC, CK – MB, and proponent test which are used in order to suspect myocardial infarction for heart attack sustained by the patient. These tests are used in order to evaluate the risk of heart attack and kidney function in relation to abnormal Creatinine, Troponin as well as Urea levels in the Serum. The report does will focus on analyzing and evaluating the two chief suspected underlying health conditions; heart attack and renal failure with the use of 3 referred biochemical tests.
Materials and Methods:

Blood – UEC

UEC test is also known as the kidney function test but just carried out using the assessment of urea, electrolytes such as potassium, sodium, and chloride as well as creatinine. Electrolytes and urea are accounted to be the most frequently used biochemistry test which helps in the assessment of Renault failure or associated kidney health (Dhanani et al., 2018). Urea and electrolyte tests provide significant information in terms of hemostasis and excretion and the inclusion of a creatinine test supports the result with glomerular filtration rate within a patient (Bamanikar, Bamanikar & Arora, 2016). In order to conduct advanced electrolyte tests, often Anion Gap Blood Test is carried out in order to evaluate the acid-base balance or PH balance of a patient’s blood. This test indicates whether the blood is acidic or non-acidic in nature based on the electrically charged minerals present in the body which includes bicarbonate sodium and potassium (Yang et al., 2017).

CK-MB Test

The CK-MB test is a standard blood test that is used to analyze and measure certain enzymes released in the blood first of these enzymes includes the creatine kinase-myocardial band. This enzyme is generally released from the heart when the heart or muscle from other parts of the body sustains severe damage. Generally, creatine kinase is present in the heart but it releases creatine kinase-myocardial band after muscle damage (Kim & Hashim, 2016). It has also been found that in the case of renal failure, the creatine kinase-myocardial band is falsely elevated due to muscle damage in the kidney. ichroma™ CK-MB is known to be a fluorescent immune assay or FIA which is used as a diagnostic procedure for Creatine Kinase Isoenzyme-MB in the blood or serum of the human body (Lab Industries, 2016).

Cardiac Troponin Test

Cardiac troponin tests are used in order to measure the troponin T or troponin I protein level in the blood. It is used in order to assess heart attack or suspected renal failure as Troponin proteins are released in conditions where the heart muscle sustains damage. The test indicates the amount of damage that occurred within the heart as the greater the amount of released troponin proteins in the blood, the greater the damage cardiac-specific troponin biomarkers are generally used in relation to different symptoms along with abnormal ECG as well as suspected myocardial infarction in case of patients suffering from chronic kidney disorder (Mair et al., 2018). Cardiac Troponin assessment is carried out with the help of standard blood tests where blood samples are used in order to measure the amount of troponin raised in the blood.

Results:

In the case of a creatinine urine test, urine samples are corrected over a period of 24 hours in order to assess the creatinine released out of the body. The normal range of Serum creatinine is 0.04 – 0.12 mmol/L which when exceeds indicates an abnormality in kidney function or renal health (Delanaye, Cavalier & Pottel, 2017). The electrolyte test examines the sodium, manganese, and potassium level in the blood which actively maintains the acidic and nonacidic nature of the blood. It is also used in anion gap blood tests which helps in evaluating the pH of the blood. An increase or decrease in anion level or electrolyte level in blood leads to shortness of breath and heart attack. The condition was similar in the case of the patient as the anion gap was 5 which was below the normal range of 10 – 20 mmol/L. The urea test indicates the normal ability of the kidney to break down urea, of the level of urea in the blood is high then it indicates kidney failure or renal disease. The normal range of urea in serum is 2.5 – 8.6 mmol/L, but in the case of the patient, the range was 18.9 and 17.5 within a period of 24 hours indicating abnormality (Laville et al., 2023).

The CK MB test provides an inside regarding the serum level of the creatine kinase-myocardial band which generally remains under 4% in normal test results. It is due to the fact that a minimal amount of the enzyme often enters the bloodstream from the salty tissues. In conditions where the CK-MB level exceeds more than 4% of the total CK in serum, it indicates the condition of muscle damage in the heart. The test is known to lag the ability to differentiate between heart attack-associated muscle damage or another source of damage within the body (Chen et al., 2022). In such conditions, other diagnostic methods are generally used in order to identify the condition of an underlying heart attack. The normal range of the enzyme in the Serum is 0 – 3.8 ng/mL, and exceedingly more than the designated range indicates muscle damage.

The normal troponin level found in the body is 0.0 – 0.4 ng/mL but a slight increase in the level of Troponin often indicates heart muscle damage associated with myocardial infarction or heart attack. The blood troponin test helps in analyzing the troponin level within the blood as well as any indicated risk of a heart attack. In case of kidney failure, decreased glomerular filtration rate leads to elevated cardiac trouble in T level which is also identified with the help of cardiac troponin blood test.

Discussion:

A differential diagnosis often takes place when the signs and symptoms indicate more than one underlying health condition and thus demands additional examination and testing to provide an appropriate diagnosis. With the help of differential diagnosis, the test to evaluate the underlying health condition narrows down and précised health assessment is carried out (Webster et al., 2017). Focusing on the case study of the patient, the serum biochemistry as well as identified biochemical test. It has been found that a state of differential diagnosis develops due to the indicated science and symptoms. The signs and symptoms as well as the serum biochemistry of the patient indicate the chance of renal failure, as well as a heart attack as both health condition, indicates similar clinical indications. After collection of the biochemical tests, it has been found that the anion gap blood test, as well as the UEC test, was found as a differential diagnostic assessment as both the tests highlight the risk of renal failure as well as underline the threat of heart attack. A low anion gap in Serum Test indicates the state of alkalosis where the blood is considered to be less acidic than the normal range. It has been found that a low level of albumin in the blood often leads to a state of low anion gap and it serves as a major indication of underlying health conditions such as kidney disease or cardiac complications (Asahina et al., 2022). It was found from the case study that the patient sustained shortness of breath as well as chain which both indicate renal failure as well as a heart attack. After the connection of the anion test, it has been found that the patient had a low anion level in the blood which thus develops a state of differential diagnosis between heart attack and renal failure.

The UEC test includes three different assessments of electrolytes and creatinine with altogether indicate the function of the kidney or any state of renal failure. It has also been found that after the conduction of electrolyte and creatinine tests, a state of differential diagnosis developed as these three examinations often indicate the risk of acute heart failure as well as renal failure. Urea nitrogen is considered a waste product that is removed from the blood by the kidney (Peng et al., 2021). When the blood contains an increased level of urea it indicates that the kidney is not functioning appropriately and at the same time increases the risk of certain cardiovascular events which includes heart failure (Jujo et al., 2017). Also after evaluation, it has been found that abnormal level of an electrolyte such as sodium potassium or manganese in blood indicates the risk of mural health conditions which mainly includes renal disease, irregular heart rhythm as well as high blood pressure. Manganese is considered to have a major influence on cardiovascular events along with potassium and calcium it plays a necessary role in managing intracellular potassium concentration. The creatinine test is carried out using a standard blood test where the creatinine level in the blood or the serum creatinine is measured. Though it has been found that serum creatinine is considered in the case of patients with renal failure but increased creatine along with worsening of the renal condition is highly common in patients with heart failure which increases during any acute heart attack episode (Vassalotti et al., 2016). Thus based on the evidence it is necessary that further a well-calculated diagnostic test is recommended to the patient in order to evaluate the underlying cause of the health condition. Based on the above discussion it has been found that the patient is suspected to suffer from major chronic kidney disease which is associated with the occurrence of cardiac complications. Thus it will be necessary to provide the patient with an appropriate chronic kidney disorder diagnosis in order to evaluate the underlying renal condition and associated complications.

Conclusion:

After evaluating and analyzing the above evidence and the biomedical test results it has been found that the patient is suspected to suffer from venal failure which is the underlying cause of cardiac complications, abnormal serum level, and shortness of breath thus it will be necessary that the patient is provided with an appropriate diagnosis which identifies the cost and provides better treatment approach. The biochemical tests provided the patients with a state of differential diagnosis as the test indicated both the condition of renal failure as well as a heart attack.

References:

Asahina, Y., Sakaguchi, Y., Kajimoto, S., Hattori, K., Doi, Y., Oka, T., ... & Isaka, Y. (2022). Time-updated anion gap and cardiovascular events in advanced chronic kidney disease: a cohort study. Clinical Kidney Journal, 15(5), 929-936. https://doi.org/10.1093/ckj/sfab277

Bamanikar, S. A., Bamanikar, A. A., & Arora, A. (2016). Study of Serum urea and Creatinine in Diabetic and nondiabetic patients in a tertiary teaching hospital. The Journal of Medical Research, 2(1), 12-15. Retrieved from: https://www.medicinearticle.com/JMR_201621_04.pdf

Chen, M., Wang, Y., Zhao, X., Zhang, J., Peng, Y., Bai, J., ... & Gao, Z. (2022). Target-responsive DNA hydrogel with microfluidic chip smart readout for quantitative point-of-care testing of creatine kinase MB. Talanta, 243, 123338. Retrieved from: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.talanta.2022.123338

Delanaye, P., Cavalier, E., & Pottel, H. (2017). Serum creatinine: not so simple!. Nephron, 136(4), 302-308. https://doi.org/10.1159/000469669

Dhanani, J. A., Barnett, A. G., Lipman, J., & Reade, M. C. (2018). Strategies to reduce inappropriate laboratory blood test orders in intensive care are effective and safe: a before-and-after quality improvement study. Anaesthesia and intensive care, 46(3), 313-320. Retrieved from: https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/pdf/10.1177/0310057X1804600309

Jujo, K., Minami, Y., Haruki, S., Matsue, Y., Shimazaki, K., Kadowaki, H., ... & Hagiwara, N. (2017). Persistent high blood urea nitrogen level is associated with increased risk of cardiovascular events in patients with acute heart failure. ESC heart failure, 4(4), 545-553. Retrieved from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC5695177/pdf/EHF2-4-545.pdf

Kim, J., & Hashim, I. A. (2016). The clinical utility of CK-MB measurement in patients suspected of acute coronary syndrome. Clinica Chimica Acta, 456, 89-92. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cca.2016.02.030

Lab Industries (2016), Ichroma CK-MB. Retrieved on 13 April, 2023 from: http://www.labindustrias.com/web/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/INS-CK-EN-CK-MB_Rev.07_161216-1.pdf#:~:text=ichroma%E2%84%A2%20CK%2DMB%20is,acute%20coronary%20syndrome%20%28ACS%29

Laville, S. M., Couturier, A., Lambert, O., Metzger, M., Mansencal, N., Jacquelinet, C., ... & Massy, Z. A. (2023). Urea levels and cardiovascular disease in patients with chronic kidney disease. Nephrology Dialysis Transplantation, 38(1), 184-192. Retrieved from: https://doi.org/10.1093/ndt/gfac045

Mair, J., Lindahl, B., Hammarsten, O., Müller, C., Giannitsis, E., Huber, K., ... & Jaffe, A. S. (2018). How is cardiac troponin released from injured myocardium?. European heart journal: acute cardiovascular care, 7(6), 553-560. https://doi.org/10.1177/2048872617748553

Peng, R., Liu, K., Li, W., Yuan, Y., Niu, R., Zhou, L., ... & Wu, T. (2021). Blood urea nitrogen, blood urea nitrogen to creatinine ratio and incident stroke: the Dongfeng-Tongji cohort. Atherosclerosis, 333, 1-8. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.atherosclerosis.2021.08.011

Vassalotti, J. A., Centor, R., Turner, B. J., Greer, R. C., Choi, M., Sequist, T. D., & National Kidney Foundation Kidney Disease Outcomes Quality Initiative. (2016). Practical approach to detection and management of chronic kidney disease for the primary care clinician. The American journal of medicine, 129(2), 153-162. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.amjmed.2015.08.025

Webster, A. C., Nagler, E. V., Morton, R. L., & Masson, P. (2017). Chronic kidney disease. The lancet, 389(10075), 1238-1252. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(16)32064-5

Yang, S. W., Zhou, Y. J., Zhao, Y. X., Liu, Y. Y., Tian, X. F., Wang, Z. J., ... & Hu, D. Y. (2017). The serum anion gap is associated with disease severity and all-cause mortality in coronary artery disease. Journal of geriatric cardiology: JGC, 14(6), 392. Retrieved from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC5540871/pdf/jgc-14-06-392.pdf

MBA621 Healthcare Systems Report 3 Sample

Your Task

Individually, develop a 1500-word report on how the use of digital health care technologies can help address some of the challenges with providing health care to rural and remote Australians.

Assessment Description

The purpose of this individual assessment is to holistically consider the key learnings throughout the subject and evaluate how current and emerging trends in digital health care technologies are being used and can be used to assist with many of the challenges facing the Australian health care sector.

Assessment Instructions

Australia is the 6th largest country by land mass in the world, yet has only a population of just over 25 million people, most of whom are located in urban environments. Despite Australia’s policy of providing universal and equal access to health care to its people, it continues to struggle with equity when it comes to rural and remote regions, many of which are populated by Indigenous Australians. This assessment requires you to evaluate the role digital health care technologies have helped and can help address some of these gaps to the benefit of all stakeholders.

Areas covered in your report should include:

• A Cover page

• An Executive summary

• A Table of Contents

• An overview of the current health care challenges facing rural and remote Australians.

• A concise discussion of the current digital health care technologies available for these communities, including an examination if they provide quality care and service provision.

• An examination of the ethical considerations related to the use of digital health care technologies for rural and remote regions, including those who identify as Indigenous Australians.

• An evaluation of the key stakeholders involved and the benefits they receive through the use of digital health care technologies for rural and remote regions, many of which are populated by Indigenous Australians.

• A conclusion

You are required to use at least 10 sources of information and reference these in accordance with the Kaplan Harvard Referencing Style. These may include websites, government publications, industry reports, census data, journal articles, and newspaper articles.

The cover page, Executive Summary, Table of Contents, Reference List, tables, issues, and graphs are excluded from the word count.

Solution

Overview of the current health care challenges facing rural and remote Australians

Australia is 6th largest country in world functioning with 2% or 500,000 people living in the remote areas of the country (health.gov.au, 2023). Health care facilities are services are equal right for all individuals living in any location of the country. For Assignment Help, However, it can be analysed that unequal distribution of resources within the nation govern unequal healthcare facilities to the patients in remote areas. The major principle of Australian healthcare system is to govern equal and optimised healthcare facility to all of the citizens with universal access. The country is unable to govern the effective functioning of respective principle in health care sector as the health outcomes in respective remote and rural locations in comparison to urban health care are very low (Batterham et al., 2022).

Figure 1 overall death rates and major reasons
(source: aihw.gov.au, 2023)

The differences can be more chronic diseases-based suffering, issues in GP specialisation, higher rates of hospitalisation, poor access to quality of care which is major due to lower availability and less choice of resources within the area (Shaddock and Smith, 2022). The health care issues like diseases, viral fever, mental health instability, heart issues, lung diseases, higher fatigue etc. can be seen in people. The current health care system in rural areas with an overview picture might be fulfilling all types of government-based promises but for quality care the resources governance is not up to the mark.

Figure 2 experiences by patients in remote areas of Australia
(source: aihw.gov.au, 2023)

Majorly four types of issues are responsible for such scenarios in Australia which incur barrier to quality services. Geographical remoteness which is lesser infrastructure or accessibility to any prime for good health care. Social economic factors which is low income and lower attainment in education and work availability which is lesser demands of labours. Additionally, the climatic scenarios and risk to injury and exposures to people in urban areas are very high. Overall, the rural health care system with social and geographical derivatives which do not function in favour of citizens (Pawaskar et al., 2022).

Digital health care technologies and its governance in Australia

Digital technologies, such as eHealth Records, could play an important role in the evolution of health care. However, the adoption of this principle is being led by advanced countries such as Australia. A dangerous enthusiasm for technological solutions to complex social problems could be attributed to the challenges that policymakers in many countries have found themselves facing as they try their best. (Technological Forecasting and Social Change, 2023)

The experience of Australians with digital health has improved since January 2019, when the number of records containing data on my healthcare record increased from 5.39 million to 22.31 million in December 2021, where more than 537 million documents have been uploaded. From March 2019 to February 2020, monthly viewings of content on the platform increased by 476 percent compared to the pre-pandemic period from July to December 2021. Public hospitals shall be able to use documents uploaded by other providers for the provision of appropriate services. Views of most needed documents that shed light on a patient's medical history and treatments have more than doubled since December 2020: medicines from 250,000 to 520,000per month and diagnostic imaging from 70,000 to 190,000 per month. (Ridley, 2022)

Offering services in 179 number of remote areas, 70% of Queensland area is rural and 6% out of which have first nation people. Government invests about 107.2 million dollars in year 2022 which includes 72 million dollars in transformational of health payment and services and governs 32.2 million dollars in management of National Digital Health (digitalhealth.gov.au, 2023). In terms of rural section, the digital technologies are used to understand the number of patients in one day, type of diseases, issues with current services, lines and waiting time, frequency of revisiting patients for respective sector of diseases etc. The main function is to identify the diseases and manner in which patients are frequently visiting the hospitals. The data in further section govern research and development strategies to better healthcare systems in Australia (Healey et al., 2022).

Figure 4 better connectivity required in remote areas of Australia
(source: ama.com.au, 2023)

User friendly mobile devices, good testing machines, personalisation in quality of care using technology, governance of virtual treatment at home etc. types of modern solution in terms of rural digital technologies is governed by Australian government under 10 yearlong plan for rural areas. However, in current section of working issues in accessibility and correct tech-based use in diagnosis and treatment is required which is not governed by the care takers (ama.com.au, 2023). Many times, the hospital professionals are not trained enough to govern solution towards IT domain. Communication quality with first nation people in Australia is governed by digital tech but often the patients and visitors do not understand technology in prominent manner. Hence, it can be understood that government is governing major efforts in drafting digital tech with health care systems but channelizing the change can be majorly adverse due to lack of understanding (Toll et al., 2022).

Ethical considerations related to the use of digital health care technologies for rural and remote regions.

Ethics play a vital role in governing effective support to all types of stakeholders. In terms of healthcare systems in Australia ethical considerations are majorly not only trained to employees but also monitored in their working (Morris et al., 2022). The change governed through digital technology in rural areas also majorly have many types of ethical considerations which are kept in mind so that no patient is deprived from their respective rights. In accordance with NDIS, seven types if rights are governed in healthcare system which are respect individual, respect self-determination, respect privacy, act with integrity, honest and transparency, deliver services, ensure quality and safety and respond to violence (ndiscommission.gov.au, 2023).

Figure 5 NDIS Code of ethics
(source: ndiscommission.gov.au, 2023)

The digital technology for example in recording the data of patient through scanner is first informed to the patient and then the device is used. The consent-based function has been regulated in current digital tech systems in rural areas (Banbury et al., 2023). However, the phases of ethics on the other hand like right to know and delivering of services with quality of care are not governed in the system which is because of lesser resources and higher patient load. Government’s efforts towards improvement in healthcare systems in Australia have been furnishing the facilities in remote areas as well.

Figure 6 creating camera vision for such remote regions in Australia
(source: digitalhealth.gov.au, 2023)

For Aboriginal community of Tjuntjuntjara in western Australian region which is 650 km many people have been governing the use of digital technology. The government-based helpline number in detection of patient’s health issues is mainly used by Aboriginal community of Tjuntjuntjara in which it is considered as better way of communication by people as they know how to use that particular tech. 78% of patients had their treatments by using calling and tele calling digital tech during covid 19 for Aboriginal community of Tjuntjuntjara. Australian government has made partnership with Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander communities in order to govern verbal support of digital technology to govern acceptance of change in productive manner (Coombs et al., 2022).

Stakeholder evaluation

35% of indigenous people in Australia live in rural and remote areas and require optimised healthcare services in order to withstand the epidemics and changes in climatic functions. many times, the data collection governed by digital tech allocated by the government aids the regions to have qualified number of resources in an effective manner. The digital technology in rural regions supports connection of urban areas and government. Any healthcare professional sitting in any remote region can have a connection with national level professional who can govern effective resources allocation and manage the services in remote areas as well (Chandra et al., 2022).

The digital technology like mobile service vans, my health record, electronic prescriptions, telly calling to doctors, virtual home assistance, communication with doctors in urban areas etc. aids creating sense of confidence in better of health of any individual (Yao et al., 2022). The connection through services makes people fulfilled and never undercut by government. Good quality, good care, better facilities which no such large mobility is accessed to people satisfying them cure at home. Hence, efforts by Australian government in rural and remote technology for all types of Aboriginal and first nation people is productive but needs to amplify same as that in urban areas.

Conclusion

The above report concludes that health care systems also need upgradation and the connection to all major health care centres. The respective rural and remote area-based analysis for the Australian rural population is presented in the above report. Lack of resources, utility factors and issues in mobilisation is governing major healthcare issues to the first nation people in Australia. However, with pace of time and efforts of government better connectivity based digital tech are used so that clustering on entire system govern better facilities to individual irrespective of the region where they are.

References

AHS205 The Australian Healthcare System within a Global Report 1 Sample

Assessment Task

This assessment task requires you to watch four case study videos, available in the assessment folder in Blackboard and select one (1) to be your case study patient. Then you will identify health services that meet the needs of your chosen patient and determine if these services are available to your patient in a rural town of your choice.

Please refer to the Task Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Instructions

The table below lists the four case study patients from the videos and relevant discharge information.

Your patient is preparing for discharge from hospital. So, the focus of your chosen services will be Primary Care services in the community. For this assessment your case study lives in a rural town.

You will need to identify and research any rural town of your choice and the health services available in that town. Follow the task instructions below.

To complete this assessment task, you should:

1. Identify which case study you have chosen and list all of your patient’s discharge needs based on the information provided in the case study video and the discharge information in the table above.

2. Identify four (4) healthcare professionals and the services they provide relevant to your case study. Your references will need to be from Australian sources. NOTE: At least one (1) service must be a nursing service.

3. Rural town – Select and research a rural town in Australia. Name your chosen town, where it is located and the demographics such as population size, numbers of males and females, number of adults vs children. You will use this town to answer the questions below.

4. Determine if the health professionals and services you identified for your character (in point 2 above) are available in your town, and if so, what are the typical hours of operation for this type of service in the rural town?

5. When comparing the identified discharge needs of your patient with the services available in your town, are there any gaps in the services available? Briefly explain your answer. (Gaps may be due to, but not limited to, a lack of service in the town, a lack of ability to access the services due to cost or opening hours).

Structure

Include a cover page with relevant information.

Use suitable headings and subheadings for the information presented, page numbers should appear on each page of the document ideally in either the header or footer.

All work must be word processed, spell checked, grammatically acceptable, and professional in appearance. This assessment should not be written from a first person, but from a third person perspective. That is, “I, we, my, our” are not acceptable.

All claims are to be supported by suitable and relevant academic references.

Solution

1. Identification of the case study and the discharge needs

The case study of Frank has been chosen, highlighting the efficacy of Australian healthcare services in providing timely and need-based service. As the patient has insulin based diabetes, the discharge information requires the patient's background information to be checked in detail (Australian Commission on SQH, 2020). For Assignment Help, It is to be ensured at first that the follow up care at home must be significant in delivering value-based care for the patient. The family needs to share the diet chart and other essentials that are a must-have for Frank. The case is complicated as he also has a foot ulcer that needs serious intervention from the nurses, therapist and doctors. The doctors will consult with the family members and assess the situation to determine if the home has safety for a speedy recovery and if the situation is risk-free.

What is of the utmost necessity to Frank is the provision of easy and convenient transportation that affects the discharge service. The timely and safe discharge entails proactive measures to plan for the diabetic patient. The well protected discharge also carries the exact documentation procedure before the planning and execution (Australian Commission on SQH, 2020). Social and empathetic support must be given to the patient who needs that assistance more than anything else. Community support is collected before discharging the patient to self-care. Equipment’s, medication and management devices for diabetes management are made available in front of the patient before discharge. The foot-care requirements of Frank are attended to and there is an MDT special foot team in the hospital to save the patient from another degenerating crisis.

2. Identification of the healthcare professionals

Medical Doctors: Medical practitioners and specialists in Australia are registered with the national board and follow the enforced guidelines (Australian Government Department of Health and Aged Care, 2022). In the case of Frank, Medical doctors can diagnose the disease with proactive treatment. Injuries, disorders and many other ailments related to diabetes are treated with care with a mission to achieve healthy outcomes. The curative measures are applied to get the treatment done effectively. Significant training is given to the medical practitioners to enable them to be perfect in dealing with a challenging situation.

Pharmacists: These professionals in Australia have a considerable role (PSA, 2021). Frank might be facilitated with a suitable prescription and the pharmacist also supervises dispensing of medication, anti diabetic insulin products and other essential products. They can share the appropriate guidelines and tips for overcoming the dangerous consequences of ulcer induced traits. They might conduct clinical trials for Frank, who might be given ambulatory service.

Nursing professionals service: Value based nursing services will be offered to Frank, who will also get help from the nursing professionals. The nurses are responsible for extending cordial support to the patient in crisis. Disease prevention could be done by the interference of the nurses taking care of Frank and ensuring he gets the exact kind of treatment for his mental and physical needs.

Professional counsellors: The presence of professional counsellors in the Australian Territory of health takes care of the patients' minds. The therapeutic effect might be exerted on Frank in getting holistic care from the counsellors. Ethical practice will enhance the professionals' ability to determine the professional output and the success of the therapy. ACA is in contract with many hospitals supplied with psychotherapists and counsellors. The individual developing diabetes might be prone to psychological downturns and a fragile psyche. At that moment, the help of the counsellors might save the situation.

3. The description of the Australian rural town

The identified rural town is Birdsville in the province of Queensland, full of cultural diversity and indigenous costumes. The number of males present in the regions is 12,545,154 (49.3%) and 12,877,635 (50.7 %) (Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2021).

Figure 1: The demographic information
Source: (Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2021).

Population enhancement in the region accounts for the fact that this area is full of natural resources, social amenities and other geographic convenience. According to the 2021 census, the Population size is 110, with a median age of 40. The indigenous status in Australia is 812,728 (3.2 %), and the non-indigenous variety is 1,234,112 (4.9 %) (Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2021). Anglican, Catholic and Christian people reside in this small Australian town.

4. The types and hours of operation

In 2021-22, 50% of the patients were visited by doctors in less than 20 minutes. Elective surgeries in Australia are affected by the restriction imposed on the guidelines. The patient must often wait over 365 days to complete the surgery (AIHW, 2023). In Queensland. 85 % of people are seen to have treatment within the clinical time. Waiting time denotes the time measured for the patient from admission until he is ready for surgery. The surge can be done between 7 Am to 7 P.M.

5. Gaps in the Discharge Service

Frank will get all the required care at discharge, yet there might be a few gaps that can affect the healthcare system the communication gaps between the organisational procedures and patient satisfaction. Sometimes, doctors do not disclose the necessary information to the patient's families. The lack of immediate services during the discharge time of the patients upholds the gaps in the services. The lengthy operating hours might hinder the patient from accessing the service. The discharge fees get excessive, letting the patients not be readmitted to the same hospital.

Reference List

FPH201 First Peoples Culture, History and Healthcare Report 3 Sample

Assessment Task

Based on the health issue selected in Assessment 2 report, create a digital poster on cultural safety and respectful practice that is directed towards an audience of health professionals in the health promotion and/or health care disciplines.

Please refer to the Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Context

CAP203 Care of The Person with an Acute Illness Case Study Sample

Assessment Task

This assessment is designed to further assess your knowledge of pre-operative nursing care. This assessment follows on from Assessment 1. From your analysis of the case study you will answer a series of questions. Please refer to the Task Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Context

The Registered Nurse plays an important role in the preparation of a person for surgery. This assessment provides you with the opportunity to apply theory to a clinical scenario. To complete this assessment you will need to apply clinical reasoning processes as you continue to examine the case study from Assessment 1.

You will be required to integrate the information from analysis of the data provided together with your knowledge of pathophysiology, clinical manifestations and legal and ethical principles to the holistic nursing care of a person during the pre-operative period of an acute surgical admission.

You will need to use the following processes from the clinical reasoning cycle to complete the assessment:

- Establish Goals

- Take action

Instructions

To complete this assessment, you will need to examine and analyse the case study presented below and provide responses to the questions asked.
This assessment continues on from Assessment 1 and now requires you to identify the appropriate nursing interventions and specific goals required for the patient problems identified in Assessment 1.

The case study is provided below for your further analysis.

Case study

Maria Romano is a 76 year old woman admitted to the Emergency Department via ambulance. Maria fell when watering her garden and was unable to get up. She was lying in her garden for 3 hours until her daughter came home from work and found her. Maria's medical history includes osteoporosis, glaucoma and she has recently been diagnosed with early dementia. She has no significant surgical history. Maria lives with her daughter Paulina and Paulina's husband, Sam. Maria's current medications include Aspirin 75mgs daily, Alendronate Sodium 10mg orally daily & Latanoprost eye drops to both eyes nocte. She was administered Intravenous Morphine and inhaled Methoxyflurane by the paramedics.

Assessment data:

Airway: patent

Respiratory rate: 18 breaths/min Oxygen saturation: 97% on room air Heart rate: 90 beats/min Blood pressure: 110/70 mmHg Capillary refill: 2 seconds

Right leg shortened and externally rotated Right hip bruised and oedematous

Right foot pink, cool to touch, no paraesthesia or abnormal sensation, pedal pulse present

Alert: orientated to time and place Pain score: 5/10 on rest, 7/10 on movement

Temperature: 35 C

Small laceration to lower left leg

Blood glucose: 9 mmol/L

Intravenous cannula inserted Cephalic vein Left arm

X-rays reveal an Intertrochanteric fracture of the Right femur. Maria is seen by the Orthopaedic surgeon and is scheduled for an Open Reduction and Internal fixation (ORIF) of the fracture. She has been placed on the Emergency Operating List. The Registered Nurse has just administered Intravenous Morphine 2mg and the anaesthetist has been contacted to perform a femoral nerve block. The orthopaedic registrar will visit Maria in the next 10 minutes to gain consent for the surgery. Maria is accompanied by Paulina, who is clearly upset about her mother's hospitalisation. Paulina informs you that she is so worried about how thin Maria is.
She is also concerned that Maria has been falling frequently over the past few months, she purchased a walking frame for Maria but she rarely uses it. You note that Maria is upset that she is going to require surgery. She is worried about her garden and who will water it while she is in hospital.

Questions

- Discuss the Registered Nurse's role regarding the issues related to informed surgical consent, confidentiality and privacy that were identified in Assessment 1 (120 words)

- Develop four short term goals to be achieved in the pre-operative period. These goals should relate to the problems identified in Assessment 1. Discuss who must be involved in the development of these goals (80 words)*

- Discuss the nursing interventions required to meet the identified goals and pre-operative patient problems (from Assessment 1). Ensure that rationales are provided for these interventions (400 words)*

- Answers to Questions 2 & 3 can be presented in a table (see a suggested format below)

Solution

Registered nurses’ role

In the case of Maria, consent issues arise in terms of accompanying her immediate family, her daughter Paulina, in the surgical process and recovery from her current cognitive condition. For Assignment Help, Maria's current cognitive condition interim of dementia has made informed consent difficult, and her daughter Paulina is also upset about the hospitalisation; thus, there is needed to manage the situation for informed consent. As per Australian healthcare guidelines, informed consent is taken only after giving accurate and relevant information regarding intervention and outcome, as well as ensuring privacy and confidentiality to the individual (Australian Commission on Safety and Quality in healthcare, 2022). The role of the RN here is to delegate and provision the informed consent process and ensure that the patient and immediate family has enough knowledge of the process to give informed consent (Queensland Government, 2022). Also, maintaining privacy and confidentiality related to patient’s problem help in the healing of the problem quickly. Similarly, in the case of Maria, the RN has to follow the same.

Short term goals

- Providing energy to the body
- Increasing haemoglobin in the body before surgery
- Managing pain associated with fracture
- Assuring Maria to avoid preoperative distress

While developing the goals, surgeons, orthopaedics, nutritionists, general physician as well as registered nurses are needed to be involved.

Nursing intervention

References

MBA622 Comprehensive Healthcare Strategies Report Sample

Your task

Students are to write a 1500-word report that analyses an industry segment of the Australian Healthcare sector based on the below selection of sectors.

Assessment Description

This assessment provides students with an opportunity to research and analyse a particular healthcare segment to gain an initial insight into the opportunities and challenges that currently exist for organisations that deliver healthcare services in Australia in that segment. Students will present that research and analysis in the form of a formal report which requires students to adhere to a report structure.

Assessment Instructions

Students are to investigate an industry segment of the Australian healthcare sector and examine and evaluate its model of operations and growth over the last ten years. Recommended industry segments include:

- General public hospitals
- General practices
- Private hospitals
- Specialist medical services
- Pathology or diagnostic imaging services
- Dentistry or other related services
- Oncology services
- Mental health services
- Allied healthcare services
- Pharmaceutical industry
- Aged care

However, students are encouraged to determine the scope of their analysis in consultation with their lecturer. Assessments 2 and 3 will build on the initial analysis undertaken in Assessment 1.

Solution

Introduction

The segment selected is aged care services. The objective is to provide an analysis of the segment and provide the ethical issues. Aged care offers help to elderly inhabitants to facilitate them with daily livelihood and other requirements. For Assignment help, The aged care business offers older Australians a variety of diverse services, permitting them to access suitable stages of care when and where they need it as they grow old (Henderson et al., 2017). In conveying aged care facilities to the Australian society, the subdivision is both a fundamental sponsor of the comfort and self-respect of older Australians and a significant supplier to the Australian market. It can comprise aid with daily living, health care, lodging and apparatus such as walking structures or slopes.

Health Industry Segment

The Main Activities of aged care services comprise offering housing room for older people in standard housing care services and offering to house for aged citizens in a retirement community (health.gov.au, 2021).

Government-funded aged care facilities are accessible to qualified citizens. Government-funded aged care facilities comprise in-home help (care in residence), housing care in aged care (nursing) homes, and temporary care for instance respite care. In-house aged care offers support to help the elderly stay free for as long as achievable. It can assist with things such as personal care, transportation, foodstuff, shopping, housework, physio, communal actions, and adjustments to the care home. Housing care in aged care is for elderly citizens who can no longer reside at residence and require continuing aid with daily errands or health care. Temporary care can assist to develop comfort and autonomy or retrieving on their feet after an infirmary stay. It can moreover give the elderly or their carer a break. Aged people can get temporary facilities in their house, an aged care residence or in society (health.gov.au, 2021).

The Australian Government finances:

After-hospital or changeover care – help for up to twelve weeks to assist them to get well after a wait in the infirmary

Temporary curative care – support till eight weeks to assist them to enhance their health and sovereignty

Respite care – help for some hours, days or more to give the elderly or their carer a break (health.gov.au, 2021).

The corporations having the major market share in the Aged Care facilities in Australia comprise Allity Aged Care, Arcare Aged Care, BlueCross and many more.

Ality

Allity is a net of forty-four homes situated throughout Queensland, NSW, Victoria and South Australia with a communal familiarity of their administration that makes it one of the mainly appreciated and reputable suppliers in the Australian aged care business.

Arcare

Arcare is currently one of the mainly pioneering aged care sources in Australia. Their initial aged care home was constructed in 1997 and since then they have developed to thirty-six all through Victoria, Queensland as well as New South Wales. Each house is completely credited by the Australian Aged Care superiority group with facilities counting 24-hour treatment, getting old in place, enduring care, responsive (dementia) care and relief care (healthcare channel. co, 2021).

BlueCross

A foremost private aged care source, BlueCross has been offering a broad variety of supple and receptive aged care facilities throughout the city and local Victoria since 1993. From residential care to in-house support and reprieve care, they are dedicated to serving elderly people subsist the best life likely daily. At present, the company runs thirty-four aged care homes in Victoria, sustaining over twenty-six hundred residents and more than a thousand patrons residing in their homes (Healthcare channel. co, 2021).

Bupa

Bupa is a health and care business dedicated to serving the clientele to survive longer, better, better-off lives. It presents a wide variety of services, counting aged care and retreat, dental, visual, health indemnity, and social safety plans, to progress the wellbeing of all Australians.

Bupa Australia and New Zealand is a division of the Bupa Group. It is a global healthcare corporation. It invests earnings into offering further and improved healthcare for the advantage of present and upcoming clientele around the globe (healthcare channel. co, 2021).

Analytical Tools Application

Porter’s five forces

Threat of entry

New entrants in aged care services brings novelty, new ways of doing things and put force on aged care by lower cost strategy. Increased threat demands for barrier in business for safeguarding the competitive edge of business.

Bargaining Power of Suppliers

All most all the corporations in aged care services purchase their raw material like medicine, mask and other supply from several suppliers. Suppliers in central position can reduce the margins of aged care (health.gov.au, 2021).

Bargaining Power of Buyers

Buyers are frequently a demanding group. They want to pay money for the best contributions accessible by paying the least amount price as achievable. This put pressure on aged care services in the long run (Walker and Paliadelis, 2016).

Threat of substitute

When a new invention or service meets a comparable purchaser needs in dissimilar ways, industry abundance suffers. This is the case with aged care companies and it increases the need of understanding customer demands (Hugo et al., 2018). .

Rivalry

If the opposition among the present players in a business is strong then it will coerce down prices and reduce the general profitability of the business. Aged care services function in a very competitive sector. Increased rivalry can decrease the profitability and hamper the business sustainability in the long run.
Industry factors influencing operating conditions

Political

Political factors have an important function in determining the issues that can impact aged care services’ long term productivity in a country. An aged care service operates in Health Care Equipment & Services in many countries and pictures itself to diverse kinds of political environment and political system risks. Government spending can impact the tax policies of aged care and consumers can get advantage of the subsidies.

Economic

The Macro environment factors like – inflation rate, savings rate, interest rate, foreign exchange rate and economic cycle decide the collective insist and collective investment in an market. Economic factor regulate the spending of consumers, for instance high inflation rate or unemployment will reduce the purchasing power of consumer.

Social

Society’s traditions and way of doing things impact the traditions of a business in an environment. Social understanding assists the healthcare professional in understanding the root cause and the expected behaviour towards certain group. For instance, people are shifting towards natural cures and understanding the societal demands can assist in the treatment.

Technological

Technology is fast disrupting various industries across the board. Over the last 5 years the industry has been transforming really fast, adopting digital technology for improving the services to the elderly. Digital tools assist in tracking the health and taking appointments from home which makes the process faster. Technology has also created different devices like hearing aid which increases the performance of aged care services.

Environmental

Aged care services in Australia must check for the climate, waste management and laws regarding the environmental damage. Environmental standards must be complied for operating otherwise heavy penalty can be faced by business. It will lead to loss and defamation of aged care name.

Legal

Copyrights, discrimination law, consumer protection and other laws must be applied as not abiding the rules can damage the reputation and profitability of the firm.

External Industry Challenges, Internal Weakness, and New Trends

The initial main trend experiencing the Australian aged care segment revisits to demographics again, and that is the irrefutable mass of the five million well-built baby boomer group who are currently incoming their retreat years in large figures (Dyer et al., 2020). Actually with approximately one-third of Australia's baby boomers by now past the authorized withdrawal age of sixty-five and about eight per cent of all Australians of sixty-five years and over existing in housing aged care, insist for novel aged care beds will increase by an expected seventy-six thousand places in the subsequent five years (japara.com.au, 2021).

Aged care in Australia is at present a hybrid arrangement, with the federal government partially casing the expenses of residential care lodging for aged and immobilized people who go by a string of eligibility experiments through what is identified as the Aged Care Funding Instrument (ACFI). Since 2016 entire federal government expenditure on aged care and correlated facilities was seventeen billion dollars for about 270,000 citizens (Harrison et al., 2019). With the figure of people in aged care likely to develop exponentially in impending years, the federal administration will locate it ever more hard to support the present stage of care it offers, meaning additional market-based advances will be required. Prosperous Australians with important resources like extremely-valued homes will be likely to shell out the superior out-of-pocket bill for aged care lodging, to finance those who have slight or no resources and thus little means to finance their treatment (Henderson et al., 2016).

Ethical issues

Care for the aged looks like healthcare in some way so that the recognizable values of medicinal ethics – admiration for autonomy, beneficence, and nonmaleficence - would moreover relate to principles in aged care.

There is though some major dissimilarity. The values of medical ethics have appeared mainly in the situation of the healthcare action of patients. For instance, the concentration of admiration for autonomy is on the capability and the liberty of patients to make choices regarding their health care. There are instances when cohorts or family associates might be concerned about those choices; however, the moral focus has been on the patient.

One difference to the conservative centre on autonomy is the additional acknowledgement of respect for self-respect. Related outlines of individual stress can be observed in the growth of planned nationwide codes of ethics for housing aged care.

Conclusion

Australia’s residents are getting older, because of longer life suspense and low fertility rates. The impact of aged population is a boost in the number of Australians wanting help in aged care. In answer, more private company providers are incoming the market, in rivalry with the government-funded as well as not-for-profit providers that have traditionally conquered.

Reference List

PUBH6013 Qualitative Research Methods 3A Report Sample

Context:

This assessment involves preparing a report with data analysis/discussion of interviews and a brief presentation. Assessment 3A advances skills in analysing and reporting qualitative data, and reflexivity of practice. Key understanding includes how to generate meaning from qualitative data, how to report the results of qualitative analysis, and how to reflect on one’s own performance to identify strengths and opportunities for growth. The assessment prepares students for an important task common to the public health practitioner role.

Instructions:

Analysis: Use the resources in module six to:

1. Code the data that you collect from your interviewees.

2. Develop themes based on your coding.

3. Report on the themes that you’ve identified, supported by relevant quotes from your interviewees. Report this part in the same style as the results section of a qualitative journal article.

Reflection: reflect on your experience of interviewing and analysing the data. What did you do well, and what did you struggle with? What could you learn to do better?

What did you learn through this experience?

Transcripts: All students MUST submit their interview transcripts as Appendices at the end of their report.

Reports submitted without interview transcripts will not be graded.

Solution

Introduction

Studies shown that risk of experiencing poor mental health issue among international student due to number of factors which contribute for the same, it includes, isolation from the culture and families, financial stress, academic pressures and language barriers (Kim & Kim, 2021). During this Covid-19 period, this impact has increased as people were restrained in the place and is unable to return to their loved ones. For Assignment Help, Considering the severity of the topic, it has been selected for the research. The aim of the research is to evaluate the impact of Covid-19 on the Mental Health of International College Students. To achieve the aim, interview has been conducted and the collected data are analyzed.

Data Analysis

The data collected has been collected through a semi-conducted interview with 4 students. Interview forms to all the four colleagues will be done by Video chat, as during covid 19, travelling is restricted. The students were asked 7 questions (attached in appendix 1) and their answers (attached in appendix 2) are being recorded for the thematic analysis, which helped to analyse the themes that are being made which provide necessary information regarding the study (Song, Zhao and Zhu, 2021). The results of the data collected include Codes that depict various themes with specified quotes to describe the situation of international students during Covid 19.

Results

After going through the interview answers the following Codes have been evaluated.

Depression and anxiety

After examining the answers of the interviewers, it has been made out that many of them are having signs of depression and anxiety. Going through all the answers it is sure that the pandemic had brought up severe mental trauma to the students, especially the ones who cannot even meet up with their families (Oswalt et al., 2020). One of the students quoted “I really had depression as being locked in a room alone is very bad, I was unable to make the simple decisions in life and things were getting really hard for me”.

- Students feel like they are being trapped: From the interview answers, it can be made that the students do not feel like they have any kind of freedom. They are always inside a room and cannot go out to do anything they need to be in their rooms and do everything for themselves (Oswalt et al., 2020). Constantly being in the same place for days and days has been making the students feel hopeless and they cannot think rationally.

- Students cannot describe their mental state to their families: It can be said that till now many parents do not understand mental health and which is making it more difficult for the students to deal with their mental health. Many of them even cannot talk about it with their peers due to the fear of being judged (Forbes-Mewett & Sawyer, 2019).

- There is a fear and feeling of anxiety among students: Many students are having anxiety, where they cannot think rationally and start blaming themselves as highlighted in imposter syndrome (Usher, Durkin & Bhullar, 2020). Many students could not even study properly as things were online and they are unable to cope with the change in the study system.

Lack of Mental health Assistance:

As the students are suffering there is a need of letting them go through counselling or get medical help. But as told before students are not comfortable sharing their mental state with their parents and peers due to the taboo that they will be considered as psycho or will be judged (Khan et al., 2020). Many students seek mental health assistance but do not know what to do or where to get it. The interview answers reveal that it is less likely that they are getting the required medical attention. One of the students quoted that “No, my family didn’t hear me out and that was a bit stressful as they were the last people to share what I was going through”.

- Not enough programs to guide the students: The students must get proper counselling or therapy which would help them. However, there are not many programs online or other modes from where they can get the proper information for these. It becomes very important for educational institutions to hold counselling and other informative programs which would guide the students properly (Wang, Hujjaree & Wang, 2020).

- Families do not assist with mental health: It is hard to believe, but still many families do indeed understand mental health or the problems related to it. It is not their fault though as most of them are not very informative about this situation. But mostly even if the students open up to the parents the parents do not provide them with the proper financial or physical assistance which further increases the mental strain (Wu et al., 2020).

Poor or no Coping Mechanisms

As time passes on and people cannot deal with the problem, they are facing they start finding alternatives to deal with it. Many students do stuff that is not good for their health and still uses it as a coping mechanism. While interviewing one student quoted that “I got engrossed in pornographic sites” which is sign of a toxic coping mechanism. They are trying to worry less about how they feel by sticking to things that are not all healthy and are indeed doing more harm to them (Zhai & Du 2020). The students don’t realize that and this impacts their mental health even more.

- Students are trying to overcome their mental issues with a toxic alternative: No one wants to hold onto something painful and people try to avoid that with something which might be harmful. Most of them are found to do illegal kinds of stuff like smoking, drinking, and being at home alone so that they can overcome the trauma (Chirikov et al., 2020).

- They have formed habits that would affect their health in the long run: As discussed above the students have formed toxic habits and these toxic habits would start affecting their health even more. No matter how much they try to overlook their mental stress on the other hand they are degrading their health even more by getting addicted to habits that are not appropriate.

Physical Restrictions and Its Mental Impact:

Students are locked inside homes and have nowhere to go and even many students have been stuck outside their homes as they cannot go back to their parents due to the restrictions forged outside (Talevi et al., 2020). Many students want to get access to open spaces where they can relax but people are only allowed to go for emergency. During the interview one quoted “I really wanted to meet my friends have fun with them” and mostly others also answered something related to meeting friends and families

- Students are not allowed to go outside and that makes their mental state stressful: students want to meet their friends in real life and want to talk to them and that is natural when they are distanced from others it becomes difficult for them to resist themselves from meeting each other (Chen et al., 2020). The more they are stuck inside the more they feel lonely and which increases their stress in them.

- There is no one to talk with or spend time with: Many students have been stuck outside their native home which makes them alone and away from their parents. This creates a huge impact on their mental state as they cannot even go and talk to their parents even if they want. No matter how much connectivity is there a physical presence of people matters to every student (Talevi et al., 2020).

- They want to go out and meet others: It is natural as after all student life is mostly about enjoying the youth. Students need to focus on academics but having friends around helps them to share their thoughts in person have fun and go to different places to hang out. Due to the restrictions, the students cannot meet each other anymore which makes it difficult for them to open up, and hence it seriously affects everyone mentally.

Reflection

While I was performing this study there were a lot of things that I went through and it was a bit stressful on my part as well. No matter what I have been through the same and after going through the answers I may not completely but was relating to them and was able to understand what they might have gone through. I made the interview questions as straight forward I could and was able to get the information I needed from the students I interviewed. I would have preferred a structured interview to a semi-structured one as no matter how much you try to say there is no bias there is a huge chance that the participant didn’t share everything they wanted. I guess next time I would try to make a good bond with the interviewee and make them feel comfortable. I would also try to make sure that the questions should be set in a way that it becomes easier for the interviewee to answer them. Even after all this, I learned a lot from this study. I was cleared that many students like me have gone through the same and there is nothing wrong with feeling low in life. I would always suggest that mental health must be given priority and taken care of.

Conclusion

It can be concluded that the covid-19 has impacted the mental health of many students and especially those who were locked outside their homes away from their families. Mental health should be taken care of properly. Educational institutions should look into it must educate both the parents and the students so that they lead a healthy life.

Reference

MBA623 Healthcare Management Case Study Sample

Your task

Individually, you are required to write a 2000-word analysis based on the annual report provided in MyKBS, under the assessments tab.

Assessment Description

In this assessment, students will be given an opportunity to analyse the environment of healthcare management in Australia and the increasing need to deliver better value to all stakeholders by applying the principles of best practice leadership, team-building and organisational design in a healthcare setting. You will need to demonstrate an understanding of the policy framework and the system dynamics driving change in the healthcare sector and an ability to evaluate the importance of sound financial management for healthcare organisations.

Assessment Instructions

An important skill that a healthcare manager must develop is the ability to analyse a health service or organisation in terms of how well it is meeting its stated mission and objectives. Using the information from the Annual Report that will be provided to you in electronic format, you are to write a formal report that investigates the central organisation in terms of its:

1. Political and policy environment
2. Organisational design and coordination
3. Leadership and teamwork
4. Financial resource utilisation
5. Attitude to, and utilisation of, technology

From your analysis of these elements, you will attempt to identify areas where improvements may be sought. You will justify your arguments for why these improvements should be introduced and present them in the form of detailed recommendations to the Chief Executive and the Board. You will undertake whatever additional research is required to give you a better understanding of the organisation and its activities and any research that is needed for you to formulate your recommendations. This research will form the basis of the Reference List of your report. The primary sources for research should be relevant published academic journals and texts but other sources of information such as newspapers, magazines and reports may also be of value. As stated earlier, the format for this assessment is a formal report. If you have not undertaken a task like this before, your research would also include how to structure and present information in a report format. An Executive Summary is considered to be a key component of a formal report and in this instance is included in the word count for this assessment.

Solution

Political and Policy Environment

The political stability in Australia is quite good, as the organisations operating in different industries including the healthcare sector are provided with proper support and resources to establish the overall healthcare segment in the country. For Assignment Help, The legal acts imposed by the political organisations emphasise on the healthcare development all across the country, and on the grounds of this organisations such as Calvary set up their internal policies integrating them in their SOPs (Standard Operating Procedures). Calvary Health Care Bethlehem continues to adhere with the policies imposed by the government on the basis on competitive neutrality. The organisation revised its healthcare policy of being culturally responsive towards the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Community by leading on to a new direction acknowledging the policies of government (Calvary Health Care Bethlehem, 2021). Since 2019 August, an important body of work has been initiated and carried out in order to screen for the cognition alterations alongside the delirium on the ward. The execution was directed by a new policy alongside a program of education and learning. The ongoing screening education for the new medical workers has been integrated in their orientation program and the results concerning the same are presented regularly during the meeting with medical staffs (Dixit and Sambasivan, 2018). Apart from this, the significant accounting policies of the organisation comprise of taxation policy, goods and services tax, income recognition, and revenue recognition policy. All these policies are accounted when preparing the financial report. Out of these, the key changes in company’s accounting policy relates to the timing of the revenue recognition from applying the AASB 15 under different streams of revenue. The auditing group evaluate the appropriateness of the all these policies used by the organisation alongside its reasonableness comprising of the accounting projections, as well as related disclosures made the board of directors (Calvary Health Care Bethlehem, 2021). However, there are certain policies concerning the welfare of the public that are not adopted as of now, but might turn out to be an essential policy in the future.

Organisational Design and Coordination

In an organisation such a Calvary Health Care Bethlehem, it is of paramount importance to have a proper strategy in place concerning organisational design and coordination. The efficient functioning of a health service is influenced by the organisational structures alongside the coordination. The organisation structure of Calvary Health Care Bethlehem comprises of arrangements including responsibilities, authority, information and knowledge sharing, and result. The organisational design of Calvary Health Care Bethlehem is a formal and directed process used for incorporating people, technologies, and information (Calvary Health Care Bethlehem, 2021). This serves as a key structural component, which makes it feasible for the organisation in maximising the value through aligning their hierarchical design with the overall vision and mission of the company. In a healthcare setup such as Calvary Health Care Bethlehem, the importance of coordination among the different departments needs to be quite high and effective, as it is directly related to the outcome of a patient. It is of utmost importance for the healthcare managers to ensure smooth and hassle-free coordination in order to reap fruitful results by providing a thorough treatment to their patients.

At the micro-level of Calvary Health Care Bethlehem, medical professionals are grouped together in order to work in units having a mutual supervisor. The structure of any organisation is quite complex by nature, and there is a high possibility of problems taking place every now and then accompanying the company benefits indirectly (Sandhu, 2019). Every company design has certain dysfunctional as well as functional characteristics. As per the structural contingency theory, it is of importance to consider the complex trade-offs within the design of organisation. Integration and differentiation are two vital components in this case. Integration includes the coordination of activities between the healthcare units, comprising of conflict management resulting in better patient outcomes (Heath et al., 2017). On the other hand, in differentiation every part of the company is managed in order to meet a specific need of speciality work in the healthcare setup. From the application of this theory in Calvary Health Care Bethlehem, it can be stated that the organisation somewhat adopts and follows a hybrid approach to carry out their operations. Although it is of extreme importance for Calvary Health Care Bethlehem to have their total focus on better patient outcomes, which they do, but in certain instances, the organisation also needs to use the differentiation approach in order to meet a specific need of a specific group of patients (Calvary Health Care Bethlehem, 2021).
At the macro-level of Calvary Health Care Bethlehem, there is a significant interdependence accounting for interconnectedness of work, task uncertainty, size, sharing of resources, and so on. Thus, the organisation needs to have a structural approach in place for ensuring a smooth coordination concerning the hierarchy, procedures and rules, planning and objective setting, lateral relations, and vertical information system. In this context, the organisation makes use of a program organisation design. In this design, the organisation standardises the work processes by using rules, regulations, plans, schedules, policies, procedures, and protocols. This design also allows the organisation in standardisation of skills with specification of skills or training needed to carry out the work, as well as standardisation of output by specifying the form of intermediate outcomes of work (Ali et al., 2017).

Leadership and Teamwork

Leadership is a vital aspect for any organisation operating in any industry. In this context, leaders entail the frontline managers directly supervising the care providers, middle managers accountable for their respective departments, and the top managers such as CEO for managing the entire organisation (Fletcher et al., 2019). The leaders of Calvary Health Care Bethlehemfocus of strategic way of solving issues by incorporating strategic function in their leadership constituting of objectives with subsequent action for achieving the same. As known, the internal system of any healthcare organisation involves numerous complexities giving rise of problems. The 8-step strategic problem-solving process can be used, as it provides an integrated perspective towards a problem resolution, and can provide fruitful results. Besides this, the leaders of Calvary Health Care Bethlehem adopt a transformational leadership skill, as for implementing a certain change needs clinical and administrative leadership (Calvary Health Care Bethlehem, 2021). Alongside this, sustaining the leadership in Calvary Health Care Bethlehem is also quite effective, as they have a proper strategy in place for succession planning and self-care. The members of Calvary Health Care Bethlehem are highly motivated for the upcoming initiatives being brought to the table for development of better care for the patients. Furthermore, the members with managerial roles in the organisation are clinical with communication, as for making a team to get a job done efficiently it is imperative. It is often seen that due to lack of communication between the speciality groups led to unfortunate outcomes for the patient.

Moreover, teamwork is another essential component in Calvary Health Care Bethlehem led by leaders will excellent leadership skills. The teams and units working with each other provided with a defined purpose, composition, structure, and specific processes. The teams work as a formal group within the organisation, which is task-oriented with a specific purpose. The teams operate staying in the organisational context and interact with organisational sub units to ensure proper medication of the patients. The work teams of the organisation collaborate for providing a specific service, the support teams provide support for the primary functions, the parallel teams include individuals serving within the work teams also play a vital role in assisting, the project teams produce one-time outputs, and management teams provide the overall direction having a purpose (Sfantou et al., 2017). All these departments conducting a set of activities hold a value for the stakeholders including themselves, as well as the patients, their family, other associated medical firms, and so on.

Financial Resource Utilisation

The Australian government spent an amount of 185 AUD on the health services and goods during 2017-2018 (Calvary Health Care Bethlehem, 2021). However, the real financial problem existing is that the mix of funding alongside the responsibility of the service delivery amid the state or territory governments and the commonwealth. This discrepancy has led to shifting of costs and gross inefficiencies, alongside poor service integration. As per the financial reports of Calvary Health Care Bethlehem, it can be said that the organisation has a well-managed flow of financial resources with apt use for treating their patients with utmost care and medication (Edney et al., 2018). The rise of globalisation has influenced the overall healthcare sector due to which the organisation was required to make use of their financial resources not only for people of Australia, but also tying up with healthcare institutions in other countries to create a positive relation, which can pay off during the need of the moment. Besides, it has been identified that some of the medical expenses this company receives from funding from the Victorian department of health due to its name in the denominational hospital list. It is a great help in managing both time and financial resources.

Attitude To and Utilisation of Technology

Calvary Health Care Bethlehem each year works on interdisciplinary teams for collaborating them for developing the assistive technology resources for improving patient quality of life. Current important updates involve developing modified eye gazing systems, interaction processes as well as environmental management teams for patients’ wheelchairs. New planning devices have additionally brought to enable patients for driving wheelchairs along with management of other devices through a single change during hand movements are impaired. Change management options have developed patients’ skills for using mainstream technologies like iPADS, mobile phones, and tables. Permission to these devices on wheelchairs permitted effective selections and management over how they interact, move and work relaxingly (Poojitha, 2018).

The Vitro application has been applied in Calvary Health Care Bethlehem in 6 months end-to-end offering the healthcare company with an entirely paperless process in which all medical information was being stored electronically. This project unit that involved all medical employees from both the Calvary Health Care Bethlehem team and Vitro group have worked collaboratively for identifying as well as reviewing the present paper forms of that total 197. At the time of reviewing procedure this became evident that streamlining as well as effectiveness can be made, the opportunities was taken to evaluate the needs of Calvary Health Care Bethlehem that outcomes in the minimization to 67 forms that would be converted in Vitro applications.

Recommendations for Improvements

Focus on better technologies should be one of the current solutions for Calvary Health Care Bethlehem as well as overall healthcare industry in 2021. Applying the online data as well as modern interaction tools efficiently will be needed for the future of the care unit in Calvary Health Care Bethlehem. Technology will act as a role in around each area of health, involving health record keeping. It can be said that developing an online health recording process in Calvary Health Care Bethlehem similar to My Heath Record. Having this type of portal and record keeping app will help the company in providing and accessing major health data of all the patients (both old and new) involving any past allergies, health conditions as well as treatments, medicine history along with scanning reports can be evaluated by one system in the entire Calvary Health Care Bethlehem. On the other hand, it can be said that this type of change in the company will also help the medical practitioners, doctors, health care workers in this company working in remote, regional areas. Online technology will ensure this probable for the medical care workers and doctors in Calvary Health Care Bethlehem to have video appointments with all the patients who cannot visit to the centres or Calvary Health Care Bethlehem hospital for appointment with experts. This type of solution is particularly relevant and impact in the current COVID-19 pandemic.

Reference List

PUBH6007 Program Design, Implementation and Evaluation Report Sample

Context:

This assignment help is on Needs Assessment in public health, and you have 2 options (choose one) for submission (it is an individual assignment in report structure).

Instructions:

Option 1: Choose a setting such as a community, health service (e.g. hospital, primary health care service) or neighbourhood you know well in Australia ( Examples (not limited to) are:

(1) a particular community (for example, indigenous population, women etc)
(2) a health service (such as hospital, primary health care service, GP practices etc)
(3) a neighbourhood that you know well (where you currently live in)

How to proceed with Option 1:

STEP 1: A discussion of how you would assess different types of needs (normative, expressed, comparative, felt, etc.) and how you would prioritise the findings, justifying your choices. For this purpose, you would either know of/be in the situation in reality first. Then, you would have to undertake rigorous literature review to understand different types of needs assessment and consider alternative views to justify the choices for this context.

STEP 2: Any potential challenges for your needs assessment and how you would address them. This could be relating to policy, contextual issues or others.

STEP 3: A SWOT analysis, where you identify the Strengths, Weaknesses Opportunities and Threats of your organisation or program.

STEP 4: A determination of program priorities, based upon your needs assessment

In your needs assessment, you may determine multiple programs priorities – justify why you would choose the priorities you have identified. Are there any population groups that would benefit best from your program? Mention these, justify.

AN EXAMPLE

Let us take a GP practice in a specific growing suburb in Melbourne as a context. The waiting list seem to be increasing as many patients are approaching the GP and there are no other practices close by. It could also be that much of the population is working, and they need after hours service. If you are part of this situation ( working in the practice or living in the suburb) – you would have an idea as to what type of need had risen. From that point, think about what type of needs assessment is required (via comparing few types of needs assessment from literature review), and justify your choice. Then, we are looking at potential challenges to really confirm this need, through the needs assessment. Subsequently, look at the SWOT analysis. There may be many GPs in the practice (Strength), but, the hours may not suit the working population in the suburb (weakness). The threat may be that due to non suitable opening hours or waiting list, the population may begin to move to another closer suburb (where there are more GPs open late) which then (threatens) the practice. And the (opportunity) is there for this GP practice to open for more hours or have shift based GPs for different hours, keeping the practice open later. This is a simple SWOT and there may be many more.

In this situation, you would be looking at a program design that allows the GPs to open later hours or shifts, which cater to the mainly working population, young families in the new suburb/neighbourhood. You may prioritise working women, kids or mainly working men as population groups that would best benefit.

Solution

Introduction

Primary healthcare service is the selected community for undertaking the present report into consideration. In order to create a detailed understanding about the needs of principals and community analysis, the priorities placed by primary healthcare service in particular emphasis upon aboriginal population and indigenous groups within Australia needs to be revealed. The present discussion primarily explores around the different norms, expressions and comparisons are needed to be prioritised and applied upon aboriginal population of Australian primary healthcare service community. The reality oriented understanding helps to critically evaluate the possible challenges Faced in the operations performed by GP, nurses and professional health workers to govern their role across the primary healthcare services (Mistry, Harris & Harris, 2021). The SWOT analysis enables the internal potentials, areas of shortcomings, possibilities of new scope and limitations can be understood. As the organizations perform forming a community within the primary healthcare services, the prioritization of multiple service areas acting upon the large population interest benefits catering to health requirements of Australian people get justified.

Different normative needs and findings justifying the choice of primary healthcare in indigenous group aboriginal population community Australia

Primary healthcare within Australia create the initial point of contact with the people of Australia to attend care, comfort and health treatment. In case of both chronic as well as acute conditions proper management is taken up as a responsibility with the quality of professional intervention are indicated towards multiple healthcare domains. President under the National Safety and quality primary healthcare NSQPH creates the standard as a committee of primary care within Australia to determine highly developed effectiveness to treat patients (Kim et al. 2021). Under the national general practice hack reduction scheme, Australian indigenous groups and aboriginal community tried to be creating a feasible Raj Kumar optimistic normative layout for any incident reported by patients.

The conduct taken up by NSQPH develops a standard during October 2020 to a span of January 2021. All the issues faced by aboriginal population community Australia on a health hazard level hard constructively handled to create safe environment and proper cure through the preliminary consolidation program. There are multiple face to face workshops established to cater to patient requirements on a subjective level. The online free counselling, Internet based survey and consumer oriented service approach helped feedback retriever loop to analyze and enhance their quality in terms of primary healthcare provision (Measham & Turnbull, 2021). With a total capacity of 211 Primary Health care providers more than 105 feedbacks were received from the care users. Search consultations carried out through online interface facilitate during ongoing pandemic situation and lockdown related stress factors to be addressed for clients in indigenous groups of Australia.

Challenges addressed by the primary healthcare services among indigenous groups aboriginal community in Australia

The health department of Australian government takes specific focus upon the challenges faced by primary healthcare services Australia. Taking the policy regulations into consideration, the fragmentation taking place in case of Commonwealth as well as state fund services tend to lead to adverse challenges. The complexities get even more critical when policy levied by the government create restriction upon funding and arrangements of reported cases. There are increasing feedbacks received regarding poor coordination across the primary healthcare service planning and improper execution and delivery of welfare and social care services. It is directing towards misdistribution effects which hinder the workforce with shortages and inadequacy in optimum resources to handle increasing demand for health care requirement (Day et al. 2021). As the life expectancy across the aboriginal population segment is quite low especially for the females, tremendous challenges are faced by the indigenous Australian people on acquiring primary healthcare services.

It is the remote locations of various residential zones of minorities and health treatment inaccessibility which creates challenge for a GP to reach care assistance that takes 4.5 times more travel time than that of care facilities in the major cities. The disability rate among aboriginal population segments in Australians is ineffectually handled without a balanced proportion from primary healthcare policy regulation execution. This depicts a challenge where expectation and actual results revealed a large gap. There is additional health deficits which are incapacitated by the primary healthcare to manage especially with the exceptional burdening in case of chronic disease cases reported across aboriginal population community Australia. The ratio of one in every for indigenous Australian adults getting detected with obesity creates an alarming clinical impact posing challenge up on the overall requirement of primary healthcare which is implying significant deficit as they are considered minority and deprived groups there (Alexander et al. 2021). The rapid aging population in indigenous Australia community is another health hazard causing agent which is disproportionately managed with proper quality of care from primary healthcare services.

SWOT Analysis of Primary Healthcare in Australia

Strength -

Primary healthcare Australia is one of the largest providers of professional level public health care and non government sector. Both acute as well as chronic health crisis is managed by exceptionally talented and skilled doctors, GP, nurses and management Staffs. It is with the incorporation of unique person centred approach that care provision is provided to care seekers building up community feeling for all Australians (Ng et al. 2021). The general practitioners encompass the nurses, community workers, social healthcare workers and professional doctors. The midwife, dentists, pharmacists, health professional and specially trained aboriginal health workers also constitute the primary healthcare service setting. With adequate health promotion, prevention of diseases and rapid spread of chronic ailments like diabetes, fatigue and mental diseases I tried to be made aware to people to seek proper professional treatment under Primary Health care management.

Weaknesses -

The primary healthcare is dispersed into multiple segments which create confusion and chaos while handling increased demand of care services. The advancement in technologies incorporated within primary healthcare services are incapacitated by different professionals to be handled with proper expertise and skill. Lack of training and development progress with continued assessment creates sense of inadequacy of resources which makes the overall health sector suffer across Australian region (Cornwall, 2014). The exceptional rise in health deficit and acute conditions like sexual disorders, drug abuse, extreme alcoholism, cardiovascular diseases, diabetic problems, asthma, oral health, obesity, cancer and mental health deterioration across different segments of Australian population further contributes to the primary healthcare challenges.

Opportunities-

Primary healthcare service across Australia needs to segment there cares program operation so that the multispecialty features are possible to undertake the issues on the basis of separate department. Teams need to be channelized into specialty oriented services rather than shuffling duties to overlap across departments with the same operator and service provider (Balasooriya, Bandara & Rohde, 2021). The social determinants that impede health condition across Australia needs to become the survey assessment monitoring factor for analysing a sustainable and effective health service provision from primary healthcare systems.

Threats -

During the current pandemic let through COVID -19 situations created imbalance in demand and supply of medical care services from primary healthcare service operations across indigenous Australians. Connecting with stakeholders and getting regular supplies of normal treatment other than COVID word hampered and carried out on a irregular nature which challenged the health conditions of overall Australian aboriginal population community regions. The National Health priorities directed towards COVID management necessarily created a significant neglect towards other issues where the National Safety and quality primary healthcare NSQPH Norms and policy standards got hindered (Druce et al. 2021). Hospital bed unavailability and rural service network inefficiency due to technological lag led to threats upon lives of people across Australia especially those living in remote locations particularly the aboriginal community people.

Program priority created by primary healthcare services Australia towards aboriginal population segment

Patient care and safety of residents across Australia is the fundamental responsibility of primary healthcare service (Halcomb et al. 2020). People living in the rural areas and remote locations particularly the aboriginal trade community who are deprived of adequate health facility are tried to become the new focus group of Australian Primary Health service community. With the National Safety And Quality Primary Healthcare Standard along with national general practice accreditation scheme the committee tries to establish review and survey programs to analyze the general health statistics like mental health, physical general conditions like blood pressure, heart rate, cholesterol, diabetic level and other ailments. This enables rapid detection and the primary healthcare nurse, GP and other skilled professionals to cater to aboriginals at a fast rate possible.

Spreading the service operation even across remote locations and focusing more upon infrastructural development with latest clinical equipments for reaching faster solution and care facilities to reduce hazards towards aboriginals as a neglected sector of Australia can help build new opportunities of community healthcare. Aspects like housing education, infrastructure, employment and transport also needs to be simultaneously exploited for providing enhanced quality of health services across Australian people.

Conclusion

It is the great enthusiasm governed by policy regulation that enables the Primary Health service providers to operate even in rural along with remote regions to serve the aboriginal segment of population across Australia. Special service training towards older people, child health and maternity issues along with young health and eradication of drug abuse and alcoholism is also a part of primary healthcare support program. The GP qualification and the nurse services are incapable of creating a balance between demand and supply curve in terms of care facilities.

The primary care committee performed under directives of Australian government to handle acute as well as chronic were incapable of following the elements regulatory policy standards which made the patient safety and immediate help to risk prone diseases other than COVID to be handled with deficiency and lack of facility.

References

PUBH6013 Qualitative Research Methods Report Sample

Context:

This assessment is prescribed to advance literature searching, critical analysis, research question development, research planning skills, and reflexivity as a researcher. This assessment involves developing a research question, preparing interview and probe questions, identifying four people that you can interview on this topic (for example, your family or friends, colleagues), and reflecting on your motivation and justification of your research proposal.

It assesses the key understanding necessary for conceptualising and developing a qualitative research proposal, which will prepare you for the use of qualitative methods in research and evaluation as a public health practitioner. There are three steps to completing this assignment.

Instructions:

Step 1:

Develop a research question (similar to the ones you have explored throughout this subject) that supports qualitative exploration of a topic of your choice. Review the materials from Module 1 to familiarise yourself with the scope and purpose of qualitative research.

Warning: Topics must be low risk. This means that the topic should not be likely to cause distress or humiliation, and should not focus on vulnerable groups (such as children or people with a disability). You should discuss with your learning facilitator if you are unsure whether your topic is suitable.

Step 2:

Write 6-8 interview questions that:

• Focus on obtaining information that will help you to answer your research question

• Are qualitative (focusing on experience, opinion, values, perceptions etc) in nature

• Comply with best practice principles for interview question design (Module 4) Obtain feedback from 2 (two) people to refine and improve your questions, and keep records of this feedback for submission with the project proposal.

Step 3:

Write a research proposal for your qualitative project. You must include:

• A brief literature review to summarise the existing knowledge in this space, and justify your proposed project.

• Your research question and the knowledge gap that it will address.

• A summary of the key elements of the methodology that you think would be the most appropriate methodology to use to explore your research question (ie grounded theory, phenomenology etc), and why it is appropriate for exploring your research question.

• Your methods, including how you will select your participants (in this case, four people whom you already know) and your interview process.

• Your interview questions.

• A personal reflection on your motivation for exploring this research question, any ethical or cultural considerations for your project, and anything that could create a risk of bias in your data (ie interviewing friends).

• An appendix containing records of the feedback received on your interview questions (such as a copy of the interview questions with tracked changes).

• Your assessment submission must address all of these points

Solution

Introduction

The likelihood of diabetes is quite common among the indigenous community of Australia. The key reason behind the diseases and its major consequences on the life of community members are still considered as a key concern (Titmuss et al., 2019). For Assignment Help Thus the topic holds a significant relevance.
The project proposal details a brief background on the topic of discussion with the indication of methodology and the process of selecting participants for the current project.

Literature review

Diabetes affects Indigenous peoples around the world for a variety of reasons, but one unifying connection is a shared history of colonisation. Colonisation has been identified by the World Health Organisation as the most major social factor of indigenous peoples' health across the world. Many countries, especially those with advanced statistics systems, have health inequalities between Indigenous and non-Indigenous people. The International Group for Indigenous Health Measurement was formed in response to the need to enhance the evaluation and comprehension of Indigenous health inequalities (Crowshoe et al., 2018). The group is made up of Indigenous and non-Indigenous peoples, the ruling party and non-governmental organisations, experts, and healthcare providers. Health and data statistics are critical for finding and analysing inequities, tracking progress between and within groups, and, eventually, lowering health burdens. However, if the aim of health equality is to be accomplished, information is needed to show that these discrepancies are not merely a third-world concern and that Native peoples in developed countries such as Australia, the USA, Canada, and New Zealand have much worse health outcomes. Consequently, medical information for Indigenous peoples in these countries is inaccurate and incomplete, as are statistics on the underlying social, financial, social, and political variables. The IGIHM was established in 2005 and gathers together a wide group of individuals, including both Indigenous and non-Indigenous peoples, governmental and non-governmental organisations, statisticians, academics, and healthcare professionals (Yashadhana et al., 2020) The declared goals of the IGIHM are to inform people of the gaps in health statistics for Indigenous populations in the four nations and to cooperate worldwide on improved procedures and policies that will greatly boost Indigenous health.

The difference in the health of Torres Strait Slander Australians, Aboriginal Australian, and non-indigenous Australians is widely documented and several policies and programmes are presently striving to close the gap. Even after all these efforts, Indigenous Australians have a ten to eleven year lower mortality rate than non-Indigenous Australians, with 65 percent of fatalities occurring before the age of 65, compared with 20 per cent in the non-Indigenous community (Kirkham et al., 2017). The majority of the difference in life expectancy is due to diabetes and cardiovascular disease illnesses, which are linked to greater hospital admission and mortality rates. Indigenous individuals were 1.6–2.5 times more likely than non-Indigenous Australians to be hospitalised for heart disease in 2013, based on their age, and Indigenous adults are six times more probable to die from diabetes than non-Indigenous Australians. Indigenous adolescents who have type 2 diabetes are ten times more likely to be admitted to hospitals than non-Indigenous adolescents. While hospitalisation is a poor estimate of the prevalence rate of diabetes-related problems in the population, they do show that the burden of disease linked with a diabetes diagnosis is higher in the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander communities (Zimmet, 2017). Furthermore, the development of cardiovascular disorders such as diabetes, obesity, and heart disease occurs at a younger age among Indigenous Australians than that in non-Indigenous Australians and the occurrence of these conditions is on the rise among Indigenous kids. Nonetheless, the incidence of diabetes among indigenous youths is unknown due to a lack of national statistics (Koye et al., 2019). Indigenous Australians have greater rates of youth-onset type 2 diabetes than the general population, according to studies from several jurisdictions. While there has been an increased incidence of new diagnoses among all Australian kids over the last 20 years, Indigenous younger folks have seen a significantly bigger increase. To determine the exact incidence and disease burden of type 2 diabetes among Indigenous young people, physicians and scientists from all over Australia have collaborated.

Research question

The main research question is as follows

What are the causes and effects of high diabetes occurrence among Australian indigenous communities?

Knowledge gap

The topic of discussion has high importance since it attempts to promote the good health of the people of Australian indigenous community. However, there is a limited discussion about the spread of awareness which the current study will address. Awareness and proper learning about the diseases is necessary for a consistent recovery.

Summary of methodology

Here, the project will be conducted using a primary qualitative approach. The researcher will arrange an interview session for the participants. Here no secondary approach will be considered since the researcher wants to make a direct interaction with the participants for a better understanding of the topic. Primary approach is a key methodology used in projects which influence the data collection technique. In a primary mode of data collection, raw data, facts or information is gathered which justifies the relevance and authenticity of the information. Collecting information about the occurrence of diabetes among the Australian native communities from a secondary approach might not be relevant and current. Although it requires limited time and researchers get a sequential and organised form of data, the criteria covered by other researchers may not fulfil the requirement of the current study. This is why the primary approach is appropriate in this present context. Besides, the researcher will also select a qualitative approach through an interview session. With the interview session, it is possible to get an elaborative point of view from the respondents (Snyder, 2019). This approach is better and suitable compared to a quantitative approach which comprises numerical and objective information or facts which will not be suitable to discuss the matter of diabetes likelihood among indigenous people of Australia. This approach will thoroughly help the researcher to explore the framed research questions. The current project will be based on grounded theory in this regard since it will let the researcher develop a perception based on the collected response and related principles.

The interview will be conducted through a face-to-face session for a better assessment of the participant's expressions and their attitude. The researcher will not be able to meet the criteria in an online interview session. Moreover, the questions will be open-ended to give a scope to participants to present their point of view and elaborate their knowledge on asked questions. Close-ended questionnaires would have restricted the researcher to obtain subjective responses or answers which will not be suitable for this present study. Here, researchers will consider a non-probabilistic stratified form of sampling that will be used to select the 4 indigenous workers as the key participants of the interview session. Here, since all the known indigenous workers will be allowed to take part in the session, the mentioned sampling techniques will be suitable. Selecting simple random probability sampling will not help the researcher to get in-depth information about the health condition and extent of diabetes in the entire community.

Interview Questions

1: What is your lifestyle in terms of the work that you do and the diet which you consume on a daily basis?

2: Do you feel difficulty in accessing health care facilities in your locality?

3: Do you feel that the significant prevalence of diabetes has a negative impact on both the physical and mental health of people and the family? Explain your point of view?

4: What are the general measures that you will take to prohibit the occurrence of diabetes occurrence from your community?

5: What steps have been taken by your government to create awareness about diabetes occurrence?

6: How often do you get a routine check-up for yourself and your family members?

7: Is diabetes genetic diseases which has been running in your family over time or do you feel this is due to unhealthy consumption of food with high sugar content?

Personal reflection

The topic in research for this article is the assessment of the occurrence of diabetes among indigenous communities. While researching questions related to the matter of discussion, I have been motivated to the most since the prevalence of diabetes amongst the indigenous communities across the world has been concerning. While measures of prevalence and incidence are useful in determining the magnitude of a disease's burden in society, they are insufficient in determining the individual's risk viewpoint and I wanted to get into depth of it. For this research, I am committed to doing right by the people whom I will be interviewing; ensuring every type of confidentiality is maintained. I will make sure they get fair, honest and honourable treatment from my end apart from the feeling of security. It is necessary for them to feel comfortable given they belong to a completely different culture. After that, it will ensure that there is no biased interview happening even if the individual I’m interviewing turns out to be my colleague. Any kind of bias can harm the outcome for the project. There will be full transparency maintained between the people I will be interviewing, researching and my research team. I will abide by every ethical conduct and make sure things are in order.

Conclusion

Project proposal and a strategic plan form the base of a project. It needs to be framed with proper planning. The main aspect of a project proposal is the specification of the methodology which consists of the approach, methods and data collection techniques that researchers will consider while conducting the project or the study. It also includes the research question that will be focused at the foremost level. Here, the researcher will be focused on understanding the occurrence of diabetes among the native community people of Australia. Thus, the methods and the techniques have been specified accordingly.

References

PUBH6000 Social Determinants of Health Case Study Sample

Context

The social determinants of health play a major role toward disease, health and wellbeing of the community. This assessment is aimed at consolidating students understanding of how the social determinants of health affect the health outcomes of a population. The assessment gives you an opportunity to demonstrate your understanding of the fundamentals of public health practice and apply theoretical and conceptual health intervention frameworks to analyse the health of a population. This assessment task is also designed to further develop your ability to reflect on your practice. As a public health practitioner, it is important to develop your ability to reflect on personal experiences, feedback and assess your own capabilities. This practice of reflexivity supports personal and professional growth.

Task Summary

In this assessment you are required to read a case scenario provided by your Learning Facilitator, using critical thinking skills develop a report demonstrating your ability to apply theory into practice. Your report should be 1500 words (+/- 10%) in length. In addition to submitting assessment 2 Part A, you are required to provide another 200 words of learning journal demonstrating your ability to reflect on personal experiences and challenges working to complete Assessment 2 Part A . Use the assessment template provided to develop this assessment.

The scenario will be provided separately.

Please refer to the Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Instructions

1. Read carefully over the given scenario provided by your Learning Facilitator.

2. Research health issues and relevant social determinants of health that would influence health outcomes of the population in the given scenario

3. Use the Ecological Model to analyse factors relevant to the scenario that influence health behaviours and health outcomes of the population in the following perspectives.

• Intrapersonal level

• Interpersonal level

• Community level

4. Reflect on your thoughts/activities and challenges in preparing the assessment in the Learning Journal such as information provided to complete the assessment, class activities, searches for further information and references.

Solution

Introduction

The key focus of the assignment is on the disability system in Australia and the impact of relevant social determinants on the health outcome of the Australian population. Accourding to The Assignment Helpline, The case study of a disabled Leo has been used to refer to the various challenges disabled people in Australia might go through although the theoretical perspective is mostly generalized health system. The ecological model consisting of intrapersonal, interpersonal and community level factors have been used to determine the influence on health behaviours and health outcomes. Reflective summary of the experience regarding the assignment has also been provided as learning journal at the end.

Context of Potential Health Issue Among The Population

The survey report of Disability, Ageing and Carers in 2009 revealed that 18.5% of the Australian population or about 4 million people are disabled. In addition to this, another 21% is affected by long-term health condition but is not restricted from everyday activities. 87% of the people with reported disability suffer from specific limitation that restricts them from performing mobility, communication and self-care activities("About People with Disability in Australia | Department of Social Services, Australian Government", 2021). Although there are other health issues that is covered under the entire healthcare system of Australia, the key focus in the case study scenario is disabled people with Leo being one of them. It is quite difficult to define disability but from a general perspective it can be referred to the condition that can hinder a person from their ability to carry out day to day activities (Emerson & Hatton, 2014). However, there are varied degrees to which the disability can hinder a person ranging from mild like needing to wear reading glasses to severe where there is brain injury. According to the Report on Government Services 2002 the three core activities that form the basis of disability includes self-care, mobility and communication. Based on these activities, the ABS Survey of Disability, Ageing and Carers defines 4 levels of disability namely mild, moderate, severe and profound.

There are several issues that people with disabilities have to face and are more likely to experience than people without any disability. Issues like social isolation and fewer opportunities to participate in community life are more probable for disabled people ("Face the facts: Disability Rights | Australian Human Rights Commission", 2021). Moreover, such people are also more subject to living in poor quality, experience poverty, acquire low levels of education and obtain insecure housing. Studies show that some of the greatest causes of disability include mental illness and mental health problems which also diminishes their quality of life and reduce productivity levels. In the Australian population, workforce participation of disabled people is only 54% as compared to 83% of non-disable people ("Disability Support and Services in Australia – Parliament of Australia", 2021). Also, among the OECD countries, Australia has the lowest rank for the relative income of disabled people. Although the Australian government has planned on making all public transport accessible to disable people by 2022, reports show that about 1.2 million disabled people are still struggling to use them properly ("About People with Disability in Australia | Department of Social Services, Australian Government", 2021). Young people with disabilities like cognitive impairment in Australia are six times likely to end up in prison as compared to their non-disable counterpart. On the other hand, 90% of women with intellectual disabilities are subject to sexual abuse where more than a quarter of all disabled people are sexually assaulted in Australia("About People with Disability in Australia | Department of Social Services, Australian Government", 2021).

Social Determinants of Health

The social determinants of health issue refer to the disadvantages that contribute to their poor health and disabled people and their carers are the most disadvantageous group in Australia. The ecological model has been used for critical analysis of the multiple levels of influence on health behaviours of the disabled people in Australia. These include intrapersonal or individual factors, interpersonal factors and community factors ("Ecological Models - Rural Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Toolkit", 2021).

Intrapersonal/ Individual Factors:

The intrapersonal factors influence behaviour such as personality, beliefs, knowledge and attitude and are directly impactful on the individual with the disability. The social determinant that impact on an intrapersonal level is education. The more people participate in the workforce, they acquire higher levels of education and as a result of this achieve better health. Regardless of the impairment types, people with disability have on average lower levels of education as compared to other non-disabled population. Only 24% of the disabled people have completed year 12 or equivalent in terms of educational qualification which quite low than non-disabled people with 46% completing the same educational level ("Social Determinants of Health - Integrated care", 2021).

The National Disability Insurance Scheme (NDIS) provided support through local provider in town for Leo as part of their mission “no one is left behind” which includes 430,000 disabled Australians ("Social Determinants of Health - Integrated care", 2021). Leo lived on his own with the help of the services received from the local provider and was meant to be learning skills that help him live a more independent life. However, the behavioural concerns and continence issues prevented Leo from acquiring the learning skills which has impacted him on an intrapersonal level.

Interpersonal Factors:

The interpersonal factors include social support acquired from interaction with other people or create limitations in enhancing interpersonal growth that can lead to healthy behaviour. Employment can be considered as such a factor that offers opportunity for social support. Both people with disabilities and their carers have lower employment levels which lead to lower incomes and higher rates of poverty. In addition to this, enrolling in the workforce also involve social inclusion, decision-making and autonomy for the disabled person. Disabled people in Australia are almost 50% less likely to be employed which is also well below the OECD recommended 60% (Carey et al., 2017). Even more, disabled women are less likely to be in the workforce as compared to men which further limits their chances of social inclusion.

In the case study, as Leo received services from the NDIS, he lived on his own but was still unemployed as he failed to acquire the learning skills. Moreover, the notice from the service provider to cease all support further worsened the long-standing behavioural and incontinence issues of Leo and his family was quite insecure about his future. It was the complex disability of Leo affecting his cognition, emotional regulation and ability to perform daily task that prevented him from getting employed in the first place.

Community Factors:

These factors include the formal and informal social norms that can limit or enhance healthy behaviours of disabled people through interaction among individuals, groups and organizations. Housing is one such factor and is also linked to health of the disabled individual. Affordable, secure and suitable housing for the disabled is rarely available which makes them vulnerable in the Australian housing market. Instead of residing in cared accommodation establishments, almost 95% of disabled people in Australia live in regular households ("Social determinants of health - Australian Institute of Health and Welfare", 2021). As a result of this, people with disability might often fall out of home ownership and become rental tenants.

The reason the chief executive of Leo’s provider stated of withdrawing the services is the unhygienic condition due to the mess made by Leo. This was considered as an unacceptable risk for everyone and might also compromise the safety and well-being of Leo and the staff members. However, as Leo was suffering from continence issues, a regular household instead of cared accommodation would result in such mess and unhygienic conditions.

Influence of The Key Determinants on Health Behaviours and Health Outcomes

The social determinants from all three levels of the ecological model influence the health behaviours and health outcomes of the disable Australian populace. The lowered rate of employment leads to lower income and increased poverty for the disabled people. As compared to other OECD countries, Australian disabled people live in much worse conditions. As a result of this, the median personal income for disabled people was $225 per week while the non-disabled people had $480 ("SHUT OUT: The Experience of People with Disabilities and their Families in Australia | Department of Social Services, Australian Government", 2021). The intrapersonal factor of education is also linked to this outcome as there is existing income inequality for disabled people regardless of their educational qualification. The higher poverty rates in turn make it eve harder for disabled people to acquire care services which affects them on a community level as well. For this reason, government backed general resources, support and services provided by NDIS helps disabled people overcome the health outcomes caused by the key social determinants (Kavanagh, 2020). Disabled people like Leo and others can live an independent life on their own without worrying about employment and income.

Conclusion

It is evident from the assignment that as compared to other OECD nations, Australia currently is ranked lower in terms of services provided as well as well-being of the disabled people. The critically discussed social determinants from all three levels of the ecological model indicate that Australian population of disabled people are far more likely to suffer from unemployment, poverty and homelessness as compared to non-disabled populace.

Learning Journal

References

PUBH6005 Epidemiology Report Sample

Context

In Part B, you are able to apply their knowledge of causation and association. The skills gained from this assessment allows you to make a judgement on causality and association based on the epidemiological research and evidence. You will demonstrate your ability to apply the Bradford Hills criteria, a key tool in determining association and causality within epidemiological studies. Establishing association and causality are key skills in epidemiological disease investigation.

Task

Part B requires you to choose one of the articles that you have critically appraised in Part A, and using the Bradford Hills criteria as a guide, write within 1000-words on your judgment of association and causation. You will need to provide your opinion/decision/recommendations for a couple of the Bradford Hills criteria. Headings can be utilised where required. You may need to search for additional research articles to support your findings. Please refer to the Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Instructions

Select 1 of the 2 articles that you critically appraised in Part A. Address a couple of Bradford Hill’s Criteria's to present your opinion/decision/recommendation in establishing the causality and association of the findings. Your assessment should include should include the following:

1 Give the title of the article and introduce the objective of the paper
2 CHOOSE ANY TWO of the following criteria's and and address them accordingly
2.1 Temporality
2.2 Strength of association
2.3 Consistency
2.4 Dose-response relationships
2.5 Biological plausibility
2.6 Specificity
2.7 Experimental data
2.8 Coherence
2.9 Analogy

Solution

Introduction:

The paper aims to apply Bradford Hill’s criteria to a chosen article to determine the causality of the article. In the year, 1965, 9 viewpoints have been published by Austin Bradford Hill in order to check whether the “epidemiologic associations” are causal. These criteria have been the popularly used for determining “causal inference” within epidemiologic studies. Here in this article, two of Bradford Hill’s Criteria have been chosen to establish the causality (Shimonovich et al., 2020). For Assignment Help These two factors are “temporality” and “strength of association”. “Strength of Association” is basically critical to the ‘assessment of significant causal relationships” (Fedak et al., 2015). Temporality on the other hand is perhaps the only aspect which is agreed to is important to the “causal inference” (Fedak et al., 2015).

Title of the Chosen Article: “Case-Control Study of Risk Factors for Human Infection with a New Zoonotic Paramyxovirus, Nipah Virus, during a 1998–1999 Outbreak of Severe Encephalitis in Malaysia” by Parashar et al., (2000).

Purpose/Object of the paper:

The article mainly discusses the outbreak of “encephalitis” that had affected 265 patients and amongst them, 105 got fatally affected by the virus between 1998 and 1999 within Malaysia. This outbreak was associated with the “paramyxovirus, Nipah”. This is the virus that affected human beings, pigs, cats and dogs (Parashar et al., 2000). The main purpose of the chosen article is thus to examine and to determine the aspects of exposures to Nipah infection amongst human beings while the outbreak of the encephalitis tool place (Parashar et al., 2000).

Assessment of two Bradford Hill’s criteria:

Healthcare Systems Report Sample

Assessment Description

The purpose of this individual assessment is to foster students’ capacity to utilise a systems-thinking approach further to develop an understanding of the Australian healthcare system and its ability to provide care and prevent illness. Students will use data to predict the role and influence of preventative strategies and technology on demand for healthcare in the future, focusing on vulnerable populations. They will debate the ethical issues that can arise in managing health care systems and actively consider ways for systems and management challenges to be resolved. In addition, they will create an inventory of resource requirements applicable to a variety of healthcare settings, focusing on vulnerable populations.

Assessment Instructions

This assessment requires students to build on the analysis undertaken in Assessment 2, where a specialist health service’s preparedness to meet the needs of Australia’s ageing population was considered.

The analysis, to date, has used systems thinking approach and has been based on the WHO six building blocks of a health system framework.

1) Service Delivery

2) Health Workforce

3) Information

4) Medical Products, Vaccines and Technologies

5) Financing

6) Leadership and Governance (Stewardship).

In this assessment, students should provide a concise overview of the service and the main findings from Assessment 2. Then, through their research and analysis (systems thinking), focus on identifying how quality services and responsiveness to the needs of an ageing Australian population are maintained and enhanced by the service and its service providers.

To achieve the assessment requirements, the report should be constructed accordingly:

1) Executive summary

2) Concise overview of the service and the main findings from Assessment 1.

3) Examination of how quality service provision is maintained and enhanced by the service.

4) Examination of responsiveness to the needs of an ageing Australian population and how it may be enhanced by the service.

5) Examination of ethical issues and considerations related to service delivery decisions and vulnerable populations.

6) Recommendations for future action.

7) References - A minimum of 15 references, at least 8 of these should be academic journals. Harvard referencing method applies.

To explore the full breadth of maintaining and enhancing quality service provision, students should consider the interconnectedness between the health service and the broader system of the National Safety and Quality Health Service (NSQHS) Standards, the National Registration and Accreditation Scheme (NRAS) for health practitioners maintained by the Australian Health Practitioner Regulation Authority (AHPRA) and other professionals who self-regulate under the banner of the National Alliance of Self Regulating Health Professions (NASRHP).To provide a context for discussion, students should utilise appropriate standards to assist them in providing substantial examples of how quality services and responsiveness to the needs of an ageing Australian population are maintained and enhanced by the service and its service providers. For example (this is not an exhaustive list):

• NSQHS: Clinical Governance Standard, Action 1.8, 1.9, 1.10, 1.15.
• NSQHS: Partnering with Consumers Standard, Action 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6.
• AHPRA: Continuing Professional Development.
• AHPRA: Recency of Practice.
• SA Health: Allied Health Clinical Governance Framework.

Solution

Overview

The service that has been selected in this study is screening and treatment of breast cancer among the aged woman along with prevention measures that are formulated to mitigate the various risks. 25% of the total population of Australia are aged 65 years and above. It is also found out that the rate of aged population is going to increase by the end of 2055 (Manyazewal 2017).

In Australian health care system hospitals in the state of Victoria have upgraded organizational website that are effective in providing regular updates about each department. For Assignment Help They also provide updates so that elderly women can access the right treatment of cancer, books appointment on time in radiology section and more. Government also supports these elderly people with providing healthcare insurance, regular training session, interconnected and interdependent approach among the hospitals. In this study Breast Cancer screening service and treatment process in Bendigo Hospital has evaluated including challenges in their service process, gaps as well as opportunities. This report also identify the ethical considerations that the organization follow maintaining the privacy and dignity of their aged women patients who are suffering from the breast cancer. A future recommendation also given after this to mitigate the gaps those are existing in their service process.

Organizational overview

Bendigo hospital is the largest regional hospital in the Victorian region. The development project that has initiated in this hospital are worth $AUD 630 million with a specific aim in providing the welcoming, holistic and supportive environment for the service users (ArchDaily 2021). In the previous assignment it has observed that organizations in Victorian region are facing issues like fund unavailability, high staff turnover rate however at the same time use of latest technology and digitalization are being helpful to develop a smoother service. In external aspect, the political impact is highly evidenced through the changes of policies. The most challenging factor is the economic condition that is affecting the budget of the hospitals. From the Assignment 2 it has evaluated that the healthcare system of is constantly evaluating itself along with upgrading their tools, learning process in order to enhance the quality of their service and also for supporting the health progress in ageing population.

Analysis of the Challenges, Gaps and Opportunities

Standard of Care and Support

Bendigo hospital offers a range of comprehensive specialist care across the medical and healthcare disciplines. This organization provides services in emergency, maternity, women’s health, pathology, cardiology, aged care, cancer service and more. Referring to the interconnectedness of organizations and broader system of healthcare standards a detail understanding can be made to define the key standards of healthcare support and practices. Referring to the NSQHS (National Safety and Quality Health Service) clinical governance standards ensure that organizations must follow a clinical governance framework that ensure that the consumers can receive high quality care and safe service (Australian Government 2021). With this guideline, the organisation also provides a transparent informative guideline for patient who is taking an appointment for breast cancer screening. Through the website of the organization they clearly inform about density measurement, radiation, diagnosis and various screening programs.

The Bendigo hospital has built up a multi-disciplinary workforce which includes a skilled medical team that also has sub specialdepartments. In this aspect, the hospital is following the patient safety, quality improvement and safe environment in delivery of care for the cancer patients. In detailing about Bendigo hospital the organization follows Optimal Care Pathways for safe, consistent and high quality delivery of evidence based care system for people with cancer (Australian Commission 2021). This clinical governance framework is acquainted with the process of partnering with other health care bodies. As in this case of Bendigo hospital the health organization provides radiotherapy and radiation services with the partnership of Peter MacCallum Cancer Centre (Bendigo Health 2021). While this service standard is properly maintained by the organization, another aspect that is highlighted at the same time is National Registration and Accreditation Scheme (NRAS) which is highly important for all regulated health professionals for ensuring to deliver high quality care and maintain the consistency. It is helpful in saving time for health professionals who works in states and territories of Australia (The Department of Health 2021). According to the organizational website the health organization has included diagnostic imaging accreditation scheme in relation to policies and procedures. For the registration process of the medical practitioners the hospital focuses to use the Australian Health Practitioner Regulation Agency (AHPRA) registration documentation. Under this, Bendigo hospital provides scope for every health service user that they can complain about the health professionals in case unsafe behavior, disrespect or inattentiveness.

Understanding of The Challenges

Referring to the strong consistency level with the above standards in medical practices, it can be referred that Bendigo has been continuing to focus on the effective health practices and development. They are committed in maintaining their employment relationship with strong focus on the policies and procedures (Bendigo Health 2021). Despite these excellences the area where this organization is giving issues in providing effective care towards the aged women breast cancer patients is the impact of Covid-19 for which they are facing difficulties for giving radiology appointments, support service and sometimes basic medical treatments. It is also seen that the hospital staffs are notifying about the emergency needs of patients due to irregular medical intervention among the breast cancer aged women (Dinh-Le et al. 2019).

Besides the barrier of pandemic impact, Bendigo hospital has been facing issues of the inadequate co-operation from the aged women of breast cancers as they often ignore the daily activities, food or nutritional suggestions. Along with this, the treatment phases are also intervened as there are only 7 radiation oncologists in this hospital (Peter Mac 2021). Apart from breast cancer these group of medical practitioners also assigned to take care of various other cancers. Additionally, while it comes to deal with the cancer patients and adult ones they require more time and attention to be supported with proper medical help. Being the largest hospital with consisting service support in Victoria region, a large number of adult women with breast cancer comes to this hospital. It is really challenging for the hospital to deal with a large number of consumer with limited number of medical practicing teams. In addition to this as identified in above part the projected number of cancer patients will increase rapidly in future years. From this aspect the present capacity of supporting the need of aged women breast cancer patients is rare.

Identification of The Gap

Referring to the future health opportunities, it is evident that the use of technology will be the most in delivering the most effective service and care support management. Clinical decision support system is the computer based information process where the health care providers can access strong aid with the help of technology. Though the Bendigo hospital is efficient in dealing with the strong consistency of care support yet their role is limited in developing a collaborative care support or depending completely on the medical practitioners’ knowledge and skills. While the development of the technology is highly effective to deal with the medical ground, Bendigo has still not implemented any such automation process within their service system. It is highly possible that the organization may face issues regarding the extended dosage and flaws in medical checkup of the patients who will be suffering from the breast cancer. Another aspect that requires to be mentioned here is that Bendigo hospital does not have its own radiation treatment service. They have to depend on another clinic in providing chemotherapy for the cancer patients. Identification of this gap in their service process is effectiveto reduce the trust and dependency of the cancer patients on the organization.

Referring to The Opportunities

There are multiple opportunities that can be referred for the support and development of the gaps of Bendigo hospital. Among these the aged women breast cancer patients will be supported if they are treated with technological development. For instance, delivery of remote checkup, home based care support will be highly appreciated if properly implemented by this organization. They also require implementing completed in-house cancer treatment process including radiology system so that the process of chemotherapy will be easier (McAlearney et al. 2016).As for example, the use of genetic mapping still under research and it is assumed that there is high possibility for the cancer cure from the interchange of genetic structure. Xenotransplantation is also another process that is still under concern however will be effective to support the individual patients with transplantation of living cells.

Ethical Considerations

Bendigo Health Human Research Ethics Committee (HREC) is responsible for all type of ethical practices including the patients, clients, staffs and resources. Referring to the ethical guidelines it is seen that HREC of Bendigo has the role of protection and welfare of the rights of the participants. They specifically focus on the National Health and Medical Research council for proposing of the research projects, monitoring on the projects and approval of the project to maintain the ethical standards. In terms of providing the support to the aged women who are suffering from cancer it is essential that each of the individuals are equally treated and supported. HREC of Bendigo hospital usually provides strong guidelines, training and support for the medical practitioners who are in the service of vulnerable groups (Bendigo Health 2021). Along with this they also evaluate the work force operation process in order to determine wheather they are maintaining the ethical standard in clinical process and follow the organizational rules or not. Along with this evaluation of ethical support is also provided at Bendigo with the feedback evaluation and accessing feedback from the customers. At this area organization provides scope to the customers to tell on behavioral conduct, disrespect towards the privacy and safety issues. These are helpful in managing the entire organizational process efficiently and enable the ethical guidelines throughout the organization. Apart from this, they have to follow the basic consent level including autonomy, beneficence, non-maleficence and justice (Runciman, Merry& Walton 2017).

Concerning these ethical points, Bendigo is highly concerned for their cancer patients that all of their medical practitioners must take consent from the patient before providing any specific treatment to them. They take care that before any screening process individual disclosure is maintained by the medical practitioners about possible risks, benefits, nature of the procedure and more (Bendigo Health 2021). In terms of beneficence, the best interest standard that is every breast cancer sufferer assured that they are being treated by the most skilled and knowledgeable person. Though providing ration therapy or chemo treatment is not entirely helpful in physical wellbeing yet the cancer patients have to undergo this process. In terms of ethical guideline of non-maleficence it can be said that patients are properly informed about the harm that they can face while taking the radiation therapy. Finally, Bendigo also maintains the ethical practice of justice that is treating every of their breast cancer patients equally and support them with every possible technology that they have to provide earliest cure as possible by them.

Recommendations for Future Action

Reviewing the present needs of the patient care and management of the Bendigo hospital it can be referred that the Clinical decision support system will be the one that will be most effective in managing decisions timely and quickly. As opined by Zikos&DeLellis(2018) inclusion of CDSS analysis is helpful in managing clinical decisions and diagnosis every time the medical staffs providing care or medical help. Under this process, Bendigo hospital can create a digital log book where they can review every clinical parameters of the patient while treating them or making them ready for an operation. It is specifically helpful for the medical practitioners who are dealing with breast cancer patients as they can review allergic reactions to medicine, previous medical history, and therapeutic duplication alert. People who have to undergone a surgery due to breast cancer at old age require strong monitoring and observation which will be more effective to make with this system.

Reference list

PUBH6004 Leadership and Effecting Change in Public Health Report Sample

Instructions:

In this assignment, you will be provided a scenario (problem) involving a public health leader that you will need to analyse using the knowledge gained from this subject for 3 modules. Subsequently, immersing yourself in the scenario, you will evaluate yourself as a public health leader.

Note: Case study will be provided after Module 2

You will be writing a 2000 word report in three parts, as follows:

- Correctly uses academic writing, presentation and grammar:

- Complies with academic standards of legibility, referencing and bibliographical details(including reference list)

- Writes clearly, with accurate spelling and grammar as well as proper sentence and paragraph construction

- Uses appropriate APA style for citing and referencing research

Solution

Introduction

Australian Health care sector has been evolving for years coupled with increasing complexities due to rising disease & patterns of infections. The pandemic has created pressure on the already pressured healthcare organization accompanied by a shortage of labor and an increasing number of patients (Walshe & Smith, 2011). Since resources are scarce and the management directly impacts the well-being of the workforces.
Part A- Evaluating public health leader

Since the healthcare system is highly complexed, thus, NSW has defined leadership traits that are important for managing complexities in the public health domain. Health Leads Australia has created a leadership framework that is embedded in the principles like owing leadership, development of capable leaders, and mediating personality in the leadership role (Health workforce Australia, 2013). For Assignment Help In addition to this, Dr. Tania has been recognized as one of the most effective public health leaders during her tenure in varied positions in international health organizations. Thus, the leadership traits will be analyzed through the framework designed by Health Leads.

Also, the leadership framework includes aspects like partnering and collaborating across boundaries, which relies on deploying collaborative approach, mobilization different types of people, creating of cross- sectional collaboration, encouraging fresh insights from varied types of sources for fostering innovation (Bercaw & Poole, 2013). In all the sub- aspects of partnering and collaboration, I lack initiatives for creating cross-sectoral collaborations for service delivery agreements while I also lack competencies for mobilizing people for undertaking collaborative actions to fostering service transformation. Leaders need to possess the capability for delivering high patient outcomes eliminating redundancies and improving the transformation of the systems. Thus, the core ideas of transforming the system include shaping the preferred future, demonstrating critical system thinking, assessment of work through resistance while also being politically astute to foster changes. This aspect contains several sub-parts which are often used by me while working in the healthcare systems.

Part C- Identifying Strengths and leadership style

The self–assessment tool has been very helpful in identifying gaps and improving them for higher efficacy in healthcare management. In addition to this, in the aspect of achieving outcomes, I have acted according to the sub-sections of this component whenever I work in the healthcare domain. In addition to this, I was in the place of Dr. Tania, I would have also collaborated with different stakeholders like consumers, colleagues for setting the goals for achieving the common vision that is well- being of all socio-economic classes in epidemics and crisis. Since I focused on achieving outcomes, it would help me in aligning resources and influencing decisions for providing a quality and patient-centered approach. Thus, I will continually monitor and celebrate achievement by realizing being accountable in both the outcomes that is failure and success.

The second approach is leading self and developing, as it is very important for the leaders being self-aware thereby understanding strengths and limitations. I also realized that I am highly committed to improving myself, thereby displaying integrity in the roles and context. In addition to this, this strength would help in actively reflecting on the performances, thus responding to engage others for fostering learning and growth. I try achieving outcomes as I am self-aware and thus, apply honest and ethical principles while making crucial decisions in epidemic events. As per the self-assessment tools, my third strength will be engaging others, by recognizing values and cultural responsiveness in different countries I would work in. Since I have efficient skills for engaging others, I am approachable, possess active listening, with a clear presentation of ideas and issues. This strength would also help in actively and easily participating in very difficult conversations displaying humility and respect.

Engaging with others also helps me in inspiring others while enabling them for sharing ideas and information, thereby reaping opportunities for growth and opportunities. Besides, I have strengths in shaping the system as I can understand and can effectively communicate system awareness with all the stakeholders. As a leader, it is very important for involving consumers and varied types of health policy for creating policies, education, training, and other factors that impact well- being of societies at large. However, if I were in the position of Dr. Tania, I would have portrayed good outcomes as I lack competencies in partnering and collaboration. When placed in a leadership position, it is very important to be part of lower socio-economic background, without which equal distribution of resources cannot be assured. Thus, my weakness in forming a coalition would impact the lives of vulnerable populations in times of crisis and epidemics. In addition to this, I also lack competencies in managing myself and being aware as I am majorly focused on uplifting others; hence I am not able to recognize my strengths and reaping opportunities for seeking personal growth.

An action plan for improving gaps has been provided below.

Conclusion

Healthcare leadership is important in all industries as it is embarked by rapid changes in population demographics supported by a lack of efficient resources. Also, leadership has direct and indirect impacts on the health and well-being of all levels of the community. Leaders in the public health domain hold a crucial place thus, every individual like me must work hard and focus on continuous development to managing healthcare infrastructure effectively.

References

PUBH6003 Health Systems and Economics Case Study Sample

Context

Systems thinking helps us to understand the elements and relationships/interconnectedness of parts to a system. Currently, the use of systems thinking is being advocated in public health as a new paradigm shift. It aids in the solving of complex and intractable public health problems and the identification of risk factors for the achievement of health systems goals/good population health outcomes.

You are required to thoroughly research and write a critical individual report on systems thinking and its application to strengthening the six building blocks of health systems for the reduction/prevention of a chosen public health problem/issue for a selected country.

Instructions

You are required to:

• Identify a country (e.g., Australia or any other country) and a public health issue. Public health problems/issues include excessive alcohol consumption, food safety, heart disease and stroke, road traffic accidents, nutrition, physical activity and obesity, tobacco use, water, sanitation and hygiene, HIV, drug abuse and mental health;

• Provide a critical analysis of the concept of systems thinking and how it can be applied to public health;

• Discuss the six health systems building blocks as proposed by the World Health Organisation (WHO);

• Discuss why the chosen public health issue is complex in the context of the chosen country based on the building blocks and thus requires systems thinking; and

• Apply and analyse how systems thinking can be used to reduce/mitigate the selected public health issue along with the building blocks of the health systems of the chosen country.

Solution

Introduction

Australia is one of the economically stable and developed economies of European Nations, however, the health and infrastructure are considered to be complexed owing to its funding and payment issues. For Assignment Help In the year 2019, 169, 301 deaths were reported within the region of which coronary heart disease was the leading cause in men that is 12% while 12% of females died due to mental health issues like dementia and Alzheimer's (OCHA, 2021). The child death rates were reported to be 76 per 100000 which is lower than in 2009. In addition to this, life expectancy at birth (females) has improved from 1960 which was 74.2 % as compared to 2019 that is 85% (AIHW, 2021a).

In addition to this, life expectancy at birth for males has also improved from 1962 that was 67.9 which has improved to 81. 9% in the year 2019. In recent times, COVID-19 has been the leading cause of death which is 898, however, the disease and incidence rates in Australia have been reducing for the past several years due to which mortality rates have also declined (Australian Bureau Statistics, 2021). The deaths induced by consumption of alcohol reported an upward trend in 2020. The mortality rates during the pandemic were highest with a median age of 86 years with preexisting conditions like dementia, hypertension, cardiac chronic ailments, and hypertension.

Additionally, in the public healthcare units of Australia, the hospital-bed density is 4.0 per 1000 individuals, however, in private houses, there is an average of 4.8 beds for 1000 people (AIHW, 2021b). Also, the Australian public healthcare access is lower or free treatment as costs are majorly covered through Medicare while 46% of the population receives medication from private healthcare units. Besides, the physician density recorded in the year 2015 was 3496 on 1000 population while the population on nursing and midwifery is reported as 12566 on 1000 people.

The chosen healthcare issue is obesity as average Australians are overweight which increases various health risks. More than 70% of Australians are detected with obesity with an underlying chronic health condition that increases the cost of healthcare by more than 30%. Thus, addressing this issue is important for ensuring prevention at an early stage (American Academy of Pediatrics, 2018)

The report will aim at discussing a system thinking approach for addressing obesity as a healthcare problem in Australia.

Obesity as a Healthcare Problem

Concept of System Thinking in Healthcare

System Thinking is referred to as a holistic approach for understanding the interrelation of components, and how each subset operates over a given time frame within larger contexts. In healthcare, it is assumed as a problem-solving approach for evaluating an issue. It analyses the interaction of surrounding elements which greatly impact the problem thus, the evaluation helps understand the entire process for suggesting goals and objectives (WHO, 2010). Thus, in a healthcare context, it is commonly referred to as system-based practice. For instance, for detecting public health issues, system-based practice overviewing individual rehearsal on patients is evaluated within the entire system of healthcare (Brennan, Kumanyika&Zambrana, 2014). Thus, it aims in making healthcare successful by undertaking goals for individual patient levels. However, many diseases like obesity have not been addressed appropriately through system-based practice due to the population with existing conditions coupled with overweight has been increasing for years.

Six Building Blocks proposed by WHO

Service Delivery- Service delivery is commonly assumed as the output of all resources used for making the healthcare system efficient. It might include workforce, supplies, finances, and others. Thus, for improving the outcomes, it is important for aligning the inputs in a way for enhancing the overall service delivery models (WHO, 2010)

The service delivery for providing healthcare resources to treat and prevent obesity includes in-patient and outpatient services. The hospitals face the struggle of huge managing patient counts which impacts early intervention strategies. However, several local governments like NSW have devised strategies like obtaining free health coaching through calls on toll-free numbers which helps individuals in receiving assistance on health goals.Dietitians Association of Australia is also created for publishing campaigns and devise strategies for controlling weight and supervising health-related objectives. However, the Australian Healthcare system has been facing issues like increasing costs, experience for the patients, accessible points of care which have impacted service delivery due to which obesity is considered to be one of the crucial healthcare issues from the past few decades (Clarke et al., 2021).

Healthcare Workforce - The capability of nations like Australia for meeting health goals relies largely on knowledge, motivation, and skills. There is a direct link between the health workforce and the health outcomes of the entire population (WHO, 2010). Australian Healthcare Industry has been facing acute healthcare shortages thus reducing capabilities for meeting the increasing demands from aged care and child care. It is estimated that by 2015, there will be a shortage of approximately 1000000 nurses in inpatient and outpatient services for managing the underlying condition of chronic disease like obesity.

Health Information System- WHO defines that every healthcare organization is only successful if it has reliable data for making an efficient decision. The health information system is highly dependent on the main key factors that are the generation of data, compilation, synthesis, and communication of information to vital stakeholders (WHO, 2010). Australian Healthcare is on the stage of technical transformation with digital strategies proposed by the government, although the application of technology is at infant to mature stage which poses issues in treatment and flow of information from service providers to insurance companies.

Accessing essential medicines- A health care system that is characterized as well functioning ensures that the population receives equitable medicines, vaccines, and other healthcare resources with approved quality, costs, and efficiency (WHO, 2010). For achieving equitable supply of medicines and other healthcare resources, national healthcare policies, guidelines, trade practices, pricing strategies must be effectively aligned with healthcare goals. Australian Healthcare system has an efficient supply of generic and specialty medication, although indigenous populations are provided medication through the community sellers for improving life expectancies.

Financing of Health system- Finances holds a crucial place for ensuring the efficacy of healthcare resources. If necessary, funds are not allocated then workforces would not be employed, no medicines will be supplied while the entire functioning of the healthcare system will be paralyzed (WHO, 2010). The financing healthcare system is dependent on two objectives that are for raising sufficient funds and providing financial risk protection to the entire population. Major issues of healthcarein funding from local and state governments. Also, Medicare increases the complexity of healthcare outcomes as payments are delayed due to a lack of transparency and efficient flow of information in treating chronic ailments like obesity.

Leadership and governance- Leadership and governance ensure the existence of a strategic policy framework that is combined with coalition, regulation, addressing system design, and accountabilities. As per WHO accountability is one of an intrinsic part of leadership and governance as it relates to balancing & managing relationships amongst the population, governmental organizations, non-governmental organizations, households, and other entities (WHO, 2010). Leadership gaps are quite prevalent at every stage of governance which has impacted efficient utilization of resources that has patient outcomes for people with obesity.

Barriers for Applying System Thinking Approach

The system Thinking approach includes the integration of elements for understanding the core issues. Australian Healthcare industry has been witnessing an increase in obesity rates in younger as well older populations. Thus, the system lacks implementation, integration, and evaluation of public health strategies at the community level. One of the profound steps taken by the Australian Government includes banning fast-food advertisement in prime time accompanied by restrictions on retail sectors for selling, promotion, and display of sugary drinks. Lack of uniform monitoring and supervision of meals served in schools and college canteens is one of the implementation issues which is owned barrier of leadership and funding. It is observed that the younger population has a greater inclination to barging on sports drinks, cheesy items, and other foods with trans fat (Clarke et al., 2021). The complex healthcare model accompanied by workforce shortage has increased obesity and related conditions. Technology can be a great facilitator for improving system thinking, although building IT infrastructure requires substantial investment due to which digital strategies have been delayed. Also, privacy and security-related issues have been increasing in past years that have impacted the larger implementation of digital tools for managing service delivery and patient outcomes.

Recommendations for Improving System Thinking

Australian Healthcare system is recommended for prioritizing whole food consumption policies accompanied with physical activities in school and colleges. Also, healthcare practices and campaigns that promote water and vegetable consumption must be introduced. The healthcare leaders are suggested for engaging the wider communities for meeting malnourishment targets while initiatives must be undertaken for improving food environment at school.

Conclusion

Obesity has emerged as one of the chronic health problems of Australia, thus, six building blocks by WHO have been used for identifying issues in detail. System-based approaches lack health policies for managing obesity. Thus, leaders need to collaborate with different stakeholders for applying a system thinking approach to improve the health and well-being of the Australian population.

References

PUBH6008: Capstone A: Applied Research Project in Public Health Sample

Instructions:

By the end of module 3, student must provide to their learning facilitator a brief review of the literature on their chosen topic. The literature review must contain key references/theorists/researchers for the public health topic chosen. The literature review assignment must be designed to address the following questions:

• Who are the key theorists/researchers in your public health topic?
• What are the key issues?
• What are the gaps in the existing body of knowledge?

The literature review should provide a basis for justifying a clear research question or hypothesis to be explored further.

You must also indicate the search strategy used for your literature review. For example, what were the key words you searched for, and which key databases or other sources did you use to conduct your literature review? (e.g. CINAHL, Proquest Public Health, Informit, Medline, Google Scholar).

Assessment Criteria:

• Critical and comprehensive review of the literature (70%) Clarity of research question/hypothesis (10%) General assessment criteria (20%):

• Provides a lucid introduction

• Shows a sophisticated understanding of the key issues

• Shows ability to interpret relevant information and literature in relation to chosen topic

• Demonstrates a capacity to explain and apply relevant concepts o Shows evidence of reading beyond the required readings

• Justifies any conclusions reached with well-formed arguments and not merely assertions

• Provides a conclusion or summary o Correctly uses academic writing, presentation and grammar:

• Complies with academic standards of legibility, referencing and bibliographical details (including reference list)

• Writes clearly, with accurate spelling and grammar as well as proper sentence and paragraph construction

• Uses appropriate APA style for citing and referencing research

Solution

Introduction

Sexual abuse of minors has long been recognised as critical issue in India. As a result, the "Protection of Children against Sexual Offenses" law was passed, making CSA actions like rape, pornographic exploiting, abduction, and so on illegal. This study will provide a quick review of the reasons for the rise in child abuse cases in India. For Assignment help, There are 430 million toddlers in India as per the official calculations. Children are seen as an important pillar in the growth of a country. Since independence, India's legislation and judiciary have worked hard to ensure that children have fundamental rights from conception until the legal age of adulthood. According to a report, there are four stages of developmental psychology in which an individual not only undergoes physical or biological modifications, but also undergoes changes in psychological, mental, and emotional health, as well as diversity in morals, theories, and language skills.

Protecting these younger generations is thought to be important since it leads to a healthy life for a person and the development of the country as a whole (Atim 2017). A child's essential human rights must be secured from all forms of abuse, including emotional and physical assault, as well as unscrupulous and defenceless conditions. Childhood is the most vulnerable time of a person's life. Children are regarded as a nation's most valuable asset since they are the ones who will define the development and children are the ones who will determine the nation's well-being. In the nation, the child is thought to have personal rights and responsibilities.

The study's goal is to examine the state of child safety by emphasising on incidences of sexual abuse involving Indian children. The research will look into the Indian government's preventative strategies. The goal of the study is to determine what is needed to improve India's current child abuse problem. In this contrary, the research will describe the current situation of Indian society in child abuse cases. The proportion of child abuse cases in rural and urban areas are analysed gradually (IGI Global. 2018).

Search Strategy

Several keywords regarding the child abuse in India are searched on various online platforms such as “Proquest”, “Google Scholar” and much more. Some methodologies are followed to conduct this study. In this regard, a research onion is selected to pick the most suitable methods for this study. The idea is to pick the most representative journals and articles in the field of child abuse within the Indian context. All selected journals are chosen from the 2017-2021 timeframe to avoid the chances of old journal inclusion. Reference and reviews of the selected journals are analysed before the inclusion of relevant data along with the monitored citation.

A "descriptive" study design has been followed to include a detailed explanation of the chosen topic. Selective study philosophy and approach are followed to take part in this study in detail. Special attention has been provided in including relevant data that can support reaching a concrete conclusion in this matter (Cockbain, & Bowers, 2019). All relevant information is included to strengthen the discussion to understand the current condition of Indian child abuse cases. Journals concentrating in prevention strategies of child sexual abuse in Indian framework are prioritised in the search strategy.

Definitions

Harming, ill-treatment, cruelty, abandonment, or starvation of any kid is considered child abuse. Physical, emotional, sexual, and psychological abuse can all be perpetrated against a kid. According to the "National Crime Record Bureau", one hundred and nine minors were sexually molested every day in India in 2018, which shows a 22% increase in the statistics of child abuse cases from the previous year (Tiwari et al. 2018). According to a UNICEF study, Indian parents utilise 30 distinct types of physical and verbal abuse on children aged 0 to 6 years as part of their discipline measures. Unfortunately, the research shows that young kids are more likely to be exposed to conflict, violence, and mistreatment as their families try to adapt, which can have long-term consequences for them. Not everyone understands the impact of such cases on their child and that is why the effect is so vulnerable. The differences between several type of abuses and molestations are described in the below area.

Physical abuse: Physical abuse is defined as the intentional infliction of pain. When most people hear the word "child abuse," they immediately think of physical violence. Molestation manifests itself in injuries, bruises, fires, cracks, and muscle aches, but it can also manifest itself in brutal acts of discipline. Physical abuse is also indicated by damages that do not match the narrative and ignored medically needs.

Emotional abuse: Emotional abuse is defined as behaviour against a child that causes mental distress. Shouting at the child frequently, restricting love or affection, long periods of quietness, and cruel jokes at the child's benefit are all examples of mental neglect. Emotional abuse is defined as calling the child insults or uttering other degrading remarks to the child, which usually leads to low self-esteem. Emotionally abused children may experience depression or a yearning need for affection (Oyekola, & Agunbiade, 2018). Stigmatisation and postponed or incorrect psychological maturity are among the other signs.

Sexual abuse: Sexual abuse includes touching a kid in a sexual situation or having sexual contact with the child, as well as any action directed at the child for the purpose of sexual excitement. Touching, forced sexual actions, and obscene bodily exposure are all signs of this sort of abuse. Both sorts of sexual abuse of a kid are regarded sexual abuse of a child, whether the abuse happens as a one-time occurrence or as a pattern of behaviour that persists for years. Often, the attackers are the child's relatives or family members. These are mostly people that no one would expect to do such crimes (Parmley et al. 2019). Actions in a child may indicate sexual abuse include awareness or promotion of sexual conduct before the child's age, unexpected difficulties with toilet habits in a young child, genital pain or itchiness, injuries, or bleeding. Other signs include difficulty sitting or jogging, stains in their underwear, and other youngsters being sexually abused.

Abuse of any kind can result in long-term consequences. Child abuse has ramifications that go far beyond the physical scars left behind. Relationship troubles and trust concerns may arise in the child. Feelings of worthlessness or low self-esteem are prevalent, and the youngster may have trouble controlling his or her emotions. The study's main goal was to describe how sexual assault affects a child's mental and psychological well-being. Some preventative measures are also aimed towards elucidating.

Literature Review

The purpose of a literature review is to select a variety of publications related to child abuse cases in India. Human trafficking, rape, harassment, exploitation for pornography, and other forms of child abuse are common (Harder et al. 2020). By reading various journal and news articles, the study will expose the exact situation of child abuse in India. The Indian government appears to be working on legislation to stop abuse that is more sexual. Abusers of children are dealt with harshly by NGOs and government organisations, including the police. According to the preliminary findings, the court system is successful in averting societal evil. Several search engines are used to find suitable literary sources for this study.
Discussion of literature

Cases of Child Sexual Abuse in India

One of the most serious issues is that our culture has prioritised adult rape, but child sexual abuse is as important. The only difference is that most youngsters are either unaware that they have been sexually assaulted or are too afraid to tell their parents. Some people are afraid of privacy (Mashayo et al. 2017). Hundreds of millions of children are victims of abuse and exploitation. Kids are physically and emotionally fragile, and they could be permanently traumatised by emotional or psychological abuse. Child sexual abuse is a pervasive problem in our society, although it is rarely spoken. The national of formation of women and children manages this act and aims on removing sexual abuse of children, improving education about child molestation, ensure a stable space for children who are victims of aggression, and imposing harsh penalty on offenders.

It is the basis of a slew of health issues as well as a slew of other issues. Although there is no strong demonstration of a source, reported cases of child sexual abuse are decreasing. One out of every ten children is sexually molested before they reach the age of eighteen, according to statistics. Despite declining rates of registered sexual abuse, the public is unaware of the magnitude of the problem. In India, child sex exploitation has long been an issue, and incidents of horrible atrocities have been documented over the years, prompting a continuing effort to abolish such evil from society.

Effect of Child Sexual Abuse on Children

According to the evidence presented to the Inquiry, child sex exploitation can have far-reaching and serious repercussions (Jones et al. 2019). These impacts can last a lifetime for some victims and witnesses. Child sexual abuse can have a negative impact on a child's cognitive and emotional well-being. This affects their familial and intimate connections, faith, training, and job opportunities. People who have suffered are also two to substantially more likely to be sexual, physical, or mental abuse victims in the future. Victims and survivors blame themselves for changes in family relationships and relatives' well-being. Some victims’ child sexual abuse may become overly protective of their own children and grandkids. They are desperate to make their kids and grandkids feel sympathy for, and to ensure that their own abuse has no negative consequences for them.

It can also cause feelings of loneliness by disrupting friendship groups and leading to bullying or being talked about by others. Some victims of abuse have had their family connections harmed because their parents, siblings, or other members were aware of the sexual abuse but did nothing to stop it. Parents of victims are seen to be affected as well. Parents' mental disorders can be harmed because they blame themselves for being helpless and are unable to safeguard their children (Reiner et al. 2019). Some victims fear that the sexual abuse they experienced as children will make them unfit parents, or that others will regard them as harm to their own children.

There is no single metric by which a child can assess sexual abuse he or she has experienced. As a child, a person is oblivious of some things that he/she learns as time passes, so when he is a sufferer of child sexual abuse, he/she conjures up a variety of images in his/her head while living in fear. The impact of child sexual abuse and neglect on physical, psychological, behavioural, and societal results is studied on a regular basis. Mental implications might be seen in physical effects. Mental health difficulties lead to risky behaviours. Depression and anxiety, for example, may compel a person to consume, abuse, drink, or utilise illegal medications. Some of the major effects are,

Fear: CSA is such a heinous deed that it shatters a youngster's mind, and as a result, a child lives in the shade of terror and never escapes it (Boittin 2018). Most kid maltreatment is unreported due to children's fear of being taken away from the family.

Self-harm: Sexual abuse frequently results in anger toward oneself, such as self-blame, self-harm, and suicide. Those who were sexually assaulted as children are more likely to attempt suicide than the general population.

Sexual health: Being physically manhandled as a child, especially when the abuse is not discovered, might lead to perplexing notions about links and sexual habits.

Emotional harm: Victims of sexual abuse face a variety of medical effects, including sexually transmitted infections and infertility. These physical effects compound the abuse's significant emotional and mental suffering. All of these victims had a variety of issues, including anxiety, anxiousness, disordered eating, and attempted suicide. "Panic disorder", "psychological symptoms", "hyperactivity disorder", "post-traumatic stress disorder", and "reactive attachment disorder" are some of the other side effects of CSA.

Arrival of shame and guilt: In most situations, the attacker is able to persuade the sufferer that it is his own fault (Xu et al. 2018). Some persistent abusers engage in the same abusive behaviour repeatedly. It causes scars on the victim's body and spirit, and he/she feels guilty and ashamed. The person finds e it hard to inform anyone about the abuse because of remorse and humiliation of person commits suicide because of the terrible experiences that he/she had because of the maltreatment.

Post-traumatic stress: CSA can have a significant physical, mental, and sexual impact on a child. It may have long-term consequences for the child's physique (Motsa, & Morojele, 2021). If a youngster suffers multiple traumas to his body and spirit because of this traumatic experience, and their parents and caretakers ignore him/her, the child may develop "post-traumatic stress disorder". They do not increase their ability to believe anyone after being rejected by their well-wishers. In addition, a lack of appropriate counselling pushes individuals to face this issue more.

Abusive behaviours: The victim's behaviour deteriorates into abuse. That person is unable to trust anyone, which has a negative affect both his/her present and future lives. Approximately one-third of abused youngsters will go on to victimise their own children.

Reasons Behind The Sexual Abuse and Torture

The primary cause of this social problem is a lack of knowledge. The Indian government must take firm measures in this regard. The Indian society is thought to be unconcerned about sex education. Child maltreatment is on the rise in India, particularly in rural regions, because of these similar conditions. Another explanation for this is poverty. Due to their poor financial situation, the majority of families send their children to work at a young age. India's overcrowding is another issue (Joseph, & Bance, 2019). Poverty makes it difficult for parents to feed their children, forcing them to stop going to school. This is why there is an increase in illiteracy and child maltreatment.

Because Indian culture has always been patriarchal and dominant, a child is always under their protection and care. Furthermore, they utilise physical force on youngsters to chastise them, believing that this is beneficial to their growth. Many studies show that not only are single causes not to blame for child sex abuse, but that a combination of factors is also to blame for this heinous crime. Some of the most common causes of childhood sex exploitation are discussed in depth.

Poverty: Poverty is a major contributor to child sexual abuse. The majority of incidences of sexual abuse occur in low-income homes. There is a growing trend of selling children to meet their necessities. Parents frequently believe that because they have given birth to a kid, they have the right to place the child in a bond. It is not true that all incidences of child sexual abuse occur in poor homes; some cases occur in middle-class and rich families as well (Rocha-Jimenez et al. 2018). Adult abusers pretended to help truly needy youngsters, but instead reaped the benefits of them.

Illiteracy: Education is crucial to a child's future success. If this is not the case, everyone will suffer greatly. Because they are outside the shielding reach of school and provide assistance agencies, illiterate children are more exposed to abuse.

Poor Health Issues: Children with a mental illness, a learning difficulty, or a physical impairment are more likely than others to disclose childhood sexual abuse.

Homelessness: Children who have been homeless are much more likely to have experienced sexual abuse. Some of them are children who have been sexually abused at a young age. Spousal abuse, physical molestation, and other forms of relationship violence are common among these homeless kids.

Increasing Unemployment: Unemployment is also a significant contributor to child sexual abuse. It can also lead to divorce, alcoholism, poverty, and a variety of other issues. To cope with the stress of unemployment, a person may resort to any form of abuse, including sexual abuse (Reiner et al. 2019). Joblessness has a greater influence on young children, according to heterogeneous effects as this gives birth of depression and mental sickness, which directs towards sexual abuse.

Acquaintances: Children have a strong belief in the person with whom they are connected. They find it difficult to oppose his or her behaviour, even if it is unsettling.

Current Condition of The Situation

With regard to the country's children, the vision of the country's constitution makers was to ensure their extensive development, protection, wider benefits from their deprived and retrograde conditions, preservation of children through a decrease in rate of death, and involvement of children in the nation's overall progression. Four out of five kids are the victims of sexual abuse at an early age. It is sad to mention that despite the digital transformation and social development, people are still so sick that they target kids to harm. These are nothing but mental sickness. Parents must not be too strict or too casual with their kids. Kids who grew up with troubled childhood happen to be molesters in the coming life. That is why child support and sex education are so important.

Increasing Cases in The Rural Areas

According to statistics, children in rural areas endure more sexual abuse at home than those in urban centres. While 41% of youngsters in the poll indicated they had been slapped, almost 58% children said they had been slapped (Uzochukwu et al. 2021). According to the study, 34% of children had their ears pulled by elders, while 66% of youngsters had their ears pulled. While 45% youngsters reported they were put in a room, nearly 57% indicated the same treatment is applied to them.

According to a survey conducted in rural Maharashtra to assess the amount of sexuality and AIDS consciousness in a school, the majority of the girls believe that sex education should be offered at an early age because the age of puberty varies for each of them. Early understanding of sex and menstruating cycles would help children better comprehend metabolic responses and be equipped for the circumstance without feeling ashamed or guilty. According to the findings of this study, the majority of educators believe that sex instruction can be part of doing something recreational but not part of the syllabus.

Preventive Strategies

Most of the child abuse case takes place due to the lack of education. Indian government must include sex education mandatorily within the course curriculum from the early schooling days. Conservative parents often hesitate to talk about sex with their children, which make kids more curious about their sex life. Improper guidance and lack of support from the elders are the reasons behind the increasing cases of child abuse (Li et al. 2017). Sex education must start from home. Parents must educate their children with honesty and patience. The more educated they will become; the less amount of curiosity will rise. That is the only way to get rid of the increasing child abuse cases. Parents must be well aware of their own actions as well. Children's mental troubles arise from their parents' relationship difficulties. Parents must control their actions for the sake of their kids as this can provide a negative impact on them and may lead to dark intentions in the future. In case, parents feel that their child needs help in such cases, they must consult a psychiatrist or put their kids in a "support session" for the betterment of their health.

Literature Gap

The literature has performed a great understanding of child sexual abuses in India. Most of the literary sections have been picked in the subject of the cause and effect of child sexual abuse. A little more attention can be provided on the prevention strategy of child sexual abuse in India. Prevention strategies are usual; however, child sexual abuse prevention strategies in the Indian context seem to be missing hugely in this study (Iheanacho, Stefanovics, & Ezeanolue, 2018). The topic is mostly covered. However, the differences between the child sexual abuses in the past and in recent times are not described. The area is useful to drag the importance of Indian rural areas in increasing rate of child abuse. However, the proportion of child sexual abuses in cities is not rare, which has received least importance in this area. Government of India's policies to prevent child abuse is not mentioned in this study as well.

Conclusion

Given the facts and the outcomes of many past studies, the study has many data to back up the findings and study topic. Child sexual abuse is a global issue, not just a problem in one society. Child sexual abuse can have both short and long-term implications, including underlying injustices, psychological disturbances, cognitive impairments, educational challenges, low self-esteem, and self-harm, as well as the possibility of suicide. The abuser who used the children had a negative impact on his life and damaged his future.

The majority of incidents are recorded in families, schools, communities, on the street, and at work. Many victims are too young or defenceless to speak up about abuse or protect themselves. Even with so many legal measures and child welfare groups in place, if this crime continues to rise, everyone will be forced to take action. Adequate child safety policies and preventive measures are urgently needed to safeguard children from all forms of abuse. Such policies offer a secure environment in which a child can be cared for and thrive.

References

7069SOH Global Healthcare Management Report

Critically evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of resource planning and management in a health system you are familiar focusing on the following key areas:

1. Priority setting and decision-making processes

2. Workforce planning and development

3. Human resource and talent management
Conclude your evaluation with recommendations for improvement of the health system in each of the three key areas.

Coursework 2

3000-word individual report addressing Learning Outcomes 2 -4

This assessment component counts for 15 credits

In 3000 words, addressing learning outcomes 2-4, complete the following assessment

Task:

Critically evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of resource planning and Management in a health system you are familiar with, focusing on the following key areas:

1. Priority setting and decision-making processes

2. Workforce planning and development

3. Human resource and talent management

Conclude your evaluation with recommendations for improvement of the health system in each of the three key areas.

Your individual report will be assessed using the HLS Faculty Postgraduate Assessment Marking Rubric and the coursework 2 assessment guidelines, which you will find in the appendices in the module guide.

For coursework 2 please comply with the following submission guidance:

It is important to you and the tutors that your project is written and presented in a professional manner. The following requirements must be adhered to in the format of assignments:

1. Your limit does allow for +/- 10% words in length. The limit includes words used in Tables, graphs, charts and diagrams, but excludes the front cover, references list and Appendices. If you exceed the word limit you will be penalized 10% from your mark

2. The front cover page - see appendix 4 for the template in the module guide.

3. The font type should be Arial and the font size for the body of the text 12 point.

4. One and a half (1.5) line spacing must be used.

5. All pages should be numbered consecutively, in the footer on the right.

6. Your student number should be in the footer on the left.

7. References, citations, and quotations should be in Coventry University APA Referencing only. Ensure that all statements and arguments are supported with reference to the evidence in the relevant literature.

8. Any diagrams, tables, photographic images etc. should be appropriately labelled and referenced.

SOLUTION

INTRODUCTION

The primary objective of the resource planning and management is to ascertain and achieve and suitable number, mix, and distribution of employees at a price that is affordable by the community. For Assignment help It should be noted that, resource planning and management consists of priority setting and decision-making procedure, workforce planning and advancement, and human resource and talent management (Baldwin, & Hamstead, Mark, 2015). In the present study, Ramsay health care is chosen and its management emphasizes on the connection among doctors and employees, providing a high quality of results for patients regarded as the most significant element of being at the forefront for its achievement. Further the weaknesses and strength in context of this is provided below and recommendation to the organization accordingly.

Main Context

Overview of health system

Resource planning and management plays significant role as it is orderly procedure for sake of explaining and undertaking the methods with respect to health connected elements of the people and to abide through the values of professionalism (Abu Madi, 2018). In relation to the resource planning and management, critical analysis of the priority setting and decision making process, workforce planning and advancement, and human resource and talent management at Ramsay healthcare is explained. Further the Ramsay Australia owns 72 private hospitals and is the largest operator of private hospitals in Australia. The operations performed by Ramsay include three public facilities and mental health related facilities. In addition to this the company has established a retail franchise network for Ramsay pharmacy which is supported by 59 or more pharmacies community. The health care centres in Australia admit around 1m patients on annual basis. Further the Ramsay employs around 31000 or more employees annually to its centers which are located in Europe, Asia etc (Ramsay healthcare, 2021). Company is committed to ongoing improvement in healthcare of individuals in each sector in some management elements like medical reimbursement, implementing more security to patients, and scanning models and safety. Ramsay healthcare acquires well reputed position across the globalized healthcare industries. They are engaged in providing efficiency and quality healthcare operations and keeping a superb record in caring of patient as well as hospital management.

Assessment of Current Key Approaches of Resource Planning and Management in the System

Priority setting and decision making procedure is defined as method of making decisions with respect to the manner in which organization allocate the restricted resources for improvement in the population health. At the Ramsay, effective priority setting is primary to creating resilient health system that could assists towards adoption and responding to the changing requirement of health needs and demands by individuals in effective way (Reed, & Ulrich, Dave, 2017). Further the company recognizes that its employees are essential resources which would help it to strives the improvement and excellent in its practices at workplace. Further this would also promote the healthy and positive harmonies at the centers where people would love to work. Therefore currently the strong focus of company is on its human resources and is representing unique workplace culture and values, also has embedded the ethos within the organization that “people caring for people”. Also the key business principle of the health care is to stay committed towards the safety and health of employees and other people visiting in the centre. In order to keep its journey continuously improving the company is committed towards- Monitoring, improving, Legislative compliance, consistent safe practice across our businesses, fostering a culture that empowers and encourages everyone, Being consultative and reviewing its measurable objectives and targets. Further the current approach of Ramsay towards its resource planning and management in the system is to deliver with diversity. The company delivers problem solving, innovative, decision making diversity through its people. Also polices, programs and procedures of its HR is currently reasonably practical and is inclusive to all the age groups. This diversification assists the strategic goals and objectives of the global value and sustainability. Further the company is also consistent in application of all the human and labor rights and laws in its operations (Susanto, et al 2020). The company commits at sustainable development for its people and also balances its global presence which helps in providing career development opportunities for the localities.

Evaluation of Strengths and Weaknesses

Strengths

Ramsay is one of the leading firm in the industry has various strengths that it helping it to thrive in market place. The highly skilled workforce of the firm and successful training and learning programs is resulting in increased market share as well as penetrating in new markets. The organization is also employing over more 30000 employees annually which results in diversified skills and talent availability in the organization. Further the organization has successfully integrated with the technology companies in current years to build a reliable supply chain (Panik, 2019). The firm is currently focused on building new revenue stream through this which turns out as its strength. Also it track its record related to development and innovation in the resources successfully which helps it to make timely improvement in such resources (Cantoni, et al. 2018).

Weaknesses

Workforce planning is the critical and strategic part of the resource planning and management in the system. It is meant to ensure that company is implementing all the HR functions and is delivering sustainable development to it workforce. Ramsay Health Care is notably proactive in deploying its human resources, but there seems to be some issues and potential problems turning out to be weakness for the organization. The main concern is towards the recruitment of new employees in the company. As there is an issue of ageing workforce within the organization, as sustainable no. of employees are older and have attain at their retirement age (Collings, & Szamosi, Leslie 2019). Yet there is no such group available to replace them, their skills and talent. Additionally the company is facing challenges in managing the new entrants and this is resulting in its loss of market share in niche categories. Further there is low level of current assets availability as compare to its liability and this would create issue in liquidity areas. In addition to this the poor diversification and performance appraisal programs at the company is resulting in low morale. Further this is due to recent development of low culture and politics regulations in the organization and hiring of more local people which is creating diversification issues (Crumpton, 2015).

RECOMMENDATION FOR IMPROVEMENT

In the current report, the concerning issue of organization that has not attained yet is the matter regarding the retention of its employees. Therefore the Ramsay is bound to face the potential issues in it employment due to the steps that have been taken to maintain employees who are 50 years and over (Baldwin, & Hamstead, 2015). This has resulted in high ratios of aging workforce in the organization as the maximum number of employees working in it has attained their retirement age and yet there is no such substitution for them is available (Leatherbarrow, & Fletcher, Janet, 2019). Keeping in mind such issues related to generational gaps, the option are provided to the organization to resolve this issues (Wehrmeyer, 2017). .

Purpose

The main objective behind providing this recommendation is to suggest the Ramsay health care to incorporate the younger employee’s recruitment in the workforce to mitigate the issue of transitional gap in case the aged employees leave the organization (Friedman, et al, 2018). This would help them to maintain the generation gap too in the workforce. It could be done when embracing employee performance programs, the team must considers all the employees of various age groups instead of focusing on certain generation of employees. Within the duration of 6months to 1year such transition is to be done to fulfill the generation gap issue.

The strategic priority of the company is to provide with the improved outcomes for the current as well as future generation equivalently. Therefore the modern HRM managers of the organization must be tasked to sustain the workforce that allows easy transition of skills from a given set of employees to the other (Wickramasinghe, & Bodendorf, Freimut, 2020). This would help them to bridge the generation gap and the rate of compatibility would also increase at local as well as at national level.

Options

Encouraging multi-generational team working by hiring from local region as well as from outside to improve the balance of diversification too (Chiva, 2021).

Set of clear cultural values- There are some fundamental difference in working patterns of the different generation. For instance the older people wishes to work for fixed duration and hours while the current generation prefers to work as per their convenience (Seropian, et al 2020). This issue could be resolved by set clear cultural objectives such as output and goal must be the concerning issue at the end not the time and location of work (Das Gupta, 2020).

Another option is, encouraging use of technology which drives collaboration (Davies, Malek, & Rushmer, Rosemary 2017).

Benefits

Multi- generational workforce

At the national level, as per the world economic forum study states that investing in multi- generational workforce would help in raising GDP per capita almost by 19% in the coming three decades (Multi- generational workforce as a key to economic growth, 2021).

Clear cultural values as per the different generations-

These cultural values would help the organization to bind the workforce together and make a strong and united team (Journé, et al. 2020).

Costs

For the purpose of motivating the employees, keeping the morale and productivity of the organization and its employees high the employees who are under fifty’s must be included (Hall, 2019). The programs to establish such culture would steer the employee’s performance, which assists towards enhancement in cost (Nankervis, & Connell, Julia, 2020).

Risks

Stereotypes and discrimination

The multi- generational workforce could create discrimination around the age groups at the organization (Lawler, et al. 2018). The aged generation might perceive the younger one as oversensitive, open minded, while the younger one might perceive the aged generation as stubborn. This could easily disrupt the internal culture of the organization (Mateev, & Nightingale, Jennifer, 2020).

The Solution

Provide educational trainings to the employees to boost understanding respect and provide them with the opportunities to reflect the generational differences. Working toward dispelling stereotypes can lead to a more harmonious work flow.

Apart from this, company should implement management tool such as SWOT analysis for betterment of resource planning and management –

On the basis of this, company can take action for responding on weaknesses and threats by utilizing its strength and opportunities (Journé et al. 2020)

Further, Ramsay can also implement PESTLE analysis, by which it could ascertain about external environmental factors that are affecting business activities.

Risk assessment and management analysis:

Apart from this, risk assessment and management analysis should be used by company for betterment of resource planning. There are five stages of risk assessment and management such as identification of risk, assess and prioritize risk, development of risk response strategies, implementation of strategies, and monitoring of risk.
Further, by the following manner, risk management strategies could be improvised by company –

• Building a transparent culture of company.
• Creation of safeguard for protection of employees from digital threats.
• Continuous monitoring of risk assessment.
• Building internal team to remain aware of trends.
• Link with external security resources.
• Development of contingency plan

CONCLUSION

In nutshell, it is concluded that Ramsay is a well reputed organization across the globalized healthcare industries. They are engaged in providing efficiency and quality healthcare operations and keeping a superb record in caring of patient as well as hospital management. In its workforce planning and development there are certain loopholes such as high ratios of aging workforce, lack of diversification etc. For them the organization id recommended to encourage the multi- generational workforce which would help them to increase the productivity as well as resolve the issue of generational gap in the organization (Ogunyemi, 2016).

At the Ramsay, effective priority setting is primary to creating resilient health system that could assists towards adoption and responding to the changing requirement of health needs and demands by individuals in effective way. Further in context of workforce planning and advancement the health and safety of the workers at the workplace is the major priority of the business culture. The company is committed to the safety issues for all the workers and other peoples entering in the organization whether they are patients, employees or any other individuals (Rey et al. 2019). In order to maintain their journey of improvement consistent the company is focused on followings commitments- continuously improving a model of consistent safe practice across our businesses, fostering a culture that empowers and encourages everyone to uphold these objectives and policies, being consultative and communicating with all key stakeholders, maintaining systems which add value etc. Everyone at the organization is encouraged to speak up and stand for their safety and health in case it is been violated or observed to be violated. Ramsay values its people and is delivering the services as per the terms and conditions of the employment and is further consistent in application of laws related to labor and human rights at its maximum. These policies requires the human resource managers of the organization or the risk chief officersto contract on terms and conditions that are consistent with the realization of those rights for each employee and which comply with or exceed regional minimum wage standards (Crumpton, 2015).Further the organization is committed in ensuring the flexible working hours for its employees, they focus on the fact that their people won’t have to work for excessive hours. Therefore in order to stick towards this commitment the organization regularly monitors and tries to reduce in case such excessive working hours are been noticed. The promotion of labor standards and norms in the regions where the organization is operating is done by them through representing and involving the key industrial and workforce bodies within the relevant jurisdiction.

REFERENCES

PUBH6012 Applied Research Project in Public

Context:

This assessment advanced skills in reporting the justification, methods, results, and conclusions of a research project. Key understanding contained includes how to justify a research project using literature, how to implement a research proposal to collect and analysis data, how to report the results of the analysis of data, how to contextualize one’s own research in the context of the wider body of literature, and how to draw conclusions about future research and recommendations based on research. This prepares students for the conduct and reporting of research, which is an important skill set for public health practitioners.

Instructions:

Part 1: Due Sunday end of Module 1 Week 1 Based on the feedback from your Capstone A Research Proposal, revise your research plan and GANTT chart.

Submit these to your Capstone A facilitator by Sunday end of Module 1 Week 1. You may not proceed with your data collection until this has been approved by your supervising facilitator.

Part 2:

The final assignment for this subject will be the write-up of the findings of your research into a final report. This will be comprised of the following parts:

1) Abstract

a. Summary of your report (as you would find in a published research article)

2) Introduction

a. Introduction to and justification of the topic area, drawing upon your literature review (from Capstone A), and including the knowledge gap your project addresses

b. Your research question

3) Research design and methods

a. Summarise your research design/methods (from Capstone A) – what type of project did you do?

b. How did you collect the data (ie search strategy and process/ policy consultation process)? If a policy consultation, explain how any organizations/individuals that you consulted with were approached

c. How did you analyse the data (ie thematic analysis, systematic review process, consultation synthesis)?

d. Briefly explain the ethical issues that should be considered

4) Results

a. Report the results of your findings, e.g. key themes if a qualitative study, results in table
format if a quantitative study
b. Clearly explain key figures, tables and graphs

5) Discussion: Interpretation and contextualisation of yourresults

a. Place your results in the context of your literature review
b. Contextualise the results within the academic literature
c. Describe any limitations of your study

6) Conclusion

a. Conclusions from this study
b. Recommendations for future research or policy change based on feasible solutions

7) Supplementary material

a. Reference List
b. Any appendices

This research report format has been based on the standard format for a journal article, and thus may be submitted to a journal in the future if the student is interested.

Solution

Introduction

Background

In December 2019, a continuous bout of pneumonia associated with a new COVID was reported in Wuhan, Hubei Area, China (Sallam, 2021). Contaminations quickly spread throughout China and other countries around the world (Broockman, et al., 2021). The disease caused by the new was dubbed "Covid infection 2019" by the WHO on February 12, 2020 (Lee, 2021). Even while the majority of Corona virus cases are asymptomatic or accompanied by mild, influenza-like signs, select populations, particularly the elderly and persons with concealed illnesses, might develop severe lung harm and severe respiratory miserable condition (Sallam, 2021). For assignment help As the number of Corona virus cases continues to climb and medications are constrained to symptomatic treatment, there is an undeniable need for a preventative approach, such as a vaccination, capable of preventing or decreasing the severity of COVID-19 (Broockman, et al., 2021).In less than a year before the World Health Organization (WHO) declared Coronavirus to be a pandemic, ten distinct vaccines have been approved for use in various countries throughout the world (Edwards, et al., 2021). Nonetheless, there is widespread opposition to Coronavirus vaccines in the United Kingdom, Australia, and a number of other countries (Roope, et al., 2020).Even with vaccinations that are very successful at preventing and stopping corona virus epidemics, large levels of immunisation coverage in communities will be necessary (Lee, 2021). According to the World Health Organization, countries should take a proactive approach to vaccination hesitancy hotspots based on social and behavioural data (Roope, et al., 2020).

Rationale

With more than ten vaccines manufactured by various nations in a single year, it is critical to do global research on their action, efficiency, effectiveness, safety, side effects, and so on (Vanderslott, et al., 2021). While many countries in the Global North are likely to achieve universal vaccination by late 2021, middle and low-income countries may not have essential antibody availability until 2024 (Lee, 2021). Vaccine aversion by even a small percentage of the population can jeopardise the plan's success (Sallam, 2021). As a result, this research is being performed to focus on the efficiency and safety of these vaccinations, as well as to explore their adverse effects in order to reduce the uneasiness associated with Covid-19 immunizations (Vanderslott, et al., 2021).According to current research, COVID-19 vaccination intentions differ significantly among nations (Lee, 2021). Vaccine hesitancy, or being doubtful about obtaining a vaccine, generally accounts for a larger proportion of people who will not get vaccinated than vaccine resistance, or those who refuse to vaccines (Sallam, 2021). Vaccine reluctance to a COVID-19 vaccination was reported at 9% in Australia, with vaccine resistance at 5%, although this information came from a non-representative online poll (Edwards, et al., 2021). According to national representative polls conducted in the United Kingdom, 25–27 percent of respondents were apprehensive (Edwards, et al., 2021). Hence, considering the information, it is deemed important to conduct a systematic review to understand the factors more intricately.

Research Aims

The research aims to highlight and shed critical focus on the vaccine efficacy and safety while also identifying any side effects such that nervousness from their administrations can be reduced to a considerable amount.
Research Objectives

The research aims to address the following objectives:

- To outline the efficacy of the vaccines manufactured for COVID-19

- To highlight the safety that is associated with the vaccines manufactured for COVID-19

- To identify any perceived side effects experienced by the administration of vaccines manufactured for COVID-19

Research Questions

The research aims to answer the following questions:

- What is the difference between the efficacy and safety of different COVID-19 vaccines in Australia, the United Kingdom and its neighbouring countries?

- What are the side effects of the each of the vaccines manufactured for COVID-19?

Research Hypothesis

The research aims to conduct following explorations and tests to achieve:

- Decision on effectiveness of which vaccine in regards to its action of protection against being infected by COVID-19

- A clear understanding of safety and efficacy of each vaccine manufactured, thereby reducing fright spread and anxiety among people to administer vaccines

- A clear understanding of the side effects that are observed in each vaccine and to outline the severity in people with pre-existing health conditions

- A detailed action of the vaccines in countries such as Australia, the United Kingdom, and its neighbouring countries

Methods

When doing any type of investigation, it is critical to discover a reasonable technique that can enable showing up at the exploration location. An efficient technique will be used in the flow extent of investigation. Because the goal of this investigation is to determine the efficacy and security of Covid-19 antibodies, as well as their incidental effects in Australia, the United Kingdom, and neighbouring European countries, a few articles must be investigated, and an orderly audit of various articles will be intended in the research.

Search Strategy

For the current research, 9 databases were searched for the retrieval of appropriate research studies in regards to the topic. Databases like Libraryof Torrens University Australia, PubMed, and open data sets like Scopus, ProQuest, Elsevier, BMJ, Global Public wellbeing, Mendeley, and Google researcher were searched. The publication date of the articles selected for the study were restricted to year 2020 and 2021 as the incident of COVID-19 is recent. For the retrieval of articles in a relevant manner and to gain an appropriate understanding of the research objectives, no restriction on the study design being adopted by authors in studies were done. However, language restrictions were put in place in order to understand the meaning of the content of the articles in an appropriate manner and not being lost in translation.

Study Selection

For the selection of the appropriate articles, it is necessary to outline the inclusion and exclusion criteria of the journals selected for the current systematic review. The following are the criteria for exclusion in the current study. The remaining articles have been selected for the study.

- Articles for which the authors have not adopted research methods concerning the topic and their eligibility for critique

- Articles for which only the abstract is available in the databases searched

- Articles which do not highlight the perceived efficacy of the vaccines and their perceived side effects

- Articles which are not published in English Language

- Articles which are not published by their authors since the year 2020 and 2021

Data extraction

The PRISMA protocol flow diagram depicts the flow of data during the various stages of a systematic review. It describes the number of records recognised, included, and rejected, as well as the reasons for rejections. The flow diagram is depicted below:

Data Analysis

Data were descriptively synthesised to map various parts of the literature as indicated in our central questions. The studies were classified based on the instrument, audience, and research design, with RCT data being studied in greater depth. Because conversation boards are not included in the initial classification method, results are reported for all included research as well as studies that evaluated tools other than discussion boards. Data analysis must be carried out in accordance with the 'Systematic Review,' utilising the PRISMA protocol checklist and flowchart. The PRISMA declaration provides a starting point for organising a systematic review. It includes a checklist of topics to keep in mind for the report analysis.The PRISMA Statement includes a 27-item plan or agenda that is downloaded in Word format for participants to re-use, as well as a four-stage stream diagram in their investigation. The purpose of the PRISMA Statement is to support makers with the declaration of methodical audits and meta-examinations; nevertheless, PRISMA may also be employed as a rationale for discovering precise orderly surveys of various forms of investigations, specifically assessments of medicine mediations. Nonetheless, the PRISMA plan is not a quality evaluation tool for quantifying the concept of systematic audits. PRISMA's general concepts and focuses are typically applicable to any intentional audit, not only those whose goal is to summarise the benefits and drawbacks of clinical consideration mediation. Regardless, a few alterations to the agenda's focuses or the flow diagram will be critical expressly in particular circumstances.As a result, the PRISMA Protocol will be used to conduct an ordered survey for this exploration endeavour. The rationale for employing this mindset is to determine whether the examination disclosures are reliable throughout the targeted countries.

Ethical Considerations

In the current research study, no participants have been undertaken as it is a secondary research. Hence, in regards, ethical considerations for the articles for analysis have already been taken by their respective authors.

Results

According to Badiani et al. (2020), Pfizer vaccine showed a significant amount of effectiveness against the COVID 19. It has been seen that the results of the study highlighted a significant rise the effectiveness in the percentage from 90 to 95 per cent. Among 43538 participants 170 people affected with COVID 19. Among all these cases, 162 are from the control group and 8 are from the vaccinated group. Hence, it can be highlighted that the study effectively provided the idea of the effectiveness of the vaccine in terms of the immunization process against the COVID 19. The results have been seen after the phase III trial. This study also highlighted that the impact of the vaccine can be long lasting and the priority group that is over the age of 65 the vaccine showed effectiveness almost 94 per cent. Hence, this can be stated that the Pfizer vaccine is very much effective against the disease of COVID 19. Moreover, the vaccine has not shown any kind of negative health concerns for the participants that is there is no safety issues involved for the vaccine. In this consideration, it should be stated that the study effectively provided a proper idea regarding Pfizer vaccine for the COVID 19 immunization.

As per the views of Nasreen et al. (2021), Pfizer-BioNTechComirnaty, ModernaSpikevax and AstraZeneca Vaxzevria are the most prominent vaccines in Ontario, Canada. The authors conducted the test-negative design study and found out the effectiveness of the vaccine products against the alpha, beta, gamma and delta strains of the COVID 19 virus and the SARS-CoV-2 variants of concern are more transmissible and pose increased threats regarding the disease severity. Based on this study, the vaccine products are more effective if the two doses of the vaccines are provided to the patients and the effectiveness of the vaccine products are similar mostly. It has been seen that the vaccine showed effectiveness against alpha strain from 89 to 92 per cent, against beta strain by 87 per cent, against gamma strain it is 88 per cent and delta strain it showed 87 to 95 per cent of effectiveness. Hence, in scenario of Canada the impact of the vaccines are mostly similar and the rate of the effectiveness of the vaccines are higher in case of double dose completion compared to the single dose and also the impacts are more prominent among the elderly people over the age of 60. Hence, it is clear that the vaccination if completed then the immunisation of all the vaccines are mostly similar and the chances of the SARS-CoV-2 variants of concern are reduced by these vaccination process. On the other hand, the impacts of the vaccines are mostly positive for the disease reduction.

Based on the views of Boytchev (2021), it has been seen that the AstraZeneca vaccine is mostly used in the European context and the impact of the vaccine can be seen positively in most of the cases. It can be stated that the impact of the vaccine is mostly found against the younger population and the elderly population have not effectively immunized with this vaccination process. In case German newspaper reports it has been seen that the AstraZeneca vaccine can be effective for the elderly people only up to 8 per cent which is a concerning factor for the vaccination of the elderly people of the country as the contamination and the impacts of the COVID 19 disease is very high. Thus, it should be stated that the factor of the vaccination through AstraZeneca should be changed and other effective vaccines should be considered for the change in the situation and increase the effectiveness of the vaccination of the same.

According to Heath et al. (2021), the effectiveness of the NVX-CoV2373 vaccine against the COVID 29 is considerably high. It has been seen that the study conducted by the authors considered 15187 participants in the randomised group and 14039 participants were from the placebo group and the results highlighted that the from the vaccinated group 10 people and from the placebo group 96 people showed onset of the symptoms after the double dose for 7 days. No cases of hospitalisation and deaths were seen among the participants and on the other hand, the study showed that the vaccine 86.3 per cent efficacy against the alpha strain and 96.4 per cent against the non alpha strains with the confidence interval of 95 per cent. Hence, as per the data it can be stated that the vaccine is more effective for the later strains came into action of the COVID 19 than the alpha strain. However, the efficacy of the vaccine is very much prominent for the improvement in the situation considering the decrease in the impact of the disease.

Mahase(2020), highlighted that the Moderna showed a higher efficacy in case of the US and UK population as the rate of the efficacy is found to be 94.1 per cent. However, in several situations in UK it has been seen that the impact of the vaccine is 87 per cent and that can be marked as the true efficacy for the vaccine. Moreover, the vaccine showed several safety and security related impacts on the patients. The vaccine is still less effective for the elderly population over the age of 65 and it can be a concerning aspect for the considered country and the population of the country. It should be stated that the effectiveness of the vaccine can be considered for the improvement of the situation of the COVID 19 situation. However, the consideration of the safety of the elderly people needed to be considered and proper recombination of the vaccine to improve4 the safety should be implemented.

As per the views of Chavda, Vora and Vihol (2021), COVAX 19 is one of the most prominent vaccine against the COVID 19 situation and this vaccine is focused on the spike protein of the virus and nullifies the impacts of the vaccine on the human body effectively. Moreover, it can effectively blocks the ACE2 receptor of the humans and it will reduce the effectiveness of the COVID 19 virus on the body. Thus, it should be stated that the impact of the vaccine is very much prominent as this can impact of the receptor activity and inhibits the growth of the COVID 19 virus. In this consideration the practical studies on the vaccine through experiments required to be considered for the better view on the vaccine.

Baden et al. (2021), conducted a study on 30420 participants among them half of the participants were selected randomly and the people of this group are provided with the mRNA-1273 SARS-CoV-2 Vaccine and the other half of the participants were provided with the placebo treatment. The placebo group showed 185 participants with infection and the confidence interval was 95 per cent. On the other hand, the participants from the random group showed 11 infection cases. Thus, the efficacy rate of the vaccine is 94.1 per cent. Moreover, the affected people with the infection were found to be over the age of 65. Thus, it is evident that the vaccine is effective against the virus and it can effectively reduce the impact of the CIVID 19 cases though the elderly people are more vulnerable to the COVID 19. Hence, it should be stated that the importance of the improvement of the quality of the vaccine for the improvement of the outcome of the elderly people. It should be stated that the impact of the vaccination is prominent and effective for the participants and it should be considered for the further processes of the immunisation.

Based on all the above studies, it should be stated that more or less all the vaccines highlighted prominent impacts and efficacies against the virus and the disease reduction was prominent. However, the Moderna and AstraZeneca vaccine showed some safety issues for the elderly people and that should be improved for the further effectiveness and proper efficacy identification. However, the vaccines are comparably very much effective for the people of the world and the countries should try to improve the quality of the vaccines. Moreover, it should be stated that the improvement of the situation should be considered for future of the disease.

Limitations

The impacts and the efficacies of the vaccines can be seen through the studies. However, the impact of the safety and the security of the disease reduction should be considered and the recommendations should be provided which are missing and the practical studies should be considered for the future context.

Discussion

There are not many literary sources which can give an account of the efficacies of vaccines prepared by many countries. Although a number of pharmaceutical companies are coming up with vaccines and vaccination has already started rigorously, the research on vaccine development is still and scientists all over the world have been at their best to bring out the best version of the vaccines to fight with the evolving strains of the virus. Multiple vaccine candidates are in the phase 1, 2 and 3 of the trial, while many other had been finishing the preclinical trials. Some of the vaccines developed are the Messenger RNA based vaccines, which is a novel technology and had been used in vaccine preparation of other diseases before the pandemic. Results from phase 1 and phase 2 of the trial have showed the safety of the vaccines.Many of the vaccines had been showing some promising effects like recombinant vaccine AZD1222 conducted by the University of Oxford and Astrazeneca. The imperial college of USA has developed the mRNA 1273 vaccine by the Moderna. Other vaccines which has already been approved by WHO are Covaxin developed by Bharat Biotech and Covishield developed by the Serum Institute of India.

While searching for papers to find out the effectiveness of the vaccines, one of the papers have claimed the effectiveness of the Pfizer- Biotech and Astrazeneca vaccines. A paper by Bernalet al., (2021) have conducted a case control study in England, where 156930 adults have been chosen for the administration of vaccine Pfizer-BioNTech BNT162b2 and Oxford-AstraZeneca ChAdOx1-S vaccines. It has been found that a single dose of BNT162b2 vaccine has been 6-=70 % effective in preventing the symptoms of Covid-19. Those who were vaccinated and still had the symptoms were had 45 % lesser chance of getting admitted in the hospital along with 50 % lower risks of death. However, One paper has referred to the side effects shown by the Astrazeneca vaccines. Similar types of results have been shown by a study conducted by Solomon et al., (2021), where it has been stated that just like the other vaccines, the Oxford–AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccine have certain side effects which showed its peak within the first 24 hours after the administration of the vaccination and lasted for about 1-3 days. The severe symptoms were not very common, but were the main reason for the avoidance of the vaccines by the recipients or they did not wanted to pursue for the second dose. Most of the symptoms identified were headache, tiredness and dizziness. Another paper by

Badiani et al., (2020) have explored on the efficacy of the Pfizer vaccines on reducing the symptoms of Covid-19. Similar type of results have been shown in the study by Tenforde (2021), where a study has been conducted to find out the effectiveness of Pfizer-BioNTech and Moderna Vaccines. It was found that there was significant effectiveness of the vaccines was detected after the first dose. Effectiveness was shown after the second dose of the vaccine has been completed. However, the adults had been recommended to abide by the hand hygiene protocols and wearing of masks for at least 14 days after the second dose has been administered. However, this study has also admitted that a total vaccination course might not prevent an individual from contracting the disease but can prevent Covid-19 associated hospitalization and death. Vaccinations can also have impact on the post Covid situation in an individual. Similar types of results can be found in the study conducted by

Mahase,(2020), where only one case was found in the vaccination group and for in the placebo group. This study also mentioned about the adverse effects related to the vaccines like short term mild to moderate pain in the site of the injection, hand pain, headache and fatigue. The adverse events were low and similar in the vaccine and the placebo groups respectively. Apart from Pfizer, AstraZeneca, Moderna, another vaccine that is available in UK is Novavax(Sacks, 2021). ChAdOx1 nCoV-19 has been referred to be having a pretty safety profile which has been important for the Covid -19 symptoms. One of the most important thing is that it is well tolerable for the elderly people (Sacks, 2021). The Australian government had also approved the Spikevax or the Moderna vaccines for people above the age of 12(Sacks, 2021). A study by Mahase, (2020), analyzed severe Covid cases. It was found that most of the severe cases were found in the placebo group than that of the vaccine group. One death had occurred in the study, that also in the placebo group. However, considering lesser side effects, this vaccines have been rolledout. Another vaccine that has been accepted are vaccine developed by the John & Johnson, which is likely to be the third COV 2 vaccines. Rosenblum et al., (2021),on the other hand have stated about the adverse effects related to Janssen vaccine. On July 202, a warning was issued by FDA about the number of GBS cases after the vaccine administration. The GBS is a rare neurological disorder which is characterized by the sudden onset of fatigue and weakness. GBS can be lethal and can cause permanent paralysis as well as death. Another adverse report noted for the Janssen vaccine was blood clotting, due to which the vaccination trialwas discontinued in a study (Rosenblum et al., 2021).

Covax-19 is a recombinant protein based Covid-19 vaccine that has been developed by a South Australian based biotech company Vaxine. Only one paper found in the systematic review contained information about the effectiveness of Covax-19. There are almost no papers that can validate its efficacy, as it is based on the interim data that has been collected from a Phase III SpikoGen trial which has recruited about 17000 volunteers(Kim, Marks & Clemens, 2021). The interim data has shown that the vaccine has surpassed 60 % of the efficacy of the virus. However, a rigorous trial for this vaccine is still needed considering its partial efficacy(Kim, Marks & Clemens, 2021). It should be mentioned that the primary goal for the implementation of Covid-19 vaccine is to protect against the disease and mortality. Since the production of the vaccine are still at its early stage, it is very difficult to predict or point out the methodological constraints. Secondly, many persons have dropped out from the real RCTs after the administration of the first dose probably due to vaccination hesitancy that, is unjustified speculations about the effects of vaccinations, which can differ from half-truths and unsubstantiated guesses to deliberate misinformation on the basis of the conspiracy theories(Sharma et al., 2021).A very close attention is given to the attendance of the study visits, the cold chain requirement as well as the administration of the study products. All these parameter are difficult to control incase of general population (Solomon et al., 2021). Hence, such randomized controlled trials can overestimate the extent of protection provided by the vaccines in comparison to the real world. Additionally, it is also necessary to say that after the administration of the vaccines, the recipients should be informed of all the side effects, the ways to treat them and when and whom to seek help in case any such adverse effects are seen(Solomon et al., 2021). Thus, from these limited number of papers, it can be said that among the many vaccines that are still under trial, only the vaccines produced by Astrazenaca, Moderna and Pfizer had been showing a promising effects with minimum side effects.

Conclusion

In conclusion, it can be stated that although vaccines are the ultimate tool to save the mankind from the paws of this pandemic, the vaccines needs to be carefully wielded and should definitely be used along with other safety protocols. For example, even after the second dosage of the vaccination has been completed, it is necessary to wear masks in public places, wear gloves, use sanitizers and avoid unnecessary crowding, considering the fact that the virus is continuously evolving and the question lies whether misinformation, politics, vaccine hesitation, division and deception be able to make community vaccination possible and lower the burden of Covid-19. Although, many countries and organization are still carrying out researches on vaccination, there are 3-4 main vaccines that has been approved by the World Health Organization and FDA, considering the minimum side effects. This scoping review has explore the differences in the efficacy of the vaccines developed in countries like US, UK and Australia.Among the vaccines, the vaccines developed by the University of Oxford and Astrazeneca and the one developed by the Pfizer had shown good effects. More research trials are required to understand the mode of action of these vaccines and how they can be improved.

References

MBA622 Comprehensive Healthcare Strategies Assignment Report

Assessment Description

This assessment provides students with an opportunity to research and analyse a particular healthcare segment to gain an initial insight into the opportunities and challenges that currently exist for organisations that deliver healthcare services in Australia in that segment. Students will present that research and analysis in the form of a formal report which requires students to adhere to a report structure including an Executive Summary.

Instructions

Students are to investigate an industry segment of the Australian healthcare sector and examine and evaluate its model of operations and growth over the last ten years. Recommended industry segments include:

- General public hospitals
- General practices
- Private hospitals
- Specialist medical services
- Pathology or diagnostic imaging services
- Dentistry or other related services
- Oncology services
- Mental health services
- Allied healthcare services
- Pharmaceutical industry
- Aged care

Information

COMMONWEALTH OF AUSTRALIA Copyright Regulations 1969

This material has been reproduced and communicated to you by or on behalf of Kaplan Business School pursuant to Part VB of the Copyright Act 1968 (‘Act’). The material in this communication may be subject to copyright under the Act. Any further reproduction or communication of this material by you may be the subject of copyright protection under the Act. Kaplan Business School is a part of Kaplan Inc., a leading global provider of educational services. Kaplan Business School Pty Ltd ABN 86 098 181 947 is a registered higher education provider CRICOS Provider Code 02426B.

Document Classification: Public

This consultation should take place to help guide students to think ahead. Choosing an industry segment where information cannot be easily found will make the task of analysis much more difficult not only for this assessment but may require students to change their chosen industry for the subsequent Assessments 2 and

3.

The industry analysis must be in report form and should present appropriate criteria or business analysis tools as a framework in which to identify and analyse the challenges and opportunities confronting the segment. It should draw from a range of government and academic sources, as well as industry reports. It should cover:

- A definition of the industry, outlining its main activities

- An overview of the competitive landscape, identifying and describing major competitors or organisations within the segment and their business models

- Industry trends, presenting an overview of operating conditions and factors influencing operating conditions

- Ethical issues faced within the industry

Your analysis should focus on the broader environmental factors influencing operations within the sector. The report may also include charts or diagrams, which are not included in the word count. The findings presented in this report must be based on scholarly and peer-reviewed sources of information that were published no longer than 5 years ago and relevant to the field of strategic healthcare. These sources must be presented in the report in the form of in-text citations and a reference list adhering with Kaplan Harvard Referencing Style. Wikipedia and other ‘popular’ sites are not to be used.

Solution

Introduction

The report is mainly focused on Australia's health care industry, specifically the aged health care sector. The fundamental objective of this report is to demonstrate the overview of the chosen healthcare industry in Australia, including it's the trends, challenges and weaknesses that impact the operations of the chosen healthcare industry. For assignment help The study is very important to briefly represent the current scenario of the aged healthcare sector in Australia and identify the major concerns present in the industry.

Health Industry Segment Overview

The health industry process of Australia is complex as it includes different kinds of services about the physical and mental well-being of the residents of Australia. There are various sectors where experienced and dedicated medical personnel offer the best medical care (Australian Institute of Health and Welfare 2021). The cost of expensive medical care is borne by Australia's state and tertiary governments. There are three kinds of healthcare available to the people funded by the government: residential aged care, home care, and home support. Medicare claims are also available to the aged people to get benefits. Some of the major competitors in this segment are Allity Aged care, Arcare Aged care, BlueCross and others (Healthcare Channel 2021). The main business model used by BlueCross is the value proposition to its patient to promote dignity, respect and choice of its people. On the other hand, Allity care and Arcare aged care use respect and value proposition-oriented business model to provide adequate services to people.

Application of Analytical Tools

PESTLE Analysis

Table 1: PESTLE analysis
Source: (Developed by the author)

Porter's Five Forces Analysis

Table 2: Porter's five forces analysis
Source: (Developed by the author)

Identification of Industry factors influencing operating conditions

Multiple factors influence the operating conditions of health care for aged people. The foremost factor that affects is the culture of the aged people. Australia has a diverse culture, and many people belong to the Aboriginal and Strait cultures.

Healthcare organisations need to anticipate this issue by considering the solving methods. This pollution in the environment affects the health of aged people (Panda 2021). Thus, it has a significant impact on the aged health care sector. A high amount of disease in Australia impacts people's lives typically because the organisation needs to focus on the organisational ecosystem to improve its services. The introduction of various new viruses and bacteria can be a threat to the aged health care sector, as aged people are prone to be attacked by viruses and bacteria causes' disease. Psychological factors can also be a crucial one in the aged health care system of the country. Negative thoughts, stress about personal health and others can affect the health of old aged people. Industry, specifically the BlueCross, must initiate some steps to counter that, like positive counselling the aged people to get rid of negative thoughts and lead a healthy life. Alongside this, financial conditions can also affect aged health care. Due to the recent pandemic, every country has suffered in financial crisis, which creates problems regarding the accumulation of proper health treatment to the aged ones. Thus, steps of mitigation regarding this can also be formulated. Another significant factor that impacts quality medical care is the inaccessibility of certain places (Van Gaans & Dent, 2018, p. 12). There are remote locations that are out of reach. Setting up the infrastructure to support the aged people can be expensive and, at times, impossible. Providing care to aged people in remote areas can be extremely difficult.

Trends, challenges and weaknesses confronting the health sector/segment

The number of older adults is escalating, and the infrastructure has to be improved to accommodate the growing number. Challenges faced by the Australian health segment of elderly age care include:

1. Chronic conditions like obesity and overweight are becoming more prevalent among aged people. Conditions like these demand attention as these can lead to far-reaching consequences.

2. Lifestyle-related diseases are also growing in numbers. A sedentary lifestyle can take a toll on health, impacting bodily functions.

3. Disability is also a common trend among aged people. They require additional precautions, and the health systems must handle the operational procedures.

4. A distinct challenge faced by the health systems of Australia is to deal with aged Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders ("Health system overview - Australian

Institute of Health and Welfare", 2021). They have a unique culture and are unaware of modern medical practices (Rheault et al. 2019, p. 8). They comprise a significant number of the Australian population. Aged Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders may not be well-versed in the language and are apprehensive about the advanced health care facilities. Making them understand can be a significant challenge.

Strategic Response:

For the short term and long term (following the Commission's recommendations and the government's response to budgetary investments), proactive aged care providers will outperform their peers in evaluating their activities. Such include a strategic measure which includes:

1. Priorities must be clearly articulated, actively supported, and appropriately funded, spanning the organisation's entire spectrum. Additionally, providers may consider diversifying certain customer segments (like wealth, age, cultural needs) or the scope of their services (i.e. home care service) so that they can make a name for themselves and stand out from the rest. The associated risks should be carefully managed.

2. The sector needs to implement a strong support-oriented policy in Australia that can prevent people from pollution-oriented things that can assist aged people to live a healthier life.

3. The industry needs to seek strong government support that can help promote and enhance the living standard of older people.

4. Transparency and accountability should be considered. Providers must respond. Strategic goal setting, measurement of key performance indicators, and rapid interventions to address/correct gaps will be critical for operations in the aged care sector. As consumer expectations rise and the level of care becomes increasingly standardised, providers need to differentiate themselves. This requires providers to articulate unique market offerings for their target segments that align with consumer preferences (PWC 2021).

5. A different type of approach should also be considered with indigenous peoples. Cross-cultural communication will play an important factor, and there is a need to recruit people from the same community in such a situation.

Ethical Issues

The aged people have the right to decide about their health care system, and they can choose the mode of mediation or whether to follow the instructions of a doctor. The doctors are also mandated to provide detailed information about the health conditions of an aged person so that the person can make informed decisions. However, it can be not easy to follow these ethical principles. A person who may require immediate medical care but is not interested in availing of the facilities can threaten that person (Maile et al. 2018, p. 373). Managing ethical principles can be tough in these situations. Also, different cultures have different beliefs, like the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders have different value systems(Sivertsen, Harrington & Hamiduzzaman 2019, p. 12). They might deny some medical practices. These ethical issues may hamper the overall quality of services.

Conclusion

The health care industry is one of the most crucial industries of any country, and hence it has the utmost importance. Based on the above analysis, it can be stated that infrastructural development is needed in aged care services, and Blue cross needs to offer a better-customised service.

References

GAL613 Grief and Loss Assignment Sample

Assessment Brief

Length 800 words (+/- 10%)
Learning Outcomes

The Subject Learning Outcomes demonstrated by successful completion of the task below include:

a) Identify the needs and appropriate support services for people experiencing grief and loss.
b) Develop a plan for a holistic approach to grief and loss counselling

Task

This assignment requires you to produce a two paragraph scenario and a corresponding session plan for a client experiencing a complex emotional response to the experience of complicated or disenfranchised grief and/or on-going and ambiguous loss. (200 words +/-20%)

For the purposes of this assessment you are required to assume that you have seen the client over a number of weeks (at least 6) and that you are aware of triggers. Ensure you identify at least 5 possible strategies for working with the client. For example, you may decide that you wish to work with metaphor, or encourage connection with the subconscious via a particular technique, or use a narrative or story telling method or use a focusing technique to connect with something you have observed the client to be shying away from. This should be presented as a table. Please refer to the Task Instructions for details on how to complete this task.

Instructions

To complete this assessment task you must:

Consider the following questions/elements:

• Write a two paragraph scenario introducing a client who is experiencing complex or disenfranchised grief and /or ambiguous loss and who is not in touch with their feelings and emotions. (200 words +/-)

• Produce a session plan for working with the client that includes 5 possible strategies for working with the client. For example, you may suggest a mindfulness based Hakomi strategy to encourage the client to re-experience an event in a safe space.

• You will be assessed on your ability to

o Use your creative abilities to write a scenario that describes an experience of a complex emotional response to the complicated or disenfranchised grief and/or ongoing and ambiguous loss.

o Provide a session plan that includes 5 potential approaches to support a client to work though elements of their functioning that could realistically be associated with complex grief.

Referencing

It is essential that you use appropriate APA style for citing and referencing research. Please see more information on referencing in the Academic Skills webpage. However, References are not required for this assessment.

Solution

Introduction to Case Study

Denise, 59, is a widow who had been living alone for the previous 12 months. After Denise's husband was diagnosed with brain cancer three years ago, he passed away a year ago. She raised two children, both are now adults (27 and 25) but were neither married nor in the military and were instead pursuing jobs in various regions of the nation. Denise finished her bachelor's degree and worked until she was 30, when she got married. Denise's main issues are isolation, sadness (which she'd been experiencing for a year and a half), and trouble dealing with everyday life. She is having a significant depression once before, around the time she was 25 years old, when her father had passed away.

Denise said that she had been more reclusive since her husband's sickness had begun (brain cancer). She had typical childhood, adolescent and early adulthood friendships. Together, she and her husband had enjoyed a tranquil life, devoted to their children and their careers.
During their leisure time, they had participated in academic and cultural pursuits together with great enjoyment (museums, lectures, concerts, and fine restaurants). However, amid the husband's sickness, the couple's few close acquaintances had gone to places like Florida and Arizona, leaving them socially isolated. Her major depressive symptoms were a lack of enjoyment, impatience, retreat from social situations, indecisiveness, exhaustion, guilt, a lack of motivation, and loneliness.

Session plan for assignment help

Session 1: Denise will start by discussing her "sad sentiments." I will quickly elicit Denise's instinctive thoughts.

Session 2: In Denise's second appointment, I will develop an agenda together.

Session 3: I will guide to be socialise

References

BEHL2009 Bachelor of Social Science Assignment Sample

Question 1

Provide a brief literature review on the social issue being addressed -

Immigration and mental health is one of the social issues that are being addressed among our society. Immigration is a life-changing that may result in compromised mental health, especially when personal demands exceed resources.

Mental health is accumulated by three components, these include emotional, psychological and social wellbeing. Having poor mental health is a result of people whose wellbeing has been affected by others or uncontrollable events in varies substantially race, ethnicity, national origin, gender and socioeconomic status which they encounter difficulties and obstacles. These hardships may have included:

Finding quality jobs in safe-work environments.

Achieving economic integration.

Overcoming barriers in accessing basic social and health services.

Engaging in a smaller set of social networks that provide instrumental and emotional support.

Coping with systematic discrimination and racism.

Throughout immigration, most immigrants experience in four common pathways of social determinant of health and health inequalities are material deprivation, psychosocial factors, local enforcement, and access to health and social care. Material deprivation is related to disruption of social support, roles and networks which exposure to harsh living conditions (Unemployment or underemployment). Immigrants mental health often add trauma as part of the psychosocial factors which exposure to violence as being treated appropriately through childhood to adulthood. Political movements is also likely to disrupt family and community network by reduce their social interactions and use of essential public services or uncertainty about outcomes of migration as increasing the vulnerability for reunification of their families. Moreover, difficulties in language learning (especially for elderly migrants), acculturation and adaptation.

The most common disorders that immigrants experience refers to depressive disorders, anxiety disorders, obsessive-compulsive disorders and phobias.

The first-generation members of the immigrants have the most significant traumatic experience in a new society where they have no English-speaking background, lack of social support, undergo prolonged separation from their family and socioeconomically disadvantage position; hence, the level of psychological stress and demographic characteristics all contributed to the mental health and well-being of immigrants. Furthermore, the role of family is an important component of most support network where family members or relatives have sponsored an immigrant. Social resilience processes may be important in buffering the stress and disadvantage experienced by this substantial and growing population.

Question 2

Provide an outline of the group (dot points), including topics for 6 -8 weeks/ sessions

(free-flowing or set agenda) - a hybrid model (some set agenda, some free-flowing)

Solution

Question 1 - Immigration and mental health

Immigration can be defined as the action of leaving one's home country for relocating to some other country to find employment there and settle there either on a temporary or permanent basis. People who leave their country to settle in other countries are called immigrants (Definition, 2022). Mental health includes three dimensions of the emotional, psychological and social health of a person. It is a determinant of an individual's ability to handle stress, make social relationships, and make life decisions. It plays a crucial role in the overall development of an individual at every stage of his life. It has an impact on the cognitive ability, thought processes, emotions, and behavioral outcomes of an individual (mental health.gov, 2022). There is a significant difference between the terms " mental health " and mental illness. A person with a mental illness may experience some phases of perfect mental health whereas a person may have mental health issues but may not be diagnosed with any mental disease. The mental health of an individual is as important as biological health and long-term poor mental health can result in chronic mental illnesses, pathological symptoms, and various other health issues (cdc.gov, 2022).

Immigrants and refugees are vulnerable to various stressors and mental health issues before they decide to migrate, during the migration process itself, and after the migration process during settlement. A higher rate of mental diseases like anxiety, panic attacks, depression and post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is noticed in the immigrants than in the local population of that country. Migration not only reduces the access to mental health care for the immigrants, but it also proves to be a disruption in the continuity of the treatment. Various issues are faced by immigrants at different stages of migration. Before migration, there are faced with challenges like war, conflict, poverty, inadequate employment and livelihood opportunities and lack of educational opportunities. During migration, there are exposed to the threat of detention or violence or unacceptance in the host country or fear or uncertainty. After the migration, during their period of settlement, they are again faced with multiple issues like family separation, and unhealthy living conditions. Cultural or religious challenges, racism and ethnic discrimination, legal and statutory issues, unemployment, and lack of social acceptance (Who. int, 2022).

Shekunov (2022), also explained the process of migration in the three stages of pre-migration, migration, and post-migration and stresses the risk of mental and psychiatric health issues at all three stages of the immigrants. Immigrants are prone to depressive symptoms, and somatic issues, and have almost 10 times higher chances of having post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) than the host population. Cultural gaps and cultural remembrance add to their vulnerability. Issues like language barriers. Changes in social and political systems and lack of societal support contribute to their adverse mental health. Immigrants to Eastern and Western Europe are at a higher risk of developing schizophrenia. Stressors in immigrants for assignment help are caused due to the difficult situations and challenges of the migration process and also inadequate administrative and social support in the host country. Salami, Salma, and Hegadoren (2019), conducted a thematic analysis to understand the various issues that contribute to the adverse mental health of immigrants. Some of the identified issues were language barriers, cultural shock, cultural understanding of the term mental health, the stigma associated with the mental illness, fear of social boycott due to mental illness, and the economic and emotional impact of being diagnosed with mental illness.

Becerra et al (2020), researched to understand the impact of immigration policy and legal compliances on the mental health of Latino immigrants in Arizona. It was concluded that the immigrants who had a higher sense of personal loss and suffering due to immigration were found to have severe symptoms of depression, stress, and anxiety. Immigrants with a higher sense of family loss reported severe symptoms of stress and anxiety only. Wylie et al (2018), explains that the rise in the numbers of immigrants relocating from war-zone or conflict-prone area to various locations across the world has proved to be a huge challenge for mental health care professionals across the globe. These immigrants carry with them a baggage of war episodes, torture, and a difficult migration process. the trauma of war and conflict is difficult to be mitigated within a short period and takes considerable time to overcome them. PTSD is considered to be not adequate to explain the complex traumatic experiences of immigrants that are characterized by somatic issues, depressive symptoms, and anxiety.

Question 2 – Group Outline

References

PBHL20006 Participatory Health Research Assignment Sample

This is an individual task assessment. You will be required to write a reflective essay (1500-2500 words). You will reflect on the application of your learning related to the readings, lectures, tutorials, and prior assessments. You will be tasked to address these two points:

• Your positionality and what you thought to be true in relation to public health research.
• How you would seek to undertake research with Indigenous communities.

Solution

Research Positionality

Public Health Research

Figure 1- Positionality
(Source- Author)

Concrete experience:

I had been a part of this research related to the public health for assignment help risk rising in Australia. The issue that I focused on was diabetes. While doing my research on this topic and looking for resources, I came across and learnt that diabetes is one of the major issues rising in Australia. This disease has affected not only adults but also children till 14 years of age. To deal with this issue, the government of Australia has also been working proactively. As much as they can do, they have done and are still trying to do. To help individuals who have diabetes, the government is trying to provide the best medical help and high-quality and affordable medicines. After finding out the number of people affected by this disease, I feel this research is important to be worked on. I feel bad that about 1 million, more than half of the population residing in Australia, have been affected by this growing disease which also leads to deaths. So Australia ranks 10th among all other countries for the deaths that are taking place due to type 1 and type 2 diabetes.

Reflective observation:

As per research on this issue, I have understood that diabetes, more than just being a disease, has turned out to be a silent pandemic rising daily and affecting both adults and children. As per the research, it has also been seen that there are two variants of diabetes type 1 and type 2. Type 1 diabetes is seen to arise in the early stage. It is common to see it arising in childhood but can affect individuals of any age. It arises when the tissues in the human body and the autoimmune in the pancreas are disrupted. Whereas type 2 has been seen spreading recently among both adults and children. The reason behind type 2 diabetes is when the body tissues are unable to respond to the insulin. Thus, as per my finding, I have seen that type 1 diabetes is highly common among children aged 0-14 years and is the 6th highest incidence. Of all, Australia is considered to be 7th highest in the cases related to diabetes.

Abstract conceptualisation:

Per my understanding, diabetes is not just a public health risk arising in Australia. It also affects the psychological health of individuals already affected by it. When they feel unable to cure their problem, they go through stress, depression, anxiety, and feel ‘burnout’. This is the major issue that is also leading to many deaths. If I were allowed to work on resolving this issue, I would have first advised the individuals who were diagnosed with diabetes to go and seek psychological help first. Because seeing the cases and researching them, I understood that any health issue, even if it can be controlled, if the individual is psychologically being affected, would still lead to death. More than just giving a list of medicines which is also a way of de-motivates an individual who is already in trauma, simple ways should be suggested, such as drinking a lot of water, working out more to reduce extra weight and quitting smoking if they do. Many other things are related to daily life. All this would help the individual to feel motivated and work on curing themselves.

Active experimentation:

In my opinion, people facing the issue should not be treated differently and should not be made to feel like a fish out of water. Rather every individual should be provided with a proper understanding of this, and they should be encouraged to fight against it. Campaigns should be set up to provide the people diagnosed with diabetes with a proper understanding of what it is, how it is caused, and how they can fight against it. This is a disease which cannot be completely cured but rather controlled. Rather than just providing them with high-dose medication, they should be advised to follow a normal life routine where they are required to keep themselves fit, consume sugar-free products, follow a strict diet, keep themselves hydrated, etc. To encourage them, they should be named some famous people who face the same issue but still lead a very normal life. While doing my research, I also came through that even the government of Australia has taken the initiative to provide essential required help to the people and children in terms of medical health.

Research with Indigenous Communities

Figure 2- Research with Indigenous Communities
(Source- Author)

Concrete experience:

My finding relayed the spread of diabetes among the people belonging to the Indigenous community. I have understood the risk of diabetes is higher among the people of Indigenous people of Australia than among the people belonging to the non-Indigenous community. In my finding, I came across the reason behind the rising cases of diabetes among them, which are reduced physical activities, increased obesity, changes in diet, and the high risk among the ageing population of the Indigenous community. The cases have also reflected that people are mostly affected by type diabetes, which is caused when the body tissues cannot control the insulin present in the body, leading to type 2 diseases. This has increased the rate of deaths taking place between the years 2015-2019.

The people of the Indigenous community residing in remote areas have a high risk of blood pressure, kidney failure, and diabetes. This research work is important being it is important to figure out the main cause of this issue, and recommendations need to be provided or suggested to control the spread of diabetes in the Indigenous community.

Reflective observation:

It was shocking to see the rising cases of diabetes in the indigenous community in Australia. Australia ranks 7th position, which is the highest in diabetes cases. Some of the other reasons due to increased cases of diabetes among the people of the Indigenous community involve alcohol consumption, mental health issues, and smoking. Most of the deaths are caused in the Indigenous community due to avoidance of health care effectively and timely.

In my opinion, public health issue needs to be educated to the people of the Indigenous community. In my finding, I understood that Indigenous people are spiritual and believe in orthodoxy. For them, good health is more than the absence of illness and diseases. They believe that diseases are caused within an individual when they are cursed. Thus, rather than help fight the disease, they distance the person believing they would cure it naturally or die.

My research is based on first educating the Indigenous individuals about the rising diseases. They need to understand what public health is, what risks it can lead to, and what measures need to be taken to cure it. They also need to understand the reasons behind the increased cases of type 2 diabetes in their community: increased obesity, decreased physical activity, and constant changes in their diet. This highly affects the body's immune system and weakens the body tissues. In my research, I will try to find strategies to help the people of the Indigenous community fight diabetes. To make them understand the importance, I have to plan a strategy to link with their spiritual beliefs and help them understand easily.

Abstract conceptualisation:

To cure the issue of type 2 diabetes, which is seen to be high among people, the major issue is the beliefs that these people have surrounded themselves with. The cases are not to be seen as high among the non-Indigenous people because they try to understand things more practically and immediately take precautions. The only problem with the Indigenous people is that they focus on spiritual understanding, and diabetes is an issue which cannot be linked with spiritual reasoning.
As a researcher, if I want to work on improving this issue, the major thing that I need to focus on is their understanding level, what they believe or understand about diseases, and what measures d they take to cure or fight against them. They need to be provided with natural medications which would help cure them. They need to understand what activities would help them cure this rising issue.

Active experimentation:

In my research work, I have understood that special ways need to be strategised to make the Indigenous people understand the issues related to diabetes, especially the reason behind the rising type 2 diabetes among them. Usually, they should not try to accept it or would look for religious reasons for it.

In my opinion, they should be recommended naturally grown medication which might not help them fully but still have some effect. They need to be introduced to the percentage of deaths that occur in their community due to negligence of medical health for the people affected by type 2, diabetes.

Reference

PUBHLTH7113 Environmental and Occupation Health Assignment Sample

Imagine you are a Public Health Officer in a government health department and you receive a call from a local general medical practitioner (GP). The GP informs you that they have attended to several patients with food poisoning where they have identified Salmonella spp as the causative factor. Salmonella infections are a Notifiable infectious disease in your jurisdiction. The GP further informs you that all cases reported consumption of orange juice from a local manufacturer prior to getting sick.

Using the human health risk assessment model and basic epidemiological principles what steps would you take to investigate this public health concern?

Note that you will need to inform the Health Minister of this matter in a brief. What would you say?

Consider also that you would need to:

• Provide a prompt response time frame
• Provide a media note to the Minister
• Confirm the extent of the problem
• Understand the human health risks (exposure, outcome)
• Identify the most sensitive population (who is at most risk?)
• Initiate communication protocols (risk communication)
• Confirm the source of the problem (where is it originating from?)
• Initiate corrective action (What, when, who and how?)

Solution

Potential sources of lead exposure

The potential sources of lead exposure in the community where child care centre is located are as follows:

Paint:

Lead in residential paint and dust is a major source of lead exposure in the community. Most of the houses in the community are painted with lead-based paints. Moreover, the paint in several houses is peeling off or has deteriorated. Young children often take this paint in their mouths, or the paint falls on meals which exposes people to lead.

Soil:

The factories beside the childcare centre and the depositing of lead-based gasoline often contaminate the soil. Children breathe in this lead-contaminated soil when they are playing outside. Consumption of vegetables or fruits that grow near or in contaminated soil also exposes the children to lead.

Drinking Water:

Drinking water can be a major source of lead as the service lines to which the main water lines of the centre are connected lead-based. Lead faucets, plumbing materials, and pipes carry the drinking water to the centre. However, a chemical reaction that happens in lead plumbing fixtures called corrosion results in the mixing of the metal into the drinking water, making it contaminated with lead.
Population health impacts of lead exposure

Most likely to be affected

The most vulnerable population to lead exposure are children, specifically below six years of age. It has been reported that even a minor level of lead in a child's blood can have severe, devastating effects, and usually, these effects are permanent (Kuang et al., 2020).

The main impacts of lead exposure in children are as follows:

- The nervous system and brain can be damaged.
- The children would face difficulties in learning.
- The development and growth will be allowed down.
- The children would have problems in speaking and hearing.

How would we know

Since no immediate symptoms of lead exposure can be identified, it is necessary that the parents or the guardian consult their child's doctor the very first time they predict a change in a child's behavior or health. They should get their blood tested for lead.
Steps for conducting an environmental health risk assessment for assignment help of lead exposure
An accurate environmental health risk assessment of lead exposure demands a specific understanding of the sources, highly-vulnerable populations, and appropriate medical testing. In the immediate case, the assessment is to be conducted in a childcare center. The steps taken for the purpose are listed below:

Identification of sources of lead poisoning:

Since the child care centre is an old building, it is most likely that the paint on the building's interior and exterior and window sills have deteriorated. Even if the paint was fixed later, it is possible that leaded paints have been used for the purpose. Moreover, the building is situated near a busy main road which was formerly an industrial area. This means that the centre is likely to be exposed to additional sources of lead, such as deposits of lead-based gasoline, dust, and contaminated soil. The drinking water may also be a source of lead since the area has a significant indigenous community who are often exposed to lead sources.

Risk groups assessment:

Since a larger population that is vulnerable to lead in the child care centre involves children, they would be identified as the target groups for the assessment. To conduct the assessments, a few questions to gain an understanding of the current situation would be asked to the caretakers and managers of the child care centre. The questions would be related to the hobbies of the children, their habits, both good and bad, their field of interest, and their health profile. The analysis of the responses will provide insights into the level of lead the children are exposed to.

Medical testing:

Usually, the symptoms of lead poisoning are difficult to identify at the initial stage. Therefore, a blood lead test can be conducted to examine the effect of lead on children (Reuben et al.m 2019). The blood sample for the test can be collected by two methods, namely, heel-prick or finger-prick sample collection and the Venus blood straw collection method. The healthcare providers can test and provide a report on the level of lead in the child's blood. Once the reports confirm the effects of identified sources, steps to mitigate the severe impacts on children's health can be taken. 

References
 

UMH207 Understanding Mental Health Assignment Sample

Task Summary

In this 1800-word Report, respond to the challenges and issues in the case scenario. You are asked to research and find studies/research/journal articles/government and international health agency reports relating to the case study. These peer-reviewed articles will help you support your line of reasoning.

In this report, you will describe key points in relation to legal and ethical factors and the mental health act. You will also discuss your role as a mental health nurse in this case scenario and consider how you would respond to the client in a practical situation.

Finally, you will critically evaluate the importance of the “therapeutic relationship” in a male client with chronic schizophrenia, who is currently admitted involuntarily under a community treatment order in an acute mental health ward.

Instructions

1) Read the case study provided via Assessment 3 area of the subject.
2) Address the following questions in your Report.

• Discuss how and why the mental health act applies to the case scenario.

• Summarise and Identify specific examples of legal and ethical issues in relation to the patient’s rights.

• Compare the concepts of mental health, mental illness and mental disorder. Determine which category the patient in the case scenario fits. Accurately identify the main symptoms of schizophrenia as outlined in the case.

• As the registered nurse looking after the patient, explain how do you advocate for his rights as a mental health consumer?

• Identify and illustrate the main symptoms of schizophrenia as outlined in the case (this can be done in table form)

• Determine a medication that may be clinically indicated for the patient in the case scenario. Provide a rationale for why it is indicated.

• Evaluate and explain three (3) techniques you would use to develop trust, rapport and begin a therapeutic relationship with the patient when first admitted to the hospital.

• Express how you would explain the need to give the patient a depot anti-psychotic medication.

• Given the patient’s mental state at this time, identify one (1) technique you would use to ensure your personal safety (during the explanation about the depot medication outlined above).

Writing Guidelines

• Be formal and objective in your writing.

• Be analytical and demonstrate critical thinking.

• Keep to the set word limit.

• Answer all questions in your report.

• Use in-text references to support your ideas.

• Use information from academic texts and credible sources only.

• Format in-text references and the reference list according to APA 6th ed. referencing style.

• Proofread your work to check that each paragraph links to the previous or the thesis and that it is easy to read.

• Check your spelling, grammar and punctuation.

• Use a size 12 font (Times New Roman, Calibri or Arial).

• Include a footer with your name, student number and page numbers.

• Include a cover page with your name, student number, subject name, title of assessment, learning facilitator’s name and the final word count (not including referencing).

Case Scenario

“Jason” is a 32-year-old male living in housing commission in Western Sydney. He was diagnosed with schizophrenia when he was 19 years old. At that time, he was living with his parents and he increasingly experienced auditory hallucinations with voices telling him to burn his parent’s house down. Fortunately, these voices reduced when Jason started taking an antipsychotic medication.

Jason has been unemployed since he was 19 years old, and has been taking his medication every day since.

Six months ago, Jason moved out of his parent’s home and entered a shared apartment with 3 other males in the local housing commission. Jason stated he felt “fine” and decided to stop taking his antipsychotic medication.

Over the next 2 weeks, his mental state quickly deteriorated, with auditory hallucinations “louder than ever”. He became paranoid that his flatmates were poisoning his food and he believed a tracking device had been inserted under his skin and that he was being “tracked with a satellite by the CIA”.

His paranoia was so intense that he did not leave his bedroom for 3 days before the ambulance arrived.

Jason was scheduled under the Mental Health Act and admitted to the local acute mental health ward as an involuntary consumer..

You are the student nurse looking after Jason on the ward. He appears agitated, moving around erratically and is not making eye contact with you. He swears occasionally and appears frustrated at being “locked up inside the hospital”.

Jason is refusing to take his oral antipsychotic medication tablets. The doctor has charted an intramuscular “depot” antipsychotic medication, which you have been asked to give to Jason. After assessing Jason’s mental state, you agree that the depot is clinically indicated and is in Jason’s best interest, even though he has not agreed to take the medication.

After a discussion with a senior nurse and the psychiatrist, the team makes the decision that Jason should receive a depot antipsychotic medication against his will.
One week after having the depot, Jason’s mental state is stabilising and he is now agreeing to take oral anti-psychotic tablets. However, he still feels “very tired” and would sleep the whole day if he could. He is still unsure if the psychotic symptoms he recently experienced were real or not, but he is “thinking a lot about it”.

His psychiatrist reviewed Jason and he is hoping to transfer to the sub-acute mental health ward soon, and be discharged home soon as he feels “uncomfortable” in the hospital and “can’t wait to go home”.

Solution

Introduction

Schizophrenia can easily be identified as a severe mental disorder that manifests in an abnormal interpretation of reality. Several studies have been conducted to establish the genetic linkage between the diseases, with little success, therefore, presently, the condition is attempted to be treated through clinical intervention strategies (ncbi.nlm.nih.gov, 2022). The present report is based on the case scenario of Jason, who is suffering from severe auditory hallucination, after the withdrawal from antipsychotic medications. The report addresses the mental health act applicable in the scenario, building knowledge over the difference in mental health, disorder, and illness, advocating for the patient's rights. The main schizophrenia symptoms have been outlined, along with the appropriate rationale for medication. The report also sheds light on the relationship development with the patient ensuring their personal safety for assignment help.

Application of Mental Health Act in the case scenario

Jason has been administered under the “Mental Health Act” within a local health ward specializing in acute mental health. In this situation, the Mental Health Act is the most appropriate legal aspect for the improvement of the patient. As per the Act, mental health practitioners and psychiatrists are encouraged to develop a strong relationship with the patient, which is critically needed in the present situation, as the patient is unable to trust (health.vic.gov.au, 2022). Moreover, as the Act has provisions for compulsory and voluntary treatment, makes it even more preferable in the situation, where Jason’s auditory hallucinations deteriorated leading to paranoia, and requiring compulsory intervention.

Legal and Ethical Issues Pertaining To Patient Rights

The legal rights of a patient, who has sought care within the Australian Health System, are ensured by the “Australian Charter of Healthcare Rights”, which ensures communication, respect, safety, privacy, participation, and comment of the patent (healthdirect.gov.au, 2022). According to Sperling (2021, p.25), patients bear the right to refuse medication. On the contrary, Jason has been seen to refuse medication, which has made the schizophrenia condition worsen. An additional legal right issue that emerges is the access to care facilities that are equipped to handle such critical cases, as Jason has been struggling financially owing to unemployment. The medications being forced upon the patient raises an ethical issue of patient rights (Rhodes, 2019, p.3). Taking into consideration the ethical issues, the privacy of the patient is needed to be ensured and the patient is needed to be treated with respect.

Schizophrenia Symptoms and Contrast of Mental Health, Mental Illness, and Mental Disorder

Mental health is inclusive of psychological, emotional, and social well-being. Mental health bears the potential to heavily influence the nature in which we act, feel, think, handle stress, relate to others and make choices (Happell et al., 2018, p.12). In contrast, mental illness pertains to the health conditions that bring about changes in individual behaviour, thinking, or emotions behind them. According to Zumstein & Riese (2020, p.15), the occurrence of mental illness is closely associated with problems and distress, preventing the ability to perform adequately in family, social, or work environments. According to the World Health Organization, a mental disorder is characterized by clinically significant disturbances in one's emotional regulation, behaviour, and cognition (who.int, 2022). These are associated with impairment and or distress in important areas of functioning. The case study of patient Jason and the details, therefore, provided align with the concept of mental disorder. Moreover in support of the mental disorder and linking it with schizophrenia Müller (2018) has opined that, the disorder results in a combination of delusion, hallucination, and disordered thinking, that impairs daily activities. Symptoms of schizophrenia that have been outlined in the case study are auditory hallucination and paranoia.

Advocacy of Mental Health Toward The Patient

Jason had been suffering from schizophrenia when his age was only 19. Due to his auditory hallucinations, he has been treated with antipsychotic medications. Though Jason has taken antipsychotic medicines for a long time and after stopping the medication, symptoms became aggravated he has been considered and hospitalized under Mental Health Act. The Mental health Act of Australia encourages mental health practitioners and psychiatrists to create a strong relationship with patients applying services of mental health and to give them support and information to make an informed choice about their care (Health.vic.gov.au,2022). In the case of Jason, it has been observed by the student nurse that Jason disagreed to take medications. Therefore, the student nurse has discussed with the psychiatrist and senior nurses and made the decision to provide a “depot antipsychotic drug” for Jason. It has been observed that in this case, mental health practitioners have made the decision for the patient related to taking medications. As per the opinion of Livingston (2020, p. 12), in Australia, mental health patients have the right to access support, assessment, treatment, care, services, and rehabilitation for wellbeing and recovery with the same equality as others. Jason is a mental health consumer here because he is taking services from the mental health hospital. As a nurse, the student can advocate a facilitate communication with all other healthcare members relevant to the preferences of the patient. Based on the research by Bégin et al., (2020, p. 40), it is the role of a nurse to integrate patient-oriented goals into the treatment plan and give objective guidance. Here, after observing aggravated schizophrenia symptoms the nurse has discussed with other team members and advocated the care for Jason. Reid et al., (2018, p. 1210) have stated that to promote advocacy for the mental health consumer a nurse must inform the total team, exhibit appropriate nursing care, give assistance with social problems, and teach patients about their personal advocacy. Therefore, the student nurse who is taking care of Jason has already started advocacy for the right of Jason as a mental health patient.

Identification and Illustration of Schizophrenia Symptoms (Case Scenario)

Critical analysis of the case of schizophrenia patient Jason it has been observed that different symptoms of this disease have occurred in Jason. The problem started when he lives with his parents in Western Sydney and became aggravated after moving to a shared apartment and topping medications. According to Menon (2019, p. 133), schizophrenia is a chronic disorder of the brain that appears with active symptoms like hallucinations, lack of motivation, issues with talking, delusions, disorganized speech, and others. In the case of Jason, during his 19 years of age, he suffered from auditory hallucinations, in which a voice continuously told him to burn the house of his parents. After feeling fine, six months ago, Jason stopped taking medicines and his situation became deteriorated. In the second phase, again auditory hallucination symptoms of schizophrenia have started. In this situation, Jason became paranoid that flatmates are going to poison his food. In addition to this, he has started believing that a tracking device has been inserted under his skin and that he has been tracked by CIA satellites. Moreover, not making eye contact, frustration, agitation, erratic movement, and tiredness are some other schizophrenic symptoms of Jason [Refers to appendix].
Medication and rationale

It has been obtained from the case study that, antipsychotic medicines have been taken for Jason from the start of the symptoms. Since the 19 years old, he has been taking this medication every day. Recently, to treat his deteriorated situation, the psychiatrist of a local “acute mental health ward” has prescribed “intramuscular depot antipsychotic medication”. Based on the research by Haight et al., (2019, p. 780), depot injection is a slow-release configuration of medication. The injection applies a liquid that emits the antipsychotic medication slowly and provides a long-lasting effect. Other authors have stated that depot antipsychotic medication is beneficial for schizophrenia because it overpowers the issues of covert non-compliance (Ling et al., 2019, p. 60). Therefore, depot injection is suitable for Jason in his aggravated situation.

Identified Three Techniques for Developing Trust, Therapeutic Relations, and Rapport

With respect to the case study when Jason was admitted to the local acute mental health ward under the Mental health Act of Australia, the doctor started to give intramuscular “depot” antipsychotic medication. However, Jason did not agree to take the medications rather he refused due to a poor therapeutic relationship. In this condition, three techniques can be used by the mental health ward staff to develop trust rapport with the patient for starting a therapeutic relationship. These are,

1. Accepting: It is really important to acknowledge what the patient tends to say and ensure that they have listened carefully. It is found that acceptance is the best thing to make eye contact and understand patients (van Belle et al., 2020, p.2). Patients like Jason who feels that their doctors and nurse are listening to them are more likely to become receptive to care

2. Encouraging descriptions of the perception: Sutanto (2021, p.14) opined that for patients who tend to experience hallucinations like Jason, it might be useful to ask about them nonjudgmentally. It helps patients to understand that doctors and nurses will not judge them and they can cast their perceptions in an effective manner. This results in developing better trust between patients and doctors.

3. Expressing empathy: When Jason was first admitted to the hospital he refused to take depot anti-psychotic medication. However, the doctors are required to empathize with the patients without being so emotionally overwhelmed. The doctors and nurses are required to manage their emotions so that the issues of the patients might not affect them emotionally. The goal of the mental ward staff should be related to overcoming the issue that the patient is going through. This can help them to make an objective decision during suggestions for the patient. This is how the therapeutic relationship between the doctor and patient can be built.

Explanation of The Need To Give Antipsychotic Medication

It has been found from the case study that Jason was in a bad condition when he was admitted to the mental health ward. This is because he did not leave his bedroom for 3 days and he stopped taking his anti-psychotic medications for days and held poor auditory hallucinations. His mental state was so poor and motivation for treatment was lacking in Jaso with heavier psychotic disorders like schizophrenia. This is why a patient might be less willing to take antipsychotic medications for engaging in treatment activities. As argued by Galderisi et al., (2021, p.12), as a negative symptom of schizophrenia disorder, lack of motivation to take the medication is known to be a common issue and difficult for patients as well as clinicians to recognize. The depot antipsychotic medication was in the best interest of Jason in order to raise the benefits of the treatment. This is considered to be easier to observe and holds long-lasting impacts. However, it also decreases the rates of relapse compared to oral medications. This is why it was required to give the patient a depot anti-psychotic medication.

Technique for Personal Safety

One technique to ensure the safety of the patient with respect to giving him the depot medication as discussed above includes,

1. Z-track method: This method of administrating the IM injection to give the depot anti-psychotic medication is effective (Gee et al., 2018, p.6). Since it aims to prevent the medication from being tracked via the subcutaneous tissue and swaling the medication in the area of muscle. This results in reducing any irritation from the medication. Using this method, the skin can be pulled in a lateral way from the site of infection prior to the injection, and then the medication can be injected. Followed by this the needle is removed and the skin can be released.

Conclusion

It can be concluded that Jason was suffering from schizophrenia issue. However, taking the antipsychotic medication regularly tended to reduce the impact of schizophrenia. On the other hand, when Jason managed to move out of his parent's house, it is seen that he tended to stop taking his antipsychotic medications. With respect to this situation, the impacts of schizophrenia were greater such as louder auditory hallucinations. However, concerning the condition of Jason, he was admitted to an acute local mental health award. It was the proper legal movement to improve the condition of the patient. Although, Jason refused to take the medication in the mental health ward and he was facing financial issues due to unemployment. Despite his unwillingness, the doctors gave him the medication. However, this situation could be improved by developing proper therapeutic relationships between doctors and patients by considering the three techniques discussed above.

References

PBHL20008 Engaging with Cross-Cultural Communities Assignment Sample

The assessment task for this unit is a reflective essay. Each student will write a reflective essay based on his or her experience of engaging with a cross-cultural community. Student can use example from their previous or current experience of working with a community group and reflect on communication and cultural challenges they experience. Students should then discuss learning they achieved from this experience and how they will apply that knowledge to improve their current or future public health practice.

The reflective essay will be assessed on the following criteria.

• The essay shows evidence of understanding of cross-cultural community engagement: 25%
• Reflection demonstrates use of appropriate language, personal learning and change in practice: 25%
• Reflexivity in linking personal experience, practice examples and evidence: 25%
• All work is the student's own, all information is properly referenced, and essay is written according to academic convention: 25%
• Students must achieve 50% in this assessment to pass the unit.

Solution

Introduction

The reflective assessment for assignment help will describe the personal up-liftment from the cross-cultural involvement with the indigenous groups. I will mention how the different communication obstacles would explore the opportunities so that the health care values and practices in Australia will be developed professionally.

Discussion

During the last summer in Adelaide, I participated in the international summer camp. This was the confluence of all the communities across different indigenous cultures in and beyond Australia (Lin et al., 2019). Amidst the sea of human heads, I found the people of Strait Islander interesting. I did works with the aboriginal community to get a taste of indigenous history. I was inspired in setting up cultural links with them getting past all the cultural constraints. The abundance of religious and cultural diversities supports the root of the culture. The intensive engagement with the different perspectives inculcates a renewed sense of cultural consciousness in me. They shared with me how they came into being, how they pass the present moments, and their future agendas. I felt a certain pride connecting to the home culture and knowing the minute details. It can be seen and felt how the communities share a warm bond trying to navigate the tricky corridors of life. They have a deep reverence for traditional values and community standards (Usher et al., 2021). The community prioritises authenticity, sincerity, and passionate deliverance. The rich cultures and beliefs are attuned to sustainable principles and value creation. I learned that the community people

Cultural and communication challenges were there that put me unease to accomplish the cultural mission objectives. I could not communicate properly and always hesitated in letting my thoughts unfold. I apprehended if the missions of the workshop would be successful. Some pervasive risks and challenges predominantly afflicted the emotional and social well-being of the islanders. Ethnocentrism struck me as the key barrier through which we get partial regarding the lens we look at the dimensions of the cultures. When these perspectives turned into prejudices a blind beliefs, the problems got worsened (Tynan et al., 2020). There was also a widened gap between their cultures and mine; anyhow, I tried to be in their shoes and perceived the communicational impediments. Along with that, comes the traditional tag of stereotyping which is also harmful to cultural cohesion and productivity. I was moved by the psychological barriers that amounted to the fact that widespread loss and grief have been part of the culture and I discovered the unresolved trauma therein. The lack of connection to the enlightened world led to their ignorance of health issues and the determinants of redressal (Yashadhana et al., 2020). The community governance is strong yet they have vulnerabilities to the various life-threatening dangers and losses. The indigenous community loves to pass on their cultural heritage and traditions but the sense of rootedness and belonging is overshadowed by the presence of negative factors. At some points, I felt that the practices in the system could have been more flexible to cope with the modern progression. Racial discrimination was something that entrenched its roots in the pristine soil. Moreover, the linguistic barriers were dominant that aggravated the communicational disputes. In addition, the geographical distance was much more than what I had previously idea and thought. The cultural disparateness added to the miscommunication, flawed mindsets, norms, and gestures (Moodie et al., 2021). Studying unfamiliar cultures and languages was the toughest part of working with the community and being exposed to cultural setbacks.

Personal experience is one of the best parts of the human life. I shook hands with some aboriginals and they considered it disrespectful. The respect for the community bonding was something they considered praiseworthy and I had lessons on the community rituals and customs. I had gathered lessons for them about the aboriginal arts and the ornamental designs on the physique are something they carry as a token of cultural heritage. The cultural baggage was abandoned and I took interest in the basketry and their values of social organisation (Russell-Smith et al., 2021). I learned the protocols and customs of the indigenous individuals and the overall well-being of the community people. IKSPS has been absorbed by me in harbouring the genuine feeling for the system and community values. I have understood that culture is the most symbolic asset for the community who are engaged in the making of history and traditions. All aspects of life have been permeated by cultural lineage and local diversity. I have gained another important knowledge regarding the conservation of policies and wealth. Other participants from abroad also came in contact with the different attributes and therefore, the culture was replete with all the resources and native pride. The cross-cultural symbolism made it easier to contact the different cultures and the people.

In the future, I shall apply the learning in public health practice and implement the protocols to remove the risks that can be harmful to the aboriginals. They are believed to have been the sufferers of chronic diseases like pneumonia, heart disease depression, and many more. Therefore, I will be sincere in offering value-based care to the patients. I have decided to apply the value theory proposed by Walras, Jevons, and Menger. The encompassing theory takes into consideration all the moral practices, ethics and responsible duties to safeguard the lives of the people. Many aboriginals are victims of paranoia, stress, and distressing mental condition due to the loss of lands, and separation from family and children. Many of them are suffering from identity issues and cultural estrangement that gave rise to health problems and many more additional health crises. Incarceration, substance misuse, and violence can be seen among the cultures that decreased the values and increased panic. I will teach them about the indication of environmental degradation, industrial activities as well as many more on health and comprehensive development. If the illicit abuses of drugs and alcohol can be stopped, better immunisation practices could be developed (Yashadhana et al., 2020). I feel that the indigenous community must be sincere in protecting their rights, and stopping their involvement in the criminal system, and better health practices can be created.

Conclusion

This is clear from the above discussion that a deeper connection with the culture can empower the historical and culturally conscious self. I have gained deep learning from the involvement at a deeper level and this is beneficial for protecting the health care sector.

 
Reference List

NUR5011 Contemporary Nursing Assignment Sample

Mr George is a 65 year old widowed father of Giovanni and Maria. He was admitted to your ward for elective lumbar surgery after several years of back pain resulting from a workplace injury. His ability to mobilise has been significantly reduced and he uses a walking aid. Mr George does not speak English and relies on his son to translate for him.

Mr Georges admission paperwork was completed with Giovanni’s assistance. Mr George is allergic to morphine. Giovanni thinks it caused an itchy rash, but Mr George cannot recall. RN Sriya has written this in the paperwork but forgot to put on a red allergy wrist band. His neurological limb assessment shows a left foot drop with full feet numbness and his vital signs are unremarkable. Mr George has a past history of atrial fibrillation. He is on digoxin (0.25 mg/day) and aspirin (100 mg/day). He is noted to be on the organ donor register and Giovanni is the documented medical treatment decision maker.

Giovanni has advised that his father does not wish to be resuscitated in an emergency, but Giovanni is not supportive of this and would like all measures taken. Giovanni has also advised that Mr George is quite anxious about his brother, Steven who is also in the hospital, having been admitted for surgery after falling in the garden. Professor Charcot, the surgeon, visited Mr George and Giovanni on the ward to see that Mr George is settling in well and reminded Mr George and Giovanni that he would perform an L2/3 laminectomy the following morning. RN Kate looked after Mr George on night shift but had difficulty communicating with him. As she thought he might have had a stroke, she placed an electronic order for an emergency CT Brain. In her hand over to the AM nurse (RN Chan), she advised that the CT results were not back but did not documented this.

When RN Chan took Mr George to theatre, they noted that a consent form signed by the patient and the surgeon was not in the file and inserted a blank form into the file for completion. RN Chan alerted Professor Charcot to this. Professor Charcot responded by yelling at RN Chan in front of other nurses and surgeons “You’re so incompetent. Who do you think you are?

If you dare speak to me like that again I will have you fired! Of course, I have already consented the patient! He would not be here if he did not know what was happening. Are you the idiot who ordered a CT Brain on my patient?. RN Chan returned to the ward, upset. They told their manager what had occurred and that they felt bullied and harassed by Professor Charcot. After surgery when Mr George returned to the ward, RN Chan noticed that the hospital consent form had still not been signed and when listening to the Registrars talking to each other about the case, overheard one say, Prof didn’t use xray and did the L4/5 by mistake. RN Chan did not say anything to their manager as they thought that the doctors would advise the patient and his son. They were also too scared to say anything because they didn’t want to be yelled at further and lose their job.

RN Chan went home very upset at the day’s events and wrote on their Facebook status update that “some surgeons are so arrogant! At least I am not the incompetent surgeon who operated on the wrong spinal level!” During the next shift and about 8 hours after surgery, it was noted by the PM nurse, RN Sriya, that Mr George had not passed urine. The protocol of the hospital requires a urinary catheter be inserted if the patient has not passed urine 8 hours after spinal surgery. RN Sriya contacted the Registrar who advised she could not arrive to insert the catheter for 2 hours as she was in surgery with another surgeon and that RN Sriya would have to do it herself. RN Sriya had not inserted a catheter into a male patient before and, assuming it couldn’t be much different to inserting female catheters, undertook the procedure. As a result, frank haematuria occurred with a large amount of blood loss. A MET (Medical Emergency Team) was called, and the patient assessed. Mr George was in a lot of pain and the attending MET doctor, Dr. Pratt orders 5mg of morphine intravenously stat. Mr George was rushed to emergency theatre and a Urologist, Miss O’Donnell, called to surgically repair the damaged urethra. During the operation Mr George went into cardiac arrest and died.

When Giovanni and Maria arrived at the hospital to see their father, RN Sriya asked “Didn’t they call you? He died in the operation”. Maria was understandably angry and upset and stated “No one called me! I am going to sue the hospital and Professor Charcot for negligence, and I am going to the coroner, media, and escalating this as far as I can take it!”.

The case study is designed to prompt your thinking and analysis of the various legal issues/considerations that may arise in health care. Please note that you are not asked to provide a personal view of the case study. The purpose of the essay is to present a coherent argument for the legal considerations that are relevant to the case study. This essay provides an opportunity for you to demonstrate in-depth understanding, and sound, logical and academic argument to support your thoughtful position on the legal considerations present in the scenario.

Structure: Your essay should follow the parameters of the marking rubric; You may use subheadings to develop your paper; The suggested assessment structure in line

- Introduction: should clearly introduce the assessment task and provide an outline of your essay

- Main body: the argument for each of the legal considerations is developed logically & demonstrates critical analysis. It is recommended that the body of your essay is separated into the three legal issues.

Conclusion: summarises the main points of your essay.

Solution

Introduction

In Australia, both the government and the private sector provide healthcare. The Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia (NMBA) registration is mandatory for nurses seeking employment in Australia. Every Australian nurse must adhere to the NMBA's code of conduct. This article outlines the professional and ethical requirements for Australian nurses. The nursing profession is controlled by both customary and legislative laws. These laws include the Nurses Act, the Health Practitioner Regulation National Law, and the Privacy Act, among others (Harrison, 2018). Common law is the body of law that develops through judicial decisions. Professor Charcot often disregarded the responsibility of care he owed to Mr. George. He failed to get Mr. George's consent for the therapy, performed surgery on the improper level of the spine, and threatened and mistreated RN Sriya throughout the procedure. During each of these complications, the patient was anaesthetized.

The hospital's incapacity to provide its patients with adequate care may also be asserted. The hospital did not take sufficient measures to verify that the required authorization form was filled out and that Sriya, the RN, had enough training in the implantation of urinary catheters. Furthermore, no effort was taken to inform Mr. George of the potential risks associated with the treatment. The complaint must establish that the alleged loss or damage was directly caused by the alleged breach of duty (Dixit & Sambasivan, 2018).

Legal Issue 1: Negligence

Specialists, such as surgeons, may often commit the tort of negligence on the job. The term "tort" is often used to refer to reckless behaviour. It happens when a professional breaches their duty of care and causes damage to a patient. The patient alleges professional negligence has the burden of proving that the professional owed them a duty of care, that the obligation was breached, and that the loss or harm was caused by the breach.

A professional has a reasonable duty of care to the patient under their care, which requires them to take all reasonable precautions to avoid harming the patient. Regarding surgery, this entails taking all necessary steps to guarantee that the right patient receives the correct therapy and that the patient is aware of any potential dangers (Buss et al., 2018).

In this scenario, Professor Charcot's actions might be seen as a breach of his duty of care owed to Mr. George. The first problem was that he was unable to convince Mr. George to agree to the therapy. The second error was operating on the wrong portion of the patient's spine. Thirdly, he failed to inform RN Sriya about Mr. George's possibly fatal allergy to morphine. Fourth, he persistently harassed and intimidated RN Chan.

In addition, due to Mr. George, the hospital may have violated its duty of care on many occasions. It did not thoroughly verify that a legitimate authorization form was submitted and signed. The second worry is that RN Sriya was not adequately screened to ensure she has the required skills to insert urinary catheters (Rosebrock et al., 2020). Thirdly, nothing was done to ensure that Mr. George was informed of the dangers involved with the procedure, which would have been considered reasonable under the circumstances. The complaint must establish that the alleged loss or damage was directly caused by the alleged breach of duty. In this case, the loss or damage at issue is Mr. George's death. If Professor Charcot hadn't been so careless, Mr. George would be alive and well today. If he had gotten adequate care and been informed of the risks, he could have lived. If the hospital had been more responsible, Mr. George may still be alive today. Mr. George would have gotten proper care, a valid permission form would have been completed, and he would have been informed of the possible hazards of the surgery if the hospital had been more diligent.

The Health and Safety at Work Act of 1974 (HSWA 1974) mandates that companies preserve the health and safety of their employees at work. This obligation for assignment help involves protecting workers from intimidation and harassment (Chun Tie et al., 2018). It is hard to establish whether the hospital exceeded its obligation by failing to take adequate safeguards to protect RN Sriya from intimidation and harassment by Professor Charcot. Alternatively, it is likely that the hospital ignored this requirement.Under the Health and Safety at Work etc. Act of 1974, employers are required to ensure the health, safety, and welfare of their employees in the workplace to the greatest degree practical (HSWA, 1974). This duty comprises safeguarding employees against intimidation and harassment in the workplace. It is arguable whether the hospital breached its duty by failing to take enough safeguards to protect RN Sriya from intimidation and harassment by Professor Charcot. It is possible, however, that medical workers neglected their responsibility.

Professionals, such as surgeons, may incur the tort of negligence in the course of their employment. Liability results from a violation of the professional's duty of care to the patient, which results in the patient suffering some kind of harm. Patients who allege medical professionals broke a duty of care due to them must also demonstrate that the violation directly resulted in the losses or damages they're seeking compensation for.

A professional owes their patient a duty of reasonable care, which entails doing all in their power to prevent the patient from suffering any damage that may reasonably be expected to result from the professional's actions. For a surgeon, this means taking all necessary precautions before surgery, such as checking the patient's identity and medical history to make sure they are a good candidate for the treatment and explaining the potential dangers to the patient.

The most common tort faced by healthcare personnel is carelessness. The patient may suffer physical hurt, pathological harm, mental harm, or even death as a consequence of the nurse's carelessness. Damages are incurred when something terrible happens, such as an accident induced by medical treatment that prolongs a patient's hospital stay and/or leaves them permanently incapacitated after discharge, or even causes death. This sequence of events begins with the imposition of a duty of care and continues through the exercise of inadequate or non-existent care (henceforth termed "negligence"), the occurrence of an adverse event, and the inflicting of injury. In cases of negligence or wrongdoing, the court may award damages to the injured party. In some circumstances, a negligent person may be held accountable for compensating damages to compensate for economic or non-economic losses, in addition to extraordinary damages. Long ago, carelessness was characterized by common law. In 2002, in response to the conclusions of Justice Ipp, all Australian jurisdictions enacted Civil Liability Acts with provisions addressing medico-legal malpractice (Cross& Cross, 2020).

Employers have a responsibility to protect their workers' health, safety, and welfare as much as possible under the Health and Safety at Work Act of 1974 (HSWA). This obligation includes safeguarding workers from hostile work environments. It might be argued that the hospital in this instance failed in its obligation to safeguard RN Sriya from the bullying and harassment of Professor Charcot.

The obligation to guarantee, so far as is practically feasible, the health, safety, and welfare of workers at work is imposed on employers by the Health and Safety at Work etc. Act 1974 (HSWA 1974). This obligation includes taking measures to prevent bullying and harassment of staff members. It might be argued that the hospital in this instance failed in its obligation to provide RN Sriya with enough protection from the bullying and harassment of Professor Charcot.

Patients like Mr. George who have been injured by unintended side effects may or may not choose to file a lawsuit. Patients who successfully obtained compensation may not have been under the supervision of a nurse at the time of the occurrence. Unbelievably frequent prescription errors and failures to recognize negative consequences among Australian healthcare practitioners are among the most serious concerns affecting the nation's patients. There is a surprising mismatch between the reported occurrence of medical misbehaviour and the amount of money paid out in settlements, according to new statistics on negligence claims in Australia. according to current research, the number of new claims submitted has decreased, or the pace of new claims has remained constant (Kirkegaard et al., 2022). The effectiveness of conflict resolution is growing. There is tension between the need to maintain a high standard of care and the prevalent practice of rewarding patients for unexpected outcomes. In contrast to their colleagues in New Zealand, who have access to a no-fault medical reparations scheme, health professionals in Australia must adhere to common law and statute-based negligence regimes.

As a basis for responsibility, carelessness is rapidly extending to all spheres of human activity and is today the most important and pervasive tort. In recent decades, the legal notion of carelessness has expanded to include economic loss and psychological illnesses in addition to bodily suffering and property damage. In order to achieve justice and lessen the burden on society as a whole, it was difficult but necessary to develop a legal system that is both predictable and consistent.

Despite the fact that each doctor has a unique set of beliefs and values, they are all bound by a set of professional standards that serve as the foundation of their work. Doctors must always act in the best interests of their patients and adhere to the most stringent standards of safe and effective care. They must be dependable and possess a solid moral compass. Patients have faith in their doctors because they perceive them to possess not just the required medical expertise, but also exemplary character traits such as honesty, dependability, and compassion. Patients have confidence in their doctors and expect them to safeguard their confidentiality. Physicians are obligated to safeguard and enhance their patients and the general public's health. In a successful medical facility, the patient’s needs are always first. Medical practitioners must recognize that each patient is unique and collaborate with patients to adjust therapy to each individual's requirements and goals. This requires cultural awareness, which includes knowing and respecting one's own culture and values as well as those of others, and recognizing that cultural differences may affect the doctor-patient interaction and the delivery of health care. Every aspect of safe and effective medical care requires superior communication (Sotomayor-Castillo et al., 2021).

Legal Issue 2: Misconduct

The "right to be treated with dignity and respect" refers to a patient's legal entitlement to treatment that respects and upholds their inherent worth as a person. Patients have the freedom to refuse medical practitioners' degrading or disrespectful treatment. This privilege was thus created for this purpose (Broom et al., 2022). Professor Charcot was the aggressor in the continuous bullying and harassment issue between RN Chan and Professor Charcot.

A physician is not required to provide care to anybody who seeks it, but he must be prepared to meet injured or unwell patients at any time. His duty is to offer compassionate treatment to his patients. Unless required by law, the confidentiality of a patient's medical records must always be maintained. Without exaggerating or trivializing, he must convey the gravity of the patient's illness. Once a patient has been admitted to the hospital, they must not be forgotten (Fisher et al., 2022).

When decisions concerning terminal care are made without comprehensive information or without engaging the patient or the patient's family, both ethics and the law are put to the test. Certain decisions regarding Mr. George seem to have been made without his complete consent or awareness. In addition, it seems that Mr. George and his family were not supplied with crucial information, which led them to believe they had been misled and lose faith in the medical professionals' abilities to care for them (Zheng et al., 2021).

Respecting the dying person's right to autonomy is crucial while making decisions concerning their care. Patients should participate in treatment decisions to the extent that they are able and willing to do so. Consent based on education is a crucial part of this operation, and it is essential that the patient has all the information necessary to make an educated decision. If the patient is incapable of making decisions, family members should be included.It seems that Mr. George was not given sufficient information to make an informed decision about the treatment he would receive. This is troublesome given the circumstances since it suggests that his autonomy was not respected (Minnican& O’Toole, 2020). In addition, it seems that Giovanni was not given all the information he need to make an informed decision on his father's treatment. In the case of an emergency, Giovanni would not have been able to make an informed decision on his father's resuscitation, which is problematic for a variety of reasons.

It is feasible for doctors, nurses, and other medical professionals to use their specialized knowledge outside of their regular work environment. Some physicians may not fully appreciate the responsibilities of medical professionals outside of their expertise. If there is no established therapeutic relationship between a doctor and patient and the doctor has no intention of aiding, one of three outcomes may occur (Gao, 2021). It is conceivable for a doctor to assert they are one but refuse to assist in any way, to acknowledge they are one but refuse to identify themselves as one, or to vehemently deny they are one. Regardless of ethical problems, a physician's actions and public image may have significant legal consequences. Elements of state legislation related to legal duties to aid, which vary widely from state to state, have been recommended for national study and revision.

The doctor-patient relationship can only endure if both parties adhere to the highest professional standards. This needs impeccable manners, respect for others, compassion, and honesty, all of which must be shown. Keeping in mind that every patient is unique Except for exceptional circumstances such as where disclosure is required by law or is in the public interest, respecting patients' right to privacy and keeping their medical information confidential. Patients and, if appropriate, their family members who help them manage their health care should be encouraged and supported in their attempts to become active participants in their own health care (Burström, 2022). Supporting and assisting patients in their efforts to improve their health literacy and make decisions based on enhanced information about their conditions and treatment options is essential in patient care. recognizing the power dynamic between doctor and patient and abstaining from exploiting the patient in any manner (including but not limited to physical, emotional, sexual, or financial means). When a doctor and patient are able to communicate successfully, their connection becomes stronger. This means not just listening to the patient, but also responding to their health-related worries and goals. You should inquire about your patients' use of conventional, alternative, and complementary therapy, as well as any other health recommendations. They should include any other health recommendations they have received. Patients should be given enough opportunity to contest or reject intervention and treatment, and they should be informed of the nature and need of all aspects of their clinical care, including exams and investigations. The process of teaching patients about their illness and available treatment options, including the advantages and disadvantages of each (Vardoulakis, 2021). Assuring that the patient has understood the information provided and is aware of any significant risks associated with any component of the treatment plan suggested for their illness. When possible, accommodate patients' special linguistic, cultural, and communication needs, and be aware of how these needs affect patients' ability to comprehend what is being communicated; respond to patients' questions and keep them abreast of the progression of their clinical condition. Learn about and use qualified language interpreters and cultural interpreters to meet the linguistic and cultural needs of your patients. The Department of Immigration and Citizenship provides a website providing information about government-funded translation services in Australia (Allen et al., 2020).

When all employees involved in a patient's care are able to communicate efficiently and treat one another with respect and compassion, the quality of care offered to the patient is enhanced. Transparent, efficient, amicable, and prompt communication with the other medical personnel and doctors caring for the patient is essential to the success of medical practice. recognizing and celebrating the efforts of everyone involved in a patient's care Maintaining a professional and courteous manner at all times, particularly while conversing online with coworkers. suggesting, allocating, and transferring work to others You may delegate care by requesting another healthcare practitioner to treat the patient in your place; but, you will retain ultimate responsibility for the patient's health (Kirkegaard et al., 2022). If a patient needs a second opinion or specialized care, their primary care physician may refer them to a specialist. When you refer a patient, you normally delegate (at least a portion of) the patient's care to another medical professional, either temporarily or permanently, depending on the circumstances, such as when the patient requires treatment outside of your area of expertise. The phrase "handover" refers to the transfer of full responsibility for patient care from one healthcare practitioner to another. A good medical practice consists of taking all steps to ensure that the individual you are entrusting with a task has the training, skills, and experience to provide the level of care you expect (Osborn et al., 2022). Remember that even if you absolve yourself of responsibility for the choices and actions of those to whom you delegate authority, you will still be held accountable for the overall care of the patient and your decision to distribute authority. This is true despite the fact that you will absolve yourself of accountability for the behaviour of people to whom you have delegated power. Never break the chain of continuous care for a patient by failing to provide pertinent information about the patient and the necessary treatment by failing to give the necessary information.
Legal Issue 3: Consent

In this instance, the nurses' actions have far-reaching ramifications that may be pursued via the judicial system. According to all parties concerned, Mr. George did not provide authorization for the procedure that was performed on him. Because his rights have been infringed, he may opt to file a lawsuit against the hospital and the physician. Consent based on education is a crucial part of this operation, and it is essential that the patient has all the information necessary to make an educated decision. Certain choices concerning Mr. George were made without his knowledge or consent (James et al., 2021). It had a bad influence on him as a result. This is troublesome given the circumstances since it suggests that his autonomy was not respected. Mr. George's experience highlights the need of making ethically and legally sound choices regarding end-of-life care. It is essential to respect patients' preferences and give them all the information they want to make an informed decision (Penman & Tighe, 2019).

As the situation presents, it is debatable whether or not Professor Charcot acted responsibly toward Mr. George. The first problem was that he didn't bother to get Mr. George's approval for the operation. Second, he cut into the patient's spine at the improper level. Third, he didn't do enough to make sure RN Sriya knew of Mr. George's morphine sensitivity. And last, he harassed and threatened RN Chan. The hospital may have broken its duty of care to Mr. George in various ways. To begin with, it didn't check to see whether the right permission form was signed. Second, it didn't check whether RN Sriya had had enough instruction on how to place urinary catheters. Third, it didn't do enough to warn Mr. George about potential complications from the operation. All of the plaintiff's suffering must have resulted from the defendant's alleged breach of duty. The death of Mr. George is the alleged loss or injury in this lawsuit. It might be argued that if Professor Charcot had followed protocol and warned Mr. George of the potential dangers, Mr. George would still be alive today. Mr. George may not have died if he had received the appropriate treatment, signed the appropriate permission form, and been informed of the potential consequences of his decision, all of which were overlooked due to the hospital's carelessness.

Consent is one of the mandatory requirements in a healthcare setting as it ensures the patient or the particular individual is aware of the actions that will be considered. It will help to avoid legal tribunals in case of any misery. From the following case study, it has been observed that Professor Charcot was too much arrogant and without any consent, he performs critical surgery to the patient Mr. George. After the action, the patient encountered severe physical issues due to the inability to urinate and died facing severe pain and medical complexity. It also indicates a lack of duty of care which is a major legal issue. As per the study of Yildirim et al, (2021), it is mandatory for any medical professionals to sign proper consent before proceeding with medical operations that might lead to serious consequences. The same is missing in the case which was found the very next day when RN Sriya was on duty for the next shift. Due to such actions, the family members and relatives claim that they will lodge complaints against all the staff. Despite informing by juniors about the consent the professor acts in his own interest. It is clearly a violation of National Human Right Committee guidelines. Therefore, as per this regulatory and legal framework also the medical practitioner is responsible for the punishable offences.

Considering the perception of the family members l, they are not wrong as none of them is informed about the consent or any of them are not aware of the serious condition or death of the patient. Here, the legal issue associated with lack of duty of care also comes into the picture. As opined by Waterhouse, (2019), the guidelines of "duty of care" clearly indicate that if any casualties occur due to any kind of negligence of individuals assigned in the responsibility, then the other party can sue. Hence, as per this rule, the hospital authorities might face serious legal consequences if the family members of Mr. George claim. However, the claim will be much stronger if it will be against the professor because from the case study it has been found that he is the main culprit.

Informed consent clearly indicates that both parties agree with the terms and conditions along with the consequences of the actions (Nouwens et al. 2020). In the following case, there is no question about the acceptance as no consent has been provided. Apart from that, there was also no verbal confirmation from the patient on the basis of which the entire result can be considered a consequence of the contract. Apart from that, as per the contract law, all medical professionals must check all patient-related documentation before considering any serious actions. In the current case scenario, it has been found that rather than checking the updated medical records the professor had considered the treatment actions that finally resulted in the death of the patient. Therefore, as per the contract law also the professor is guilty.

The case study reflects that there is a linguistic barrier associated with Mr. George as he was unable to understand English properly. As per the knowledge of Gerke et al., (2020), any linguistic challenge makes informed consent invalid as it does not serve the purpose of complete understanding. Hence, in that case, it was the responsibility of the medical professionals at the health care to elaborate everything to the patient. Then the criteria of verbal acceptance can be fulfilled which might lead to less legal trouble. Apart from that, it was also the responsibility of the medical professionals to discuss everything in front of the translator. Then it would make the understanding level superior that could be better to fulfil the criteria for informed consent.

From the case study it has been observed that l, there is no concern about the perception of Mr. George. Medical professionals execute their work as per their own interests. It is also a violation of consent guidelines. According to Döhlaet al. (2020), informed consent endures all the actions or experimentation that will be done, with the permission of the individual. As approval is missing in the case, therefore, it can be also counted as a legal issue associated with the context of consent.

The case study indicates that the professor threatened RN Chan with interference. It was her duty to inform the professor as well as it also falls under the basic rights considering the health and safety of the patient. The self-biased mentality in this case causes the severe problem of a patient's death. Therefore, such offence must be punishable as per the available legal guidelines. Moreover, the operating process of healthcare also needs to be changed to ensure the avoidance of such incidents in future.

Vulnerable people and groups are other aspects associated with the case of Mr. George. In this case, the professor protects his own interest through unethical actions rather than the actual actions that need to be considered. As per the study of Coleman et al. (2022), healthcare professionals must serve community interests rather than their own to match the nationalised treatment standards. Hence, considering this legal aspect also the professor is solely liable for the situation of Mr. George.

By analysing all the aspects, it can be stated that the family members need to lodge complaints specifically against the professor rather than all individuals to get a better response. Apart from that, the healthcare authorities need to organize investigations into the professor and consider strict punishments for such actions. It will help to prevent such unwanted events in future and avoid any legal obstacles in the operations.

- The nurses conduct in this instance have a lot of potential legal ramifications.

The problem of permission comes up first. Mr. George obviously did not provide informed permission before his procedure. This is a potential violation of his legal rights, which might result in a lawsuit for compensation.

The second problem is the CT scan. Whether or if Mr. George gave his permission for this surgery is unclear. If he didn't, the hospital may be in violation of federal law for executing an intrusive surgery without permission.

The urinary catheter is a problem, which brings us to point number three. Evidently, the nurse in question lacked the skills essential to perform a proper catheter insertion. The resulting anguish was so severe that it ultimately proved fatal for Mr. George. There is a possibility that the hospital may be held responsible for any damages that occur because of their carelessness.

The surgeon's actions are a problem, which brings us to our fourth point. The surgeon's behaviour toward the nurse constituted bullying and harassment, given his hostile and insulting tone. The nurse may file a lawsuit as a result of this.

Mr. George's passing is a last concern. This happened because the surgeon and hospital workers were careless. The hospital and the doctor might be held liable for Mr. George's family's suffering.

Conclusion

In this instance, the nurses' actions have far-reaching ramifications that may be pursued via the judicial system. To start, there is the problem of permission requests. According to all parties concerned, Mr. George did not provide authorization for the procedure that was performed on him. As a result of this infringement of his legal rights, he is entitled to monetary compensation. The second issue is a fault with the completed CT scan. Unknown is Mr. George's level of collaboration with this operation. If he hadn't given his consent, the hospital may face legal implications for performing an invasive procedure on a patient without his consent. In the third situation, the urinary catheter represents a major concern. Clearly, the nurse lacked the required expertise to insert the catheter into the patient. Mr. George passed away as a result of his trauma. The hospital may be held accountable for negligent treatment given the circumstances. Fourthly, the surgeon's behaviour is unsettling. The surgeon's behaviour toward the nurse, which included being rude and disrespectful, might be seen as an attempt to intimidate or harass the nurse. A nurse in this situation may choose to file a lawsuit against the medical institution for compensation. The final issue is Mr. George's passing. This happened due to the carelessness of the medical personnel and surgeon. The family of Mr. George may file a lawsuit against the hospital and the doctor for compensation.

References 

NURBN1015 Introduction to Evidence-based Practice and Research Assignment Sample

Assignment Brief

This assessment task requires you to build on the evidence you summarised and evaluated in Assessment task 2a in order to respond to the clinical question in the form of an essay. The clinical question you chose for task 2a must be used for assessment task 2b. You will need to use at least SIX (6) peer-reviewed primary research articles in total. THREE (3) of these articles will be the three you used in the annotated bibliography, and you need to source at least THREE MORE articles yourself.

CLINICAL SCENARIO CHOICE – USE THE SAME CHOICE AS TASK 2A

Choose the same topic you used to complete Assessment tasks 2a.

Clinical scenario choice 1: Pressure injury prevention

Dario is a student nurse working in an aged care facility and is looking after Mr George Florentine an 82-year old man who suffered a stroke four months ago. He is not able to mobilise without assistance. It was handed over that Mr Florentine needs re-positioning every 2 hours. However, Dario’s buddy nurse says that is not necessary as he has a pressure relieving mattress.

Clinical scenario choice 2: Nutrition in wound healing

Amelia is a student nurse working in a residential facility caring for Iris Johnson a 92-year-old female with a ulcerative wound to her left lateral malleolus. The ulcer is 2cm in diameter and sloughy in appearance with minimal hemoserous exudate. Iris has been prescribed vitamin D and folic acid supplements to help with the healing process; however Amelia’s buddy nurse says that this is silly because nutrition has nothing to do with wound healing.

WORD LIMIT

The word limit is 1500 words (+/- 10%). The reference list is not included in the word count. In-text citations are included in the word count.

ESSAY STRUCTURE

The ‘applying evidence to practice’ essay is to be written using an essay structure with an introduction, a body, and a conclusion. The essay format provides you the opportunity to concisely present the findings from the research articles that directly respond to the clinical question/s, compare and contrast the findings, and then apply what is known to your own clinical nursing practice.

The essay should be structured as follows - do not include headings/subheadings in your submission:

Write the clinical question you have developed from the chosen scenario at the top of your essay – this is your essay title.

Introduction: Word limit allocation (approximately) 150 words

What to include
Introduce the topic (the clinical question you are answering), outline the scope of the paper (what you will cover) e.g., evidence-based strategies, how they are applied and evaluated (follow the paragraph topics below)

Paragraph 1: Word limit allocation (approximately) 300 words

What to include

What new knowledge from the research studies can be applied to improve nursing care or patient outcomes?
Compare and contrast findings – paragraph 1.

Paragraph 2: Word limit allocation (approximately) 300 words

What to include

Compare and contrast findings – paragraph 2.

Paragraph 3: Word limit allocation (approximately) 300 words

What to include

Apply this new knowledge from paragraphs 1 and 2 to nursing practice: What strategies will you use to implement new knowledge into patient care?

Paragraph 4: Word limit allocation (approximately) 300 words

What to include

State the methods you can use to demonstrate that nursing practice or patient care is improved.

Conclusion: Word limit allocation (approximately) 150 words

What to include

Summary of the main points
Reference list: (Not included in word count)
Include all references used in text in APA 7th style
Total word count = 1500 (+/-10%)

ESSAY PREENTATION GUIDELINES

Solution

Brief introduction

Immobility, such as that brought on by protracted bed rest at a medical facility, can lead to pressure injuries also termed as bedsores. Most pressure injuries are preventable, and they contribute significantly to patient treatment needs in the healthcare industry. Pressure damage is included on the national list of hospital acquired problems (HACs). The national list of 16 HACs is the product of a detailed methodology that involves literature reviews, clinical interaction, and concept testing with both public and private institutions (Hajhosseini et al., 2020). The hips, heels, tailbone, elbows, head, and ankles are among the skeletal parts of the body that are commonly the locations of these injuries. Pressure injuries can be treated in a number of ways, depending on the stage. Once the wound's stage and severity have been determined, it must be cleaned, frequently with a saline solution (Dalvand et al., 2018). After being cleaned, the wound has to be kept clean, moist, and properly wrapped. To cover the wound, the doctor may select from a range of bandages. This assignment would help to understand the preventive measures that must be taken to prevent the chances of pressure injury.

Body paragraph 1

Topic sentence: Keeping the skin clean and clear of bodily fluids can prevent pressure injury

Evidence: The first stage in skin care is routine assessment of the skin itself. In high-friction areas, patients and/or caregivers should pay careful attention to the skin and keep it dry, clean, and protected from pressure injuries by keeping an eye out for early warning signs (especially at high-pressure spots). Sensors can alert patients or caregivers to any changes in the environment that can make pressure injuries more likely to occur (Jiang et al., 2020). These sophisticated monitoring techniques include pressure mapping and real-time patient monitoring. This is an opportunity for early management and the reduction of pressure injuries for assignment help.

The following best practices for skin care in this patient population are recommended are every day, examining the skin, moisturizing at least twice daily to keep the lipid barriers functioning optimally, using additional skin barriers if the patient experiences incontinence, cleansing, rinsing, and drying the skin after incontinence or when there is too much moisture present, to cushion and protect sensitive areas, using the appropriate therapies, and whenever necessary, or every two hours, changing into breathable clothes (Cox et al., 2018). Dressings are one pressure ulcer therapy strategy. There are many different types of dressings, and they can range widely in price (Sala et al., 2021). Hydrogel dressing is one type of available dressing. The high-water content of hydrogel dressings keeps ulcers moist, preventing them from drying out. According to popular belief, wet wounds heal more quickly than dry ones. Numerous research has examined the possibility that hydrogel dressings for pressure ulcers have a faster rate of healing than other kinds of dressings or topical treatments (Alderden et al., 2018).

Body paragraph 2

Topic sentence: Pressure Redistribution resulting in pressure relief might help to prevent pressure injury

Evidence: Pressure injuries can be avoided by controlling friction and shear. There are mainly two approaches to doing this. The first step entails choosing the optimum materials for the patient's surroundings and support surfaces like beds, mattresses, and cushions. Equal weight redistribution is another goal of these support surfaces. The choice of fabric can also significantly affect how much mechanical stress the patient receives; for instance, it has been demonstrated that textiles made of silk have far lower friction forces than fabrics made of cotton (Padula et al., 2019). On pressure redistribution surfaces, skin contact is increased, resulting in a continuous, even IP. The best material for foam and low-air-loss mattresses is this one. Polyurethane foams that are lightweight are made to contour to the patient's body and account for pressure points in certain areas. With pressure redistribution incorporated directly into their characteristic shapes, cut-foam mattresses and laminated surfaces are only two examples of the increasingly sophisticated material architectures that have resulted from this. Low pressure treatment mattresses also offer pressure redistribution since they continually circulate low air pressure throughout the mattress to spread the user's weight. It is comparable to low air loss therapy, with the exception that the air is kept in the mattress to prevent full deflation when the pump is switched off (Cox et al., 2020). Pressure relief effectively prevents pressure accumulations by focusing on high pressure areas of the body. These surfaces typically contain air-filled cells that might expand and contract based on the surrounding conditions (Fulbrook et al., 2019). For instance, it may be useful to regularly reduce pressure in the lowest third of the mattress if the patient's heels and lower legs are more prone to pressure sores when lying on a mattress. In this case, alternate-air technology can be useful. This cyclical mechanism uniformly distributes pressure over the mattress in response to the patient's needs, reducing the chance of pressure buildups for a lengthy period of time (which also gives the mattress an undulating IP measurement).

Body paragraph 3

Topic sentence: Repositioning of the patient would help to reduce pressure injury

Evidence: Another element of effectively managing mechanical stress is repositioning the patient as needed, ideally every two hours (Sharp et al., 2019). To alert the patient or the staff when repositioning is necessary, auditory aids like alarms or sensors may be used. Repositioning may also be assisted by tools, pillows, or slings that make it easier to move the patient. The application of pressure mapping technologies can also help with patient positioning. This device enhances the visual assessment of a patient's skin by examining the cellular-level processes and biomarkers connected to the early formation of pressure ulcers (De Meyer et al., 2019). Patient positioning includes maintaining neutral body alignment in compliance with the requirements of the treatment. It is accomplished by preventing hyperextension and excessive lateral rotation. Because it lowers the possibility of harm and the negative effects of immobility, proper patient placement is an essential aspect of nursing. Correct patient positioning optimizes exposure to the treatment region while minimizing exposure. Furthermore, there is no evidence that gradually shifting one's position or weight would affect how much pressure is applied at the contact between the sacrum and buttocks (Yap et al., 2022). However, there is evidence that even little adjustments to weight or posture can have an impact on the gravitational equilibrium. Further research must be done to determine how well modest modifications to weight or posture might minimize pressure injuries in patients receiving critical care.

Body paragraph 4

Topic sentence: Usage of medical devices and physical barriers can prevent pressure injury

Evidence: Any object that comes into contact with the patient's skin might result in a pressure injury. This is compounded worse in the pediatric inpatient environment where device-related pressure injuries account for the majority of all pediatric pressure injuries due to the underdeveloped skin barrier and decreased tissue tolerance (Lin et al., 2020). As medical care becomes more complex and includes more devices, nurses must effectively assess patients' requirements and protect patients' skin from getting device-related pressure injuries. creating a physical barrier that shields moisture and irritants from the skin's health and regeneration. By producing a transparent barrier, the wipes lessen diaper rash and skin irritation caused by incontinence without altering the absorbency of incontinence products (Padula et al., 2021). Barrier wipes have been shown to minimize redness and discomfort when used in diaper cares by avoiding breakdown and may be applied similarly to traditional barrier lotions. Barrier wipes do not need to be removed and permit ongoing integumentary examinations.

In addition to the aforementioned fundamental measures, patients and caregivers should pay particular attention to food and water. People who are undernourished are far more susceptible to get pressure injuries. A healthy diet that is balanced, enough hydration, and the use of supplements as needed can all significantly reduce the incidence of pressure injuries in patients (Munoz et al., 2020).

Brief conclusion

From the above discussion it can be concluded that pressure injuries occur when pressure causes a localized damage to the underlying skin and soft tissue. Hospitals and long-term care facilities continue to have a lot of concerns about these skin and soft tissue injuries. They are costly for patients and in the healthcare system, and they have a detrimental effect on patients' quality of life. If the considerable morbidity and death rates linked to these pressure injuries are to be avoided, they must be immediately identified and treated. When different kinds of tension are applied to the skin's surface, a pressure injury happens. When dealing with a pressure injury, infection prevention is essential. If the wound becomes infected, the rest of the body might be in risk. Pressure injuries should be avoided whenever practical since they could have a negative effect on patient outcomes. The first measures in preventing pressure injuries are a comprehensive skin assessment and suitable skin care. Making a management decision for pressure injuries will be aided by the assessment of patients upon arrival. Care plans may also include other things like moisturizing the skin, protecting bony prominences, shielding it from dampness, redistributing pressure, and more.

References

PUBH7033 Foundations of Public Health Assignment Sample

Assignment Details

12 – 15 references should be included in the literature review.

Need to select two contrasting determinants to make title of report. Chose different title than sample report.

Title (10 words)

- Introduction -100-150 words

- The health status of [insert your chosen population] (approximately 150 words)

- Social determinants and their influence on the health outcomes of [insert your chosen population] (approximately 300 words)

- How these social determinants interact with each other to impact health outcomes of [your chosen population] (approximately 300 words)

- Conclusion (approximately 100-150 Words)

- Academic Honesty and Integrity (approximately 150-200 words)

Types of social determinant of health
(Please take notes of what are some starting points to discuss under)

- Education
- Health Literacy
- Class
- Gender
- Culture
- Employment
- Location
- Social Exclusion
- Restricted Finance
- Discrimination

Solution

Introduction

Indigenous people in Australia have experienced great suffering in the last two hundred years of the history of Australia since the arrival of the Europeans accompanied by genocide, subjugation, dispossession, segregation and the introduction of European diseases. This had a huge impact on the Aboriginals and Torres Strait Islanders who made up the majority of Australia's indigenous population, saw their numbers plummet by more than 90% during the next 200 years (Jalata, 2013). The aim of this literature review has been steered to comprehend the long-term effects of Racism and Health Literacy among the Indigenous population of Australia. The literature review discusses the effects of social determinants like racism and lower levels of health literacy among the indigenous population like Aboriginals and Torres Strait Islanders for assignment help.

Health Status of the Indigenous Australian population

Research has indicated that before European colonisation more than 15,000 indigenous inhabitants of Australia used to live in Victoria, but that figure was devastatingly shrunken to a meagre 850 by the year 1901(Russell, 2015). This is evidence of the institutional and interpersonal racism that the indigenous Australian people have faced over the years and continue to face in present times. This has reduced their socioeconomic status drastically along with their exclusion from land ownership and economic rights. It has been found that the life expectancy gap between Indigenous men and women is 8 years lower than the non-indigenous population (AIHW, 2021). There are numerous researches that depict institutional racism as the basic determinant of health among the indigenous Australian population, yet most of the existing aspect in today's discourse based on racism completely denies its existence (Kairuz, et al., 2020). The indigenous population of Australia is burdened with diseases twice that of their non-indigenous counterparts which include chronic ailments, mental illness, respiratory, cardiovascular diseases and renal as some of the main concerns. The life expectancy of Aboriginals and Torres Strait Islanders remains to be 17 years lower than other Australian populations (Marmot, 2011).

Social Determinants and their influence on the health outcomes of the Indigenous Population of Australia

Racism

Institutional Racism has led to the suppression of political efforts in addressing racism while making a way to strengthen racism within society and communities. 17% of the Indigenous adult population in the state of Victoria have experienced racism from 2011 to 2014 when compared to the non-indigenous population (4.5%) have been found in a study. This shows that indigenous adults are four times more probable to experience racism than non-indigenous people in Australia. These statistics increased by 7 times when the experience of racism by Indigenous Australians was compared with the largely white Anglo-Celtic origin people of Australia as only 2.8% of them had experienced racism which was mostly based on the religious background rather than ethnicity, race or culture (Markwick, et al., 2019).

In research, it has been found that there is an association between health outcomes and racism depending on the severity of racism experienced as indigenous people who have been racially abused severely had a higher risk of psychological distress (Markwick, et al., 2019). Racism has been associated with numerous health issues through research like depression, sleeping difficulties, hyperactivity, obesity, asthma and cigarette consumption among indigenous adults and children (Kairuz, et al., 2021).

Health Literacy

Health literacy has been defined as a social construct where the ability or skill of a person to understand the basic services and information regarding healthcare is limited while being unable to decide on suitable resolutions regarding health concerns (Liu, et al., 2020). There is very little exploration of the effects of health literacy on the indigenous population of Australia but they indicate the significantly lower score in education attainment, numeracy scores and school-based literacy programs than the general population of Australia. The indigenous Australians experience hindrances in an array of socio-economic pointers like employment, education and income and thus making them highly susceptible to lower individual health literacy (ACSQHC, 2014). One of the prime reasons for the exhibition of low health literacy among indigenous Australians is the difficulty in understanding, navigating or accessing mainstream healthcare systems as the healthcare system is not designed concerning the culture or language of the indigenous people. The healthcare providers do not try to understand their traditional healing techniques and are culturally sensitive about such issues. Thus, making it one of the prime reasons for the lack of propagation of health literacy among the indigenous people (Thewes, et al., 2018).

Interactions between Racism and Heath Literacy for the Indigenous population in Australia

There is significant racism directed towards indigenous Australians which cannot be attributed to any specific determinant like lifestyle risk factors or socioeconomic status. The policymaking approach which is characterised by human rights aimed at eliminating interpersonal and institutional racism towards indigenous Australians is dominated by a paternalistic approach which in turn reinforces inequalities and racism within the policies rather than eliminating them (AHRC, 2015). The government with its initiatives like the "Close the Gap" initiative has considerably failed to accomplish what it was intended for and such inadequacies in bureaucratic requirements had not been accounted for the cultural differences among the indigenous people. The Indigenous Australians do not have the right to proclaim their right to accept information and unbiased treatment as racism is deeply seated within the bureaucracy of the healthcare system. The health providers and government have also been found to have normalised policies and practices which tried to discriminate against the Indigenous Australians irrespective of their level of health literacy (Durey & Thompson, 2012).

Because of a lack of health literacy, indigenous patients have difficulty understanding terminologies when dealing with primary care providers, which leads to a lack of follow-up care. The lack of cultural sensitivity among primary care providers can be classified as a form of interpersonal racism. It displays the rescindment of accountability for unacceptablehealth literacy communication towards indigenous people and disdain for their cultural associations within the healthcare system. This displays a form of interpersonal and institutional racism against indigenous people and also the existing lack of heath literary education among the indigenous population (Henry, Houston, & Mooney, 2004).

Conclusion

The Australian government needs to respect the connection between racism and health literacy as the former needs to be abolished institutionally and the latter needs to be reinforced within the healthcare systems. Problems of racism and paternalistic approach to policymaking have been discovered within the government policies is the biggest challenge, which has been forcing the indigenous people to adapt or wither away rather than trying to understand their predicament. The report suggests that without abolishing institutional and interpersonal racism, the government cannot be able to bring about health literacy among the indigenous people.

Academic Honesty and Integrity

The above report has been compiled while upholding the University Academic Honesty policy through accurate representation of APA guidelines throughout the report. The topic was assumed through a thorough background study of the history and struggles of Indigenous Australians. The information, concept and thoughts have been attained through the study of current trends of healthcare policies in Australia and the various journal articles, online reports and proceedings of the Australian Commission on Safety and Quality in Health Care, Australian Human Rights Commission (AHRC), Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) and published medical journals on the Australian healthcare system. Some of the trends have also been accumulated through personal experiences of fieldwork done through Youth Work.

References

PUBH6007 Program, Design Implementation, and Evaluation Assignment Sample

Assessment Task

Needs assessments are crucial in program design, implementation and evaluation in public health, as they form the foundation for the evidence-based approach required to design and evaluate relevant, credible and contextually appropriate programs.

In this assessment, each individual in the group will need to perform a needs assessment associated with your group’s chosen health challenge/target population. To generate a comprehensive understanding of the community need, the group discussion should inform the different areas that each student will focus on under a particular public health theme. Each individual will submit a 1,000 word (+/–10%) needs assessment report.

Task Instructions

Your needs assessment report should include the following information:

1. Background

This should include:
- A clear title of your allocated problem/topic.
- A brief literature review of the current literature that outlines the types of needs (e.g., normative, expressed, comparative or felt) in your chosen population.
- A brief discussion about the need analysis and methodological approaches (e.g., quantitative and qualitative research and systematic reviews) you have chosen to use.

2. Prioritisation of Needs

- In this section, you will prioritise the needs based on the current evidence reviewed and develop and present a problem and solution tree.

3. Justification

In this section, you need to justify your choice of priorities and outline how your needs
assessment will benefit the population.

4. SWOT Analysis

In this section, you will need to identify the strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats (SWOT) of your needs assessment:

a. Strengths: What unique needs did you identify that others have not?

b. Weaknesses: What are some things that your needs assessment failed to consider?

c. Opportunities: What are some areas in which you could thrive that are not currently taken advantage of?

d. Threats: What are some external factors (e.g., competitors, consumer demand or economic conditions) that could make it more difficult for you to do a needs assessment?

Solution

1. Background

1.1. Background Information

The problem of anxiety in the younger is has been one of the common concerns in recent times where the young people artificial is centered on the body looks, social acceptance, and the conflict about independence. The avoidance of usual activities or refusal to the engagement in new experiences becomes the key signs of anxiety in college-going students. Some of the symptoms of anxiety in college-going students include irritability, trouble concentrating, withdrawal from social activity, avoidance of difficult or new situations, and chronic complaints above the stomach and headaches. Anxiety is regarded as one of the most common mental health conditions in Australia with an average of 1 in 4 people (ncbi.nlm.nih.gov, 2022). The graph given below shows the number of people experiencing mental and behavioral conditions in Australia in 2018:

Figure 1: People experiencing mental health conditions in Australia
(Source: Statista, 2022)

The above graph for assignment help presents the statistical data of people experiencing mental and behavioral conditions in Australia in 2018 which shows that around 2.5 million Australians have suffered from aggression or feeling depressed (Statista, 2022). The percentage of anxiety in college-going students is increasing in Australia at a variable rate which shows a spike in the mental health impacts in 2021 (ncbi.nlm.nih.gov, 2022). It also creates concern about the growing rate of mental disabilities in the younger ones and therefore becomes a matter of concern.

1.2. Need Analysis and methodological approaches

The need analysis involves the overall process of the identification and evaluation of the needs with a successful development in the effective training program. It is a systematic process for determining and addressing the needs or gaps between the current conditions and desired conditions (Anderson et al. 2017). The need analysis becomes a formal and systematic process in order to identify and evaluate training with an individual group of employees with consumers and suppliers. The main purpose of this analysis is to provide user satisfaction focusing on the needs of the human and need analysis addressing the requirements of the software. Therefore qualitative and quantitative secondary data analyses were done in order to focus on the background information and understand the relationship between the issues and the availability of the resources. The steps utilized in this paper to understand and analyze the need of the Young communities of Australia are shown in the figure given below created by the author:

Figure 2: Process developed by the author in order to execute the anxiety needs in the assessment dealing with the Australian population of the University students

2. Prioritization of Needs

The problem analysis proposed the appropriate data collection which is extremely important to understand the effective relationship between the cause and effect along with the contribution of the problem to the specific population. The key understanding is to have the specific knowledge of the population of the university-going students in Sydney and different use of problems and solutions for the various situations to identify and prioritize the potential interventions (Stocker et al. 2021).

It also uses Maslow's hierarchy of needs to understand the problem and prepare a solution in order to have the community's needs of the physical self-fulfillment understanding the impact on the population.

The figure shows the problem and solution tree for the anxiety problems in the university-going students of Australia given as below:

Figure 3: Problem and Solution tree for Anxiety disorders in college going students of Australia
Priority 1: Relaxation Practice initiatives

- Solutions: The community supports the educational program regarding the relaxation practices and yoga in order to support the community leaders along with the University initiatives and social media

- Problems addressed: Poor education in relaxation techniques, psychological factors, a healthy diet, and having a busy lifestyle

Priority 2: Exercise

- Solutions: The community exercise program

- Problems addressed: lack of exercise which results in both psychological, physical, and psychosomatic factors

Priority 3: Education on healthy eating and opening-up

- Solutions: Increase the frequency of the health services in the remote communities and educate on the healthy eating habits and opening up in order to relieve stress

- Problems addressed: Stress, limited access to the Healthcare services, Busy life

3. Justification

The target population addressed in this case study is the university-going students in Sydney, Australia and therefore several environmental factors impact the individual and the community such as economic, social, and physical (Reavley et al. 2011). The problem and solution tree are created for the needs of the community in order to understand the prioritization of the initiatives that are based on the areas of efficiency, flexibility, and acceptability.

The first priority is based on the relaxation of the mind and promoting the relaxation practice initiatives in order to create peace in mental health. It increases the awareness of the mental health situation which is being faced by the young population of Australia. The end priority focuses on Exercising as a basic need that has been lost in the younger generation promoting the use of social media in order to address the problem and have a higher chance of bringing the benefits. The third prioritization is based on the healthy eating habits opening up which focuses on building strong community relations and addressing the problems that are related to psychological, physical, and psychosomatic disorders.

4. SWOT Analysis

The SWOT analysis presented below presents the various factors that potentially impact the study and therefore the evaluation is done through the process and outcomes.

5. Conclusion

This paper is focused on understanding the potential initiatives by knowing the root causes of the problem of Anxiety in the young minds of Australia. It analyses the main priorities focusing on the population-based Healthcare services and education. It also includes the SWOT analysis to evaluate the outcome of the process in order to have a sustainable benefit in the overall process and the situation promoting improvement. The result concludes with several initiatives taken by the community and the government in order to reduce the problem of anxiety in the growing population.

Reference List

NRSG374 Principles of Nursing Assignment Sample

Assignment Detail:

Students are to provide an 1800 word critique of the provided case study using only ONE CPG.

To complete this task you will need to discuss and critique relevant elements of the CPG and case study whilst upholding the National Palliative Care Standards at least one of:

- NSQHS

- NMBA standards and/or

Assessment criteria: The assessment will be marked using the criteria-based rubric.Please note that in-text citations are included in the word count whilst the reference list is not included in the word count. Words that are more than 10% over the word count will not be considered

Now that you have read the case study and selected ONE of the CPG provided you are required to:

- Review and critique the care given to the patient against the CPG you have selected and provide evidence to support your critique through additional research that you will undertake

- Highlight the importance of the National Palliative Care Standards and at least one of the NSQHSS and/or the NMBA Standards and how they influence our practice

- Demonstrate knowledge on the illness trajectory of Motor Neurone Disease (MND) in line with Palliative Care Principles

- Provide links between the case study and your chosen CPG to identify highlights or limitations in care

- Ensure that your sources are all contemporary (within the last five years) and from evidence based sources)

- Read all instructions and the rubric very carefully

Case study – Care of the dying patient CPG

Solution

Introduction

Palliative care is a type of care that is a person and its family-centred care with a progressive, active, advanced disease who is going to die or has such prospects of cure. The goal of this type of treatment is to maintain as well as optimize the quality of life (Cheluvappa & Selvendran, 2022). On the other hand, there is a need to mention that the Palliative Care of Australia stated that the chosen palliative care must be strongly responsive to the needs of the diseased person and their family. On the other hand it also strictly considers that all living persons must be provided with the respective care for advanced, progressive diseases and also regardless of the diagnosis (Borbasi et al., 2019). In the respective case study of Tyler, there is palliative care provided by the palliative care team as per his wish, the respective report is trying to critically evaluate CPG with the usage of an appropriate standard to provide the respective person more support and also help his family.

Chosen Clinical Practice Guidelines or CPG with Reason

First of all, there is a need to understand Motor Neuron disease, the illness trajectory of motor neuron disease and the patient's background. In the case of the respective disease of MND, death takes place within a year of diagnosis in most cases and in some cases, it takes two years (Brown et al., 2017). On the other hand Mr Tyler is a young man as his age is only 40 years and has a nice family, so there is a need to consider the EBP means the evidence-based practice and also appropriate standard of care to provide END of life care CPG (Wardle et al., 2019). The respective CPG is that Tyler's death is really unexpected for his family. His babies are too young and he just started his journey of life only a few years ago. On the other hand, Tyler wants to spend quality time with his family as he knows about the disease; he also wants his family reunited though he is not there with his family in future. Sixt, considering all this, there is a chosen END of life care CPG takes place to provide appropriate palliative care to Tyler.

Demonstrate knowledge on the illness trajectory of Motor Neurone Disease
(MND) in line with Palliative Care Principles

Motor neurone disease or MND is a type of progressive disease related to the neurology of a person. The respective disease leads to paralysis in hand, leg. As times go there are the issues of swallowing and problems of breathing also develop in the patient of respective disease (Oliver et al., 2020). As per the principles of the Palliative care, the care always is patient, family and carer centred, so it is able to provide support to Tyler to get appropriate care as well as of to his family and also to carer. On the other hand it is also based on the assessed need. It was the desire of Tyler that his family must be reunited before his death and he can die with honor that must be provided by the palliative care. On the other hand, Palliative care also ensures that the patient, family and carer get the help of local networked services, as per the respective case study Tyler and his family get the help of the local network. On the other hand, palliative care always ensures that the treatment must be evidence-based, clinically and culturally safe. The trajectory of Motor Neuron Disease always needs to be considered. Care is integrated and coordinated, that is also the principle of Palliative care. The integrated and coordinated care supports the patient of motor neuron disease to get physical and mental relief. The sixth principle is in palliative care there is also a clear understanding developed between the care provider team and the patient and his or her family to understand what is the meaning of the care to each of them (Oliver et al., 2020) . So for the respective case study there is at first clear understanding that must be needed to develop what is the meaning of palliative care for Tyler, Catherine and also for the other family members.

Critical Evaluation of the applied care

The respective palliative care that is provided to Tayler needs to consider not only the care of the respective diseased person there are also need to consider the condition of the family members also (Palliative Care Australia, 2018). Because the Australian Palliative Care stated that there is a need to include the care of the family of the ill person also in the respective care (Abbott et al., 2020). Through the case study, it is visible that there are conflicts among the Joycee which means the mother of Tyler and the wife of Tyler means Catherine. On the other hand, it is their wish of Tyler that his children also consider his situation before his death so that he can spend quality time with his family. But such initiatives take place from the side of the Palliative care team, due to the fact that at the end of his life he cannot get his all family members together and close to him except his wife. On the other hand, it is the duty of the registered nurse to provide Evidence-based nursing and consultative nursing and promotion of health and do holistic assessments (Sharplin et al., 2020). In the respective case study, also needs to mention that no such usage of the SAS tool takes place. According to Heslop (2019), SAS tools mean the Symptoms Assessment scale is supportive to understand breathing, pain, insomnia, appetite problems, nausea, fatigue and so on together. On the other hand as per the guideline of the PCOC the usage of the SAS tool is important to measure the appropriate cause by understanding the most important seven symptoms (Eagar, Clapham & Allingham, 2020). There is also a need to consider the Problem Severity score on the time of providing the palliative care to the patient that is also not considered the respective case study and the palliative care team to handle the case of Tayler. Basically, the 4 - point scale is used to understand pain, family problems, spiritual family and so on (Tian et al., 2020). The measurements that take place are either absent, mild, moderate or severe through the respective scale. Hereby also need to include that there is no such usage of the karnofsky Score also takes place within palliative care (Kolakshyapati et al., 2018). The respective score is effective to understand the capability of a diseased person to do some common activity based on the care also provided to increase in quality of life of the family members as well as of the affected person.

NSQHS

The registered nurse has a crucial role in preventive, socio-cultural, therapeutic and also in the promotion of quality patient-centred and family centred palliative care. The World Health Organisation also considers palliative care as an approach that is able to improve the life of patients whether they are adults or children also to their families, especially in the case of life-threatening diseases (Australian Commission on Safety and Quality in Health Care, 2020). On the other hand as per the view of Palliative Care of Australia the Registered nurse plays one of the important roles in the case of providing the END of Life care. The respective care is included with appropriate goals, advanced care planning and monitoring with the appropriate acknowledgement that the patient is improving or not. The National Palliative care of Australia is supported by the nine standards that need to be considered by any registered nurse during the time of providing Palliative Care to a patient. On the other hand the National Safety and Quality Health services provide the appropriate support to the patient (Ritchie et al., 2018). On the other hand, there is also a need to mention that the consideration of NSQHS was also chosen as it in some of the case overlaps with the NMBA nursing standard. This Means NSQHS is able to provide proper care to the patient by maintaining the respective standard.

Figure 1: National Palliative Care Standards
(Source: Cheluvappa & Selvendran, 2022)

Highlights

If the respective standard is considered by the registered nurse at the time of providing care to Tayler about the Palliative care then continuous changes take place within the developed plan as deterioration takes place in the case of the affected person. On the other hand there are psychological, metaphysical theological and emotional aspects that help Tayler to manage his grief and he may be able to give strength to his family members by reuniting them. As per the respective and considered standard once a patient is identified that due to disease the person is going to be dying soon then appropriate terminal care is provided to the patient. All the spiritual convictions and preferences of the affected person must be considered by the respective standard. So it can be stated that implementation of the NSQHS standard is able to support Tayler to fulfil all his wishes about his family before his death, ultimately able to complete the End of life care CPG. The treatment of Tayler must be incorporated with ACP means the Advanced Care plan, Medical treatment decision maker and Advanced care document ( Cheluvappa & Selvendran, 2022). There is the selection of the final rites, final venues also take place. In the case study it is recognised that the recommendation takes place from the side of the Medical Officer to admit in the hospital though Tayler was not interested in that.

Application of standard 2 of Quality and Safety Management as per the case of Tyler cover underlying theme was "Partnering with Consumers," which necessities for efficient execution of the medical field dealing directly with patients. The foundation for quality and security is laid forth in Standard 2 (Quality Health Service, 2022). Thus, by laying up the typical organizational features and operational flow inside a secure institution adequate palliative care could be given as per NSQHS. Partnering with Tyler standard calls for efficient and relevant patient participation in reviewing, designing, and deployment of services, given that evidence supports doing so that indicates patient participation may lead to enhanced reliability, productivity, and security. Further, if the quality and safety management standard is implemented properly then no such recommendation takes place during the time of providing Palliative Care. The patient’s goal is also not considered by the respective treatment that is also a drawback of the given care that also can be handled through the respective NSQHS for assignment help.

Further with application of standard 1 of Governance for Health Service Quality and Safety. Palliative care team in the health care sector use governance frameworks to establish, and raise the company's productivity while spreading the word of quality management and the patient experience to all employees. In the workplace, the governance systems are used by clinicians and others. Standards for Effective Governance for Health Security and Improvement require adequate Qualifications for Service Organizations and improvements in Quality and Governance techniques for progress. Now, there are unified regulatory frameworks in place to managing the potential dangers to the health of the patient aggressively. Applying Theory to Practice in the Clinic Care given by the clinical staff is governed by NSQHS of the present day (Quality Health Service, 2022).

Management of performance and competence and leaders and the medical staff possess the

Having the necessary training, experience, and attitude to treatment to Tyler with palliative care is effective and risk-free. In order to enhance security measures, data is analyzed along with Liberties of the Patient and Active Participation. A patient's participation and rights are recognized and helped by being under their care (Quality Health Service, 2022).

Limitations

The most important issue that is related to the chosen standard of NSQHS is partnering with consumers and governance for health and safety lack of knowledge and skills among the service provider that in most cases fail to fulfill the expectations of the patient and also to the family members of the patient in the case of Trajectory Motor neuron disease. Improper infrastructure and incorporation of the family members of the patient is also a big issue and limitation for NSQHS.

Conclusion

Based on the respective case study it can be concluded that Palliative care needs to consider a lot of things and also a particular or more that one standard to provide appropriate relief to the patient not only from the physical pain but also from mental pain. There is not only the consideration of the health of the diseased person that takes place within the respective care by the registered nurse there are also need to include the family members' care. The care that is provided to Tayler was able to support the physical condition of Tayler but no such consideration takes place about his family care. On the other hand there are no such consideration of tools like SAS, PSS, RUG-ADL Score and modified Karnofsky takes place in the care of Tayler by the registered nurse of palliative team, if that is considered with the standard of NSQHS then Tayler must be provided with best palliative care as per the guideline of the Australian Government. The proposed care that takes place with the NSQHs must be provided in the future to the same condition of the person like Tayler it can be hoped.

Referens

CAM528 Introduction To Epidemiology Assignment Sample

Task description

For this task, you are required to critique a journal article. A number of articles will be made available towards the middle of the semester. They will be chosen to reflect some of the key areas of interest that emerge from the first discussion board.

Task length

Maximum 1500 words.

Please follow CASP report as a format to write critique of journal and find the answer from the article “Early life determinants of cardiovascular health in adulthood. The Australian Aboriginal Birth Cohort study".

There are some questions on the following pages are designed to help you think about these issues systematically.

1. Did the study address a clearly focused issue?
2. Was the cohort recruited in an acceptable way?
3. Was the exposure accurately measured to minimise bias?
4. Was the outcome accurately measured to minimise bias?
5. (a) Have the authors identified all-important confounding factors

(b) Have they take account of the confounding factors in the design and/or analysis?

6 Was the follow up of subjects complete enough?

Early life determinants of cardiovascular health in adulthood. The Australian Aboriginal Birth Cohort study

1. Introduction

Life expectancy for the Indigenous population in Australia in 2010– 2012 was 10.6 years lower for males and 9.5 years lower for females when compared to the non-Indigenous population. The differences are particularly high in the Northern Territory (NT), where death rates for Indigenous Australians are 2.3 times the non-Indigenous rates.

2. Methods

. Participants

Details of the recruitment and follow-up of the ABC have been previously published in detail [15, 16]. Of all Aboriginal children born between 1987 and 1990 at the Royal Darwin Hospital, 686 of the possible 1238 were recruited into the study. There were no differences for mean birth weights or sex ratios between those recruited and those not recruited.

3. Results

The baseline characteristics of the study participants are presented in Table according to sex. Among female participants, baseline house- hold size was higher compared to males. Attrition analyses comparing baseline characteristics of follow-up study participants and non- participants were performed. Compared to non-participants, those participating in the follow-up were more often females, and they had higher IRSEO scores

CASP-Cohort-Study-Checklist_2018.pdf (196.13 KB)
Sjoholm P et al. Early life determinants of ca... (688.02

Solution

Introduction

The journal critiqued for this report is "Sjoholm P et al. Early determinants of cardiovascular health in adulthood. The Australian Aboriginal Birth Cohort study. International Journal of Cardiology 269 (2018) 304-309." The CASP appraisal tool is used to correctly assess the validity of the author/s interpretation of results and conclusions. The aim of this article was to 1) illustrate the occurrence of perfect cardiovascular wellbeing metrics utilising the AHA guide and its factors and 2) to investigate the association of socioeconomic aspects and birthweight with cardiovascular wellbeing in old age in the ABC.

Critique

The study addressed a focused issue. The study had a particular population Indigenous population in Australia and studied Early life variables of Wellbeing in the middle age of this population. The study highlighted the risk factors, including tobacco smoking, inactive way of life, harmful food behaviour, psychosocial pressure, extreme body heavy, dyslipidaemia, and hypertension. The study tried to detect the harmful effects of these risk factors on the heart health of indigenous adults in Australia (Sjöholm et al., 2018). The outcomes of the study are also considered for best assignment help. The present study showed a relationship between early life forecasters associated with socioeconomic and familial rank and upcoming CV wellbeing in the indigenous populace.

The cohort was recruited acceptably. Of all indigenous kids born between 1987 and 1990 at the Royal Darwin Hospital, six hundred eighty-six of the likely twelve hundred thirty-eight were hired into the research. There were no disparities in mean birth mass or sex quotient among those hired and persons not employed. All actions adding to this research meet with the Helsinki Declaration of 1975, as amended in 2008. All contestants offered printed clued-upper mission to contribute to this research, and all actions were accepted by the Human Research Ethics Board of the Northern Territory section of Health and the Menzies School of Health Research, counting the indigenous Ethical Sub-committee which has the authority to reject (Sjöholmet al., 2018). Families in metropolitan regions were categorised as metropolitan and persons in distant sites as not cities. The similarity of the mom on the occasion of the contestant's birth was documented. Family dimension was assessed through a survey by enquiring the contestants how many individuals were sleeping in their homes the previous night.

The measurements used in the study have been validated by the Helsinki Declaration of 1975. However, there are no additional considerations visible in the study.

The outcome was accurately measured to minimise bias. A proper analysis like Attrition analysis was used to assess the outcomes. After that multivariate model attuned for age, sexual category, metropolitan/not metropolitan, and groups for birthweight, motherly BMI, IRSEO rank, family volume, and similarity were examined (Sjöholm et al., 2018).

The authors have listed important confounding factors. Relations between numerous in utero features in addition to ecological aspects in both early days and parenthood and afterwards cardiovascular wellbeing have been accepted. These aspects comprise weight at the time of birth, postnatal development outlines, motherly obesity, parental smoking, familial socioeconomic rank and neighbourhood weakness, amongst others. The authors have also listed the American Heart Association (AHA) factors (Sjöholm et al., 2018). It described a sum of seven perfect cardiovascular fitness actions or features for describing and checking cardiovascular wellbeing. These incorporated not smoking, being bodily energetic, keeping standard body mass, blood pressure, blood glucose plus cholesterol stages, and consuming a healthy food habit.

Socioeconomic factors were considered during the analysis. At delivery, birth weight was calculated and information was collected regarding the families and their livelihood circumstances. Families existing in city regions were categorised as metropolitan and individuals in secluded places as not metropolitan. Equivalence of the mother at the instance of birth of the contributor was traced. For areal drawbacks, the Indigenous Relative Socioeconomic Outcomes (IRSEO)directory was utilised. Links between socioeconomic aspects and perfect cardiovascular fitness levels were examined utilising multivariable logistic regression (Sjöholm et al., 2018). Initially, univariate analyses attuned to age and sexual category were done. After that, multivariate models accustomed for age, sexual category, urban/not metropolitan, and groups for birthweight, motherly BMI, IRSEO count, household volume, and uniformity were examined.

The final follow-up occurred in 2014–2016 and offered a follow-up pace of seventy per cent of existing contestants. The follow up might not be complete. The current follow-up inhabitants might not symbolise the creative birth group, since follow-up contributors were further frequently women and had superior IRSEO scores evaluated to non-contributors. At last, the contributors were yet young grown-upsthroughout the previous follow-up (Sjoholm et al., 2018).

The follow-ups are not long enough. It is recommended that following upcoming follow-ups, cardiovascular morbidity and clinical actions might be examined for even enhanced consideration of the scientific significance of the cardiovascular danger outlined in this group (Sjoholm et al., 2018).

The current study demonstrates that perfect cardiovascular fitness was unusual in the ABC grown-up inhabitants. The most ordinary score gathered were ultimate glucose (eighty-three per cent), cholesterol (seventy-four per cent) as well as blood pressure (seventy-three per cent) levels. The slightest ordinary metrics were linked to fitness actions: non-smoking, perfect food, as well as best stages of bodily movement were gathered by not more than half of the group. Major sex distinctions were seen in both the full score in addition to blood pressure and bodily action. Numerous early life variables were seen to separately forecast upcoming cardiovascular wellbeing (Sjöholm et al., 2018). Family dimension and motherly BMI foresee BMI in parenthood. The areal difficulty is linked with potential blood pressure and stages of bodily movement. Metropolitan livelihood surroundings were linked with non-ultimate blood pressure stages. Family volume was linked with the smoking position in middle age. Similar to the results, both family and areal socio-financial positions have been significant variables of cardio metabolic threat aspects. Regarding the scientific and community health standpoint, the current results offer significant backdrop knowledge on the premature existence determinants of cardio metabolic wellbeing in an aboriginal neighbourhood. The current research demonstrates a link between early-life forecasters correlated to socioeconomic as well as familial position and upcoming cardiovascular wellbeing in the indigenous inhabitants (Sjoholm et al., 2018). This research demonstrates that exceptional consideration requires to be placed on health actions such as smoking and dietary lifestyle and gender parity in well-being to attain these objectives.

8. The results of the study are pretty accurate as the results match with the statistics from longitudinal groups in Australia, Finland, and the USA (Sjöholmet al., 2018).

The longitudinal character and well-prearranged follow-ups with comparatively excellent maintenance rates permit us to consider the outcomes established. though, because of the alterations completed to the innovative AHA description of perfect cardiovascular fitness concerning proper food and glucose stages that were required for this research, the outcomes might not be straight equivalent to former alike resaerches (Sjoholm et al., 2018). There was no bias in selecting the participants or measuring the outcomes. The participants also went through a follow-up, which made it easier to believe the results.

The results cannot be applied to a local population. This is because the conventional variables of family earnings and learning were not accessible and might not forever be well-appropriate in distant neighbourhoods. The study populace though is comparatively small causing a few restrictions to afterwards understanding of the outcomes. consequently, it might be right to relate the outcomes to a diverse populace (Sjoholm et al., 2018).These dissimilarities might be of even well-built implication in a comparatively minute cohort. The current follow-up populace might not entirely symbolise the creative birth cohort.

The results fit other evidence. The relationship between site and cardiovascular danger outlines in indigenous Australians has been beforehand learnt in the Heart of the Heart research. It was seen that contestants from city surroundings (Alice Springs) had elevated blood pressure, superior lipid stages and inferior kidney roles than their isolated livelihood complements. Superior earnings were linked with the prominent danger of CVD in city sites but not in Alice Springs or distant neighbourhoods (Sjoholm et al., 2018). Related findings are observed in the ABC group, where city inhabitants had elevated blood pressure. Contestants from generally further privileged regions consistent with the IRSEO countpresented with superior blood pressure andinferiorstages of physical movement in this research.

Research inferences propose how the resultsmight be significant for policy, exercise, hypothesis, and following research. This research demonstrates that unique concentration requires to be placed on health actionssuch as smoking and food behaviour and sexual category equality in well-being. From the findings, policies can be put in place to help improve the CVD health of Australians. With the help of policy implementations, malnutrition can be taken into account. Cardiovascular morbidity and clinical actions might be examined in the following study for even enhanced consideration of the clinical significance of the cardiovascular danger reports in this group. The insinuations can be authenticated by study, for instance earlier research.

Conclusion

It can be said that the article follows all the criteria of the CASP checklist. The article has a focused issue that it discusses throughout the article. Many of the previous research also matches the article and therefore it can be said that the article is valid and genuine.

Reference

Sjoholm, P., Pahkala, K., Davison, B., Juonala, M., & Singh, G. R. (2018). Early life determinants of cardiovascular health in adulthood. The Australian Aboriginal Birth Cohort study. International Journal of Cardiology, 269, 304-309. https://ris.cdu.edu.au/ws/files/26063476/21264048.pdf

SHI104 Sociology of Health and Illness Assignment Sample

Assignment details

Individual/Group Individual
Length 2,000 words (+/- 10%)

Your report should cover the following:

1. Choose 4 social and environmental determinants of health from the listing below, and explain how they may influence your chosen health issue from the video case study used in Assessment 1 and 2 (i.e. Video 1: David - hypertension, Video 2: Rhonda – diabetes and Video 3: Theo – depression).

• social gradient
• poverty and deprivation
• where you live (housing and neighbourhood)
• education
• environment (climate, pollution, sanitation)
• employment status (and conditions of employment)
• transport,
• early childhood life
• personal health strategies
• social support and exclusion
• food
• health systems
• gender and violence

1. Describe examples of ways in which to engage and empower the community and increase health literacy on the health issue presented in your chosen case study video. Consider what communication and cultural issues need to be considered?

2. What impact on a nurse might there be when working with this health population and what self-care strategies could be employed to maintain own well-being and model self- care?

Please note: this report should contain an introduction, body and conclusion (see below for further information on writing reports).

Referencing:

It is essential that you use appropriate APA style for citing and referencing research. Please see more information on referencing here https://library.laureate.net.au/research_skills/referencing

• Assessments cannot be emailed directly to the lecturer.

• If you are late with your assessment submission, you need to follow the late assessment procedure relevant to your campus.

• Feedback can be viewed in My Grades on Blackboard.

Solution

Introduction

The socioeconomic, environmental, demographic, as well as cultural elements that affect people's daily lives and places of employment are all considered social and environmental predictors of health, along with the health system (Who.int, 2022). In this context, for assignment help a comprehensive discussion would be done where the social determinants of health would be related to the case study of David, Rhonda and Theo.

Discussion:

Social determinants of health and depression

It has been seen that health of individuals in a society is significantly associated with social determinants of health. It has been seen that the social determinants of health might contribute largely and directly impact on physical and mental health of population, well-being of them and the SDOH might include safe areas, transportation, and housing, racial bias, prejudice, violence, education, employment prospects, and income, possibilities for engaging in physical exercise and access to healthy meals, contaminated water and air as well as reading and language abilities (Health.gov, 2022). In this context, the social and environmental determinants which would be focused are poverty and deprivation, education, social support and exclusion, as well as gender and violence that are directly related to the case studies.

The first determinant is the poverty. Globally, there is a direct correlation between poverty and unhealthy lifestyles. The health of individuals is at danger due to inadequate nourishment, overcrowding, a lack of clean water, and other severe conditions. In addition, being sick makes it more difficult to work and puts families in a tough financial situation while trying to pay for medical expenses (Braveman & Gottlieb, 2014). Diseases that afflict the broader populace, such as mental problems, can affect persons living in poverty at a far greater incidence. The same is true with depression. Although depression may affect everyone, regardless of socioeconomic level, poverty exacerbates the condition and makes it more difficult for a person to get the proper medical care. However, if the aspects of poverty that fuel sadness are lessened, then fewer people should experience depression.

The following SDOH is education, which plays a significant influence in health through influencing possibilities, employment, and income, which are all substantially correlated with average lifespan, morbidity, and lifestyle factors (Adler et al., 2016). Teenagers who struggle with depression grow social phobias as a result of social contact, which can happen in a school environment. Depression in adolescents causes a feeling of numbness that makes them fear social interaction and failure. Having less education increases your likelihood of developing depressed symptoms.

The following factor is social exclusion that refers to social disadvantage and a lack of opportunities, resources, involvement, and skills that significantly affect the health condition of the patients and lead to development of acute or chronic diseases (Braveman & Gottlieb, 2014). In hierarchical multiple regression, social exclusion characteristics such as lower income sufficiency, unfavorable living conditions, and loneliness substantially linked with higher depressed symptoms after controlling for demographic and health factors.

Lastly, gender and violence are major determinants as females often experience discrimination in accessing the health and other services compared to males and more prevalently experience violence that largely affect their mental health condition. After puberty, girls are more likely than boys to experience depression. Girls are more prone than males to experience depression at a younger age since they generally hit puberty sooner. There is data that suggests the gender discrepancy in depression may persist throughout the course of a person's life. Some girls' risk of experiencing depression may rise when they enter puberty due to hormonal changes. One of the most pervasive societal problems in the world is domestic violence. It causes a number of issues in society, including those related to lifestyle, physical health, family, children, and even mental health. In actuality, there is a strong correlation between domestic violence and depression.

Methods to engage and empower community and increase health literacy about depression

Individual health education

Doctors and nurses have many possibilities for individualized health education since they have daily interaction with patients and their families. The subject chosen must be appropriate for the circumstance. For example, a woman who is seeking treatment for depression should be informed about depression and its effects rather than malaria (Hurley et al., 2020). The ability to debate, argue, and persuade the individual to alter his behaviour is the primary benefit of individual health instruction. The fact that we only reach tiny numbers is a drawback.

Group health education

There are several groups at whom we might target health education, including moms, students, patients, and industrial employees. In group health education, the topic selection is crucial and must closely correspond to the group's interests. For instance, mothers of teenagers might learn about the causes, signs, and situations that can lead to depression in children; school children might learn about sexual abuse that can result in mental illness and depression; a group of patients might learn about mental health that can lead to depression as a result of chronic illness; and industrial workers might learn about work-life balance and burnout (Morrison et al., 2019).

Group discussions are regarded as a very effective teaching strategy for health as a part of group health education. It is a “tow-way technique” of instruction (Zhou et al., 2019). By exchanging ideas and experiences, people grow. The group should consist of at least 6 and no more than 12 persons in order to be effective. A group leader should be present who introduces the topic, guides the talk in the right direction, stops side discussions, motivates everyone to engage, and wraps up the discussion.

Lectures from doctors to a mass population of institution

The most common format for teaching about health is lectures. The majority of the communication in this is one-way, meaning that the individuals are only passive listeners and are not actively engaging in the learning process. The speaker's personality and reputation will have an impact on how impressive and successful the speech is (Tay et al., 2018). A lecture does convey the fundamental knowledge on the matter, but it might not succeed in altering peoples' attitudes toward their health. Nevertheless, lectures play a significant role in small group health education.

Workshop

There are several meetings that make up the Workshop. Small groups will be formed for the duration of the session, and each group will elect a chairman and a recorder. With the assistance of resource employees and experts, each group resolves a portion of the issue. Under the direction of experts, learning takes place in a welcoming, joyful, and democratic environment.

Education for mass approach

The health care professionals can use "mass mediums of communication" such as posters, health periodicals, movies, radio, television, health exhibitions, and museums to educate the general public. In general, group or individual tactics are more effective in changing people's behaviour than mass media (Liu et al., 2020). However, they are really helpful in connecting with a lot of individuals who may otherwise be out of reach. Media should be utilized in conjunction with other strategies for health education to be effective.

Communication and cultural issues associated with health literacy

A common communication challenge for people and their healthcare professionals is inadequate health literacy. Ineffective decision-making, non-adherence, negative results, and a loss of confidence in the medical community can all be caused by patients' incapacity to adequately absorb, process, comprehend, and act on health information (McQuaid & Landier, 2018). Inadequate health literacy can also result in patient expectations being misunderstood and managed incorrectly, increasing the liability risk for healthcare professionals.

Speaking simply, avoiding jargon, using terms that patients understand, decreasing repetition and ambiguity, and other tactics are frequently used as strategies for increasing health literacy. Even while these tactics are essential, cultural competency, another important component of effective communication, is occasionally disregarded.

Although cultural competency and health literacy are occasionally seen as distinct concerns, a patient's views, values, and experiences may greatly affect how they interpret and comprehend health information, which in turn affects their level of health literacy. Furthermore, cultural variations between patients and clinicians can cause misunderstandings, interpersonal problems, divergent opinions about health issues and treatments, and poor results, just as low health literacy does.
Impact on nurses while working with patient with depression

The provision of safe and high-quality treatment and the retention of healthcare workers are both impacted by the workplace environment. Professional settings may have an impact on nurse satisfaction and retention, care quality, and patient safety. When compared to mental health nurses working in the community, institutional nurses had a more unfavorable perception of the workplace. When nurses work in mental facilities, there are decreased perceptions of job motivation, leadership, and autonomy. As a result, it is probable that using an appropriate model for problem-solving and making decisions, such the nursing process, will help RNs recognize depressive symptoms and/or depression (Kim et al., 2021).

Self-care related to depression

The more the patient neglects their own needs and self-care, such as obtaining enough rest, eating wholesome meals, and relaxing, the more likely the symptoms of depression are to worsen. Although the patient may wish to speak with a mental health professional for support and treatment choices, a healthy self-care practice can also assist the patient manage day-to-day living. Depression may be difficult to manage, particularly if the patient is plagued by gloomy, pessimistic thoughts. The patient could feel guilty, unworthy, despondent, and unable to change their mental condition (lovino et al., 2020). That is normal. However, the patient might be able to rewrite or replace these ideas with more uplifting ones rather than just ignoring them. The patient may find it difficult to care about anything at all when the people, places, or things that used to make them happy no longer seem appealing. Self-care may become more challenging as a result.

Giving oneself the chance to try something novel, though, could be the secret to reviving interest in the patient's life.

Conclusion

Social determinants of health might contribute largely and directly impact on physical and mental health of population, well-being of them. In this study, the assessment was done on the basis of three patients David, Rhonda and Theo and the factors that has been associated with the patients are: poverty and deprivation, education, social support and exclusion, as well as gender and violence.

Reference

NRSG367 Transition to Professional Nursing Assignment Sample

Assessment Task Overview

Critically analyse the following case study to answer the essay questions.

Case Study Background

Harry is a Graduate Registered Nurse (RN) who is 8 weeks into his first graduate rotation at the local metropolitan, tertiary hospital. He is currently working on a Medical Ward. For the first four weeks Harry worked alongside his nurse preceptor, predominately rostered on morning shifts. Harry has just completed his first five (5) night shifts yesterday morning and is back on an afternoon shift today (Saturday).

Harry is still trying to manage his roster and other commitments like social touch football with his friends and mountain biking. Today, Harry is feeling tired and frustrated because he slept through his alarm this morning and missed his sister’s birthday breakfast celebration. He is also disappointed that he can’t join his team for the touch football end of season breakup in the evening.

On Shift

Harry has arrived 15 minutes prior to this shift starting. On arrival, he realises that he hasn’t worked with the Nurse-in-Charge before but there are other nurses on the shift that he has met.

Harry feels a little nervous, but he knows two (2) of the patients he has been allocated from his recent night shifts and he is allocated a further two (2) patients who are to be discharged this afternoon. He has not arranged a discharge before so he prioritises these activities as he prepares his shift planner.

A short time later the Nurse-in-Charge tells him that his patient allocations have changed due to skill mix. A different nurse will arrange one (1) patient discharge and Harry will be receiving a new patient from Emergency Department.

Harry feels overwhelmed with the admissions and discharge. He is unsure how he will cope with the rest of his shift. Harry has not looked after a patient (Mr Somersby) who is confused, high risk of falls and wanders around the ward. He is reluctant to ask the Nurse in Charge for assistance as he does not want to appear ‘incompetent’. He decides he must push on, and soon it is time for handover.

At handover, Harry realises that after he had not given Mrs Williams her IVAB. To help with his time management, Harry had set the observation machine to take automatic observations. However, he had forgotten to go in and check this patient for the last 3 hours. Harry has not yet completed the admission documentation for Mr Sommersby as he has been trying to stop him from wandering out of the ward.

Additionally, he has not completed any of his patient notes on the computer on wheels (COWS) machine. The nurse he his handing over to rolls her eyes when this information is handed over. Harry stays 30 minutes after the end of his shift to complete his work.

Following his shift

On his commute home, Harry feels anxious and feels that he did not provide sufficient care for his patients, in particular Mrs Williams. He is frustrated with himself that he may have missed other things this shift and that he had to stay late to finish his patient notes. At home, he spends some time reflecting on his shift and plans to ask his nurse preceptor for any advice/tips on their next shift together.

Harry appears to be struggling during his clinical shift. He also seems to be having difficulty maintaining a work/life balance. Critically analyse the provided case study to answer all the following three questions within an essay format:

1. Determine and justify whether the graduate RN met (or did not meet) their role and responsibilities as an RN during his shift. Provide at least two (2) case study examples and support your discussion using evidence, including Nursing and Midwifery Board Australia (NMBA) Registered Nurse Practice Standards (2016).

2. Construct at least three (3) recommendations as to how the graduate RN could have undertaken this shift differently. Consider in your discussion the knowledge, skills and attitudes inherent in the RN role, including utilisation of technology and teamwork skills, and support your discussion with literature .

3. Transitioning from student to Graduate Registered Nurse can be difficult. Construct at least two (2) evidence-based strategies that could be implemented to promote resilience, build capacity, and support work/life balance during the graduate RN’s transition period .

Instructions:

• Word limit is 1800 words (+/- 10%), including the introduction and conclusion.
• Paper to be written in essay format, must answer the above questions, and should be written in academic writing style (not first person). You may use headings.
• Ensure you consider the AT2 Rubric, Appendix 2 in the Unit Outline, when undertaking this assessment task.
• Submit your paper to Turnitin by the due date.

Solution

INTRODUCTION

This study will answer three questions based on a case study for assignment help in which Harry failed to perform his Registered Nurse (RN) role. This will also examine the negative examples that have made Harry agitated due to his poor performance in this workplace and taking proper care of patients assigned to him. Moreover, some recommendations will also be given along with strategies that help Harry balance his work and personal life.

DISCUSSION

Meeting the RN Role

Harry is a newly appointed graduate Registered Nurse who joined his workplace 8 weeks prior. He was assigned his duty during the morning shift and was suddenly given night shifts and again allotted an afternoon shift the next day. This has made some issues for Harry in balancing a professional and personal life. Moreover, time management was one of Harry's biggest challenges that impacted his working pattern. The day when Harry was allotted an afternoon shift, Harry was depressed and agitated because he wanted to join a football match; however, due to his duty, he had to miss that match. This has impacted his professional life as he has failed in appropriately playing his duty. Work and personal life balance help a person to enhance the level of productivity that helps in career development (Zhu et al., 2022). Due to a lack of time management, a skill that every RN must possess, Harry has failed to take care of his allotted patients. He has failed to give proper medication to Mrs. William. Lack of Time Management is one such negative example of Harry as he has failed to balance his personal and professional life properly, failing to attend the football match. It is significant to note that time management is quite important for RN in getting huge success in their career (Popejoy et al., 2022). Another negative example was that Harry failed to look after Mr. Somersby, who has a high fall risk. Harry was confused and even failed to ask the head nurse for help.

Mr. Somersby would receive proper treatment.

Notably, a registered nurses role is to coordinate the treatment and care of every convalescent. Their responsibilities also vary from drawing blood and educating convalescents regarding their health (Henshall et al., 2018). An example of the case study given in the Nurse and Midwifery Board of Australia is that Ms. Jaclyn Stratton, who was working as a psychiatric nurse, was suspended from her job role as she failed to diagnose the vulnerability of the patient with whom she was dealing. It is important to note that she has failed to perform her duty as she needs to balance her personal and professional life properly. One of the biggest responsibilities RNs play is assessing, observing, and speaking to the convalescents regarding their health issues (Halcomb, Smyth & McInnes, 2018). They are also responsible for recording the symptoms of the ailments, results of the diagnosis and all other essential records regarding the patient's history (Mahoney et al., 2020). Preparing the patients for operations and various tests and offering them essential treatment facilities and care is also a significant duty of an RN. It was also found in one of the case studies in 2018 that two people die due to poor performance standards of registered nurses. The family members of the dead persons have complained that one of the registered nurses was responsible for providing the wrong medication and that impairment has taken away the lives of two people (Chang & Daly, 2016). According to the Nurse and Midwifery Board of Australia, professional conduct is concerned with significant values that can be easily outlined in the set of obligations; codes of midwives and nurses must be prepared for explaining and justifying the actions and decisions. Nurses offer services to the convalescents to be easily cured of their ailments. A lack of time management and balancing work/life are the biggest reasons registered nurses become agitated and fail in performing their job roles (Nursing and Midwifery Board of Australia, 2018).

Moreover, they must possess certain skills which are significant in maintaining patients' health and giving them better healthcare and treatment amenities. Harry lacks one of the basic skills that every RN must possess: emergency assistance in medical care. When Mr. Somersby's condition deteriorated atrociously, he failed to call for emergency help so that he would be able to give him better treatment. Rather he remained silent and did not ask for help, which could have taken away the life of Mr. Somersby.

Recommendations for Harry to improve his skills as an RN

The following recommendations are given so that Harry can improve their time management skills and give proper treatment facilities to the patients. This includes emergency cases when the health of the convalescent deteriorates.

Teamwork in nursing is concerned with patient-centric behaviour focused on accomplishing targets working with other nurses (Rosen et al., 2018). Harry must learn to work within a team as it will help give proper care facilities to the convalescents. It also helps in enhancing the standards of outcomes for the patients. Hence, the major motive of the teams in healthcare must work in a team to make other nursing staff learn how to provide high standards of healthcare amenities that aid a patient receiving from ailments (McLeod et al., 2021). Nurses are required to purposefully integrate teamwork and their working patterns to further assist in seeing better responses from the patients and more enhanced accomplishment of the goals.

Registered nurses must work together in collaboration that helps develop solid safety and security outcomes for patients. In addition, it is recommended that when registered nurses work in collaboration, it helps improve the level of communication and productivity of these nurses and helps the healthcare centers to gain maximum benefit in the competitive edge (Zajac et al., 2021). This will help Harry improve his conversation skills with other nurses, which will help reduce his nervousness and enable him to approach other nurses without fear when an emergency occurs. This also helps improve strong nursing care facilities and interdisciplinary linkages (Herzberg et al., 2019). Teamwork skills must be learned so that the efficiency standards can be enhanced in caring for the convalescents, which leads to more brand awareness of the healthcare institutes and more competitive advantage.

It can be concluded that Harry, a registered nurse, must develop certain skills so that he can be able to provide better healthcare facilities to the patients. It is also analysed that better communication standards, developing resilience and using digital technologies must help healthcare professionals in providing better services and it also helps personal development.

Reference list

HND731 Learning and Teaching for Health Professionals Assignment Sample

Task description

For this assessment task you are required to apply your knowledge of education program planning to the design of an education session. You have been asked to provide an education session to a local mothers’ group about gestational diabetes.

Explain how you would plan the education session, including:

• The information you need to know about your participants and how you would conduct a learning needs assessment for the group and explain why this information is important.

• Write 3 learning objectives for the session.

• Select 3 different teaching methods and explain the rationale for your choices in relation to the learning objectives, participant characteristics and adult learning principles.

• Explain the reasons for evaluating education and how you might conduct process and
content evaluation for this session.

Instructions for this assessment task:

• Draw on information and references provided in the unit.

• You are also expected to do your own research of peer-reviewed journals, textbooks and evidence-based guidelines.

• Websites, consumer information, Wikipedia are not appropriate for assessment tasks.

• Make sure you self-assess your assignment against the marking rubric and presentation requirements before submission. This enables you to ensure all the required areas have been covered.

Solution

Introduction

The purpose of this study is to make an education session for the Mothers' Groups regarding the significance of Gestational Diabetes. Gestational Diabetes refers to a type of high sugar level in the blood of pregnant women which usually starts between weeks 24 to week 28 during pregnancy. It is during this period when the body is unable to produce an ample amount of insulin which is a hormone that helps in the metamorphosis of glucose into glucose. This study will highlight the information of the participants in the education session along with various ways of conducting the assessment. Moreover, the importance of the session, learning objectives, different teaching methods and demonstration of the rationale will also be concentrated here. It will examine the logic for the assignment help of the session and the manifold ways through which the content and process of the session will be evaluated.

Information of the Participants

The participants in this education session are mothers who are aged between 25 to 30 years of age. These women who have participated in this education session are unaware of gestational diabetes and its impressions on the life of women. The participants who participated in the session were either pregnant women or they were post-partum.It is to note that most of the women who have participated in this educational session have developed symptoms like fatigue, excessive appetite and thirst. It is even significant that pregnant women are more prone to this disease during the time of pregnancy as the level of insulin reduces making complications for pregnant women (Giannakou et al., 2019). All the participants joined the educational session so as to know the symptoms and treatments of Gestational Diabetes. The educational session was conducted physically to the participants are from Richmond area of Melbourne.

Way of conducting the learning needs assessment

Assessment of the learning needs has a distinctive role in training and education. It is important to observe that the requirement of learning helps in underpinning any educational apparatus. Some of the ways through which the assessments of learning needs will be done are as follows:

Analysis of Discrepancy: This is a form of assessment in which the Mothers’ group who are taking lessons on Gestational Diabetes are assessed regularly. This is concerned with the comparison of the performance level along with the self-assessment, assessment of peers and assessment of objectives and outcomes (Cortez et al., 2019). It also helps in comparing the scores of different Mothers based on their intellectual abilities. Earlier, the schools in most of the developed countries were using this model for demonstrating the difference in the learning ability of a child than others.

Reflection on action and in action: It refers to the factors of learning experiments that comprise critical thinking of the standards of performance such as audio and videotapes (Giannakou et al., 2019). Reflection in action is concerned with the assessments of the groups and their actual staging’s (Moghaddam et al., 2020). It also helps in the identification of the strengths and weaknesses of the Mothers’ Group so that they can be able to reduce these problems and make their performances better.

Accessing the learning needs: The learning needs of the participants will be accessed by conducting an interview round. Every participant will be asked a set of 10 questions in order to understand their knowledge and concept of Gestational Diabetes. After the interview round, the results will be evaluated so that the knowledge gap in the participants can be filled.

Peer Review: This has become one of the most important ways of assessing learning needs. It refers to a way in which the teachers usually assess the practices of each other and give reviews and advice on each other's performance (Horntvedt et al., 2018). It makes the process of teach more interesting (Hillier et al., 2021). There are five forms of peer review which consist of external, informal, internal, physician and multidisciplinary assessments. This helps to boost their validity, acceptability and reliability.Learning needs can be assessed to get a knowledge what mothers’ groups has gathered from the entire education session. It needs to be evaluated as it helps to offer clarity and ability to the mothers’ groups. The considerations that are needed to make during the time of education session is that first of all a proper plan must be figured out. Later, the learning objectives, plans of the learning session, assessment of the participants and implementation of the required resources are needed for conducting an entire education session.

The needs, avulses, characteristics and preferences of the participants interest needs to be considered while implementing the learning session. The length of the program and its setting also needs to be fixed before starting the learning session. The aim gaols and expected results of the learning session must be outlined along with considerations of the environmental and organisational context.

Overview of the evaluation plan

The evaluation process is helpful in understanding the main goal of the plan, the questions that this session is aiming to answer and identifying the key stakeholders of the plan. The evaluation process also helps in understanding the types of inputs and resources that are required to implement in the program. The identification of structure and processes while implementing the plan. The activities that are required to be conducted in the learning session, the expected results of the session can also be analysed through the evaluation process.

Importance of the session

Gestational diabetes is a form of diabetes that women usually develop at the time of pregnancy. This disease can be developed even in those women who do not have diabetes. In Australia, it is observed that nearly 2% to 10% of pregnant women have developed gestational diabetes (Sorce& Chamberlain, 2019). The session is important for various reasons which are given below

It aids in offering a comprehensive guideline of the entire session: The education session helps in imparting to all participants the exact regulations of the session plans that help in offering an understandable vision and objective of the entire education session (Sorce& Chamberlain, 2019).

Enhance effective Communication: Education sessions are generally conducted so as to make a group of individuals aware of a particular topic which is unknown to them at times. It helps in making the process of interaction between the educator and the learner more effective. Effective educators adopt manifold strategies for making education plenary more interesting (Adiewere et al., 2018). The communication process is generally enhanced when the participants in such educational plenary ask queries to the educator regarding the topic so as to enhance their knowledge regarding the specific subject matter.

Needs of Learners: An educational plenary is essential as participants from different cultural backgrounds speaking manifold languages possess various requirements and choices. Hence, an educational session which is conducted to provide certain information to a specific group of individuals helps in catering for their needs (Adiewere et al., 2018). In this case, educational sessions are conducted in order to impart knowledge of gestational diabetes - its symptoms and process of treatment to local mothers’ groups. Moreover, it also aids the mothers’ groups in enhancing their skills and apprehension regarding gestational diabetes and its implications (Goodall et al., 2020). The mother groups were postpartum group and the main focus that this session has given is on educating the mothers on the risk associated with GDM and also the risk of T2DM for those mothers who were already diagnosed with Gestational Diabetes.

In addition, educational sessions on gestational diabetes help the mothers’ groups in identifying the threats that gestational diabetes poses to mothers during pregnancy. This also aids mothers’ groups in developing ideas regarding the strategies that mothers must implement during pregnancy in order to lead a healthy life so that gestational diabetes can be avoided. Here, educating the mothers’ groups regarding gestational diabetes helps in reducing complications during pregnancy and makes the quality of viability better (Goodall et al., 2020). The education session is important as it helps in improving the knowledge of the learners who are the mothers’ groups in this case.

Learning aims and objectives of the session

Aim

The main aim of this learning session is to empower and support pregnant women to optimize their lifestyle with Gestational Diabetes.

Objective

The three learning objectives of this education session are:
To evaluate the action plans that the mothers’ groups must take to reduce the challenges of gestational diabetes.

Goal: To educate the mothers on gestational diabetes prevention measures. In order to achieve this objective, the preventive measures of gestational diabetes will be informed to all the participants.

To identify the higher risks that women face during pregnancy due to gestational diabetes.

Goal: To inform the participants about the health risk of gestational diabetes especially during pregnancy. This objective will be achieved by evaluating the knowledge that the participants have regarding the health risk of gestational diabetes and then educate them in the health risk tat are unknown to them.
To identify the basic symptoms and treatment policies of gestational diabetes.

Goal: To educate the participants about the early symptom of gestational diabetes and the treatments that is available. This objective will be fulfilled by educating the participants regarding the health symptoms of gestational diabetes and providing them with information regarding he available treatments.

The learning sessions included pregnancy-specific food recommendations as well as messages about healthy eating and physical activity. Furthermore, modest behavioural modification tactics were gradually implemented in order to set short-term goals and promote self-efficacy and self-monitoring. Individual goals were set by participants, guided by lifestyle messages, and included objectives such as lowering high fat or convenience foods, increasing fruit and vegetable intake, and increasing physical exercise frequency. Pedometers and weight increase charts based on IOM recommendations for weight growth throughout pregnancy were used as self-monitoring tools. Participants in the intervention got the same textual material as controls, as well as resources promoting optimal health, GWG, and lifestyle.

The women who participated in the program were aged between 25-30 and they did not have an in detailed knowledge of Gestational Diabetes. In addition to this, pregnant women have increased chance of Gestational Diabetes and complications in pregnancy might occur. The complications might occur since during pregnancy, the insulin level in the body is reduced which increases the time for glucose to break down and turn to glucose (El Toony, Khalifa &Ghazaly, 2018). This factor might result in health complications, especially during pregnancy. The learning session that was conducted aimed at communicating the measures or steps that these women can take in order to prevent themselves from suffering from Gestational Diabetes during their pregnancy (Guo et al., 2018). The learning session also helps in developing the knowledge of those women regarding this health issue. There are certain factors that will be considered while accessing the learning needs of the mothers. The main factors include language, cultural differences and education. In the learning session, many participants participated and among them, many had different cultural and linguistic backgrounds. The learning session will keep this in mind while educating and communicating with these participants. In addition to this, many participants also didn’t have good education due to which they didn’t know the concept of Gestational Diabetes.

Different teaching methods

There are various teaching methods that can be applied to develop the learning session conducted for communicating the awareness of Gestational Diabetes to women. The three learning methods are mentioned below.

Learner-centred method: In the learner-centred method, the teacher becomes both the educator and the learner. In this process, education plays a dual role so that the classroom extends instead of limiting the educator's intellectual horizons (Choi, Lee & Kim, 2019). In this method, the teacher gets to learn new things and gathers new information about contents that were unknown to him. This process makes the teacher a resource instead of an authority. In the learning session, if this method is followed the educator will teach and educate the participants on Gestational Diabetes and the teacher in this process will also learn and take outputs from the participants.

Content-focused method: The content-focused method requires both the learner and the teacher to fit well into the content of the learning session. In this method, the main focus is given to the content of the learning session instead of the learner or the teacher. The skills and information that will be learned through this process will reflect the content of the learning session. Huge importance is given to the analysis and clarity of the content that is being taught (Correnti et al., 2021). Both the learner and the teacher in this process will not be able to become critical or alter anything about the content. In the learning session, the teacher will mainly focus on the content of the learning session following this process.

Participatory method: The participatory teaching method is different from learner-centred and content-focused methods since this method does not lay any emphasis on the learner or the content.

This method mainly focuses on learning through participation. In this method, both the learner and the teacher collaborate and engage in the learning process (Gal et al., 2018). The contribution of the learner and the teacher plays a significant role in this method. This method is quite effective since it helps in the development of both the learner and the teacher wherein, both can learn from each other through participation. In this method, both the teacher and the learners in the leaning session of Gestational Diabetes will participate together in the learning process and will gain more knowledge on the health issue.
Explanation of the rationale in association with the choices of participants, learning principles of adults and learning outcomes

Choice of participants: The participants that were mainly chosen for this included women aged between 25-30. The main topic that this significant study focuses on is Gestational Diabetes which is a health issue that might occur during pregnancy. Pregnant women are prone to this health issue and this health issue develops in women when they are 24-18 weeks pregnant (Thomas, Pienyu&Rajan, 2020). In Australia, around 2-10% of pregnant women suffer from this health issue every year. During pregnancy, the body fails to produce enough insulin that is required to break down glucose into glucose. This increases the level of sugar in the blood which then gives rise to Gestational Diabetes. The participants were chosen since most of the participants were women and they which increases the chance of Gestational Diabetes in them when they are pregnant. These women were did not have an in-depth knowledge of Gestational Diabetes and they also did not have any knowledge of the preventive measures of this health concern which showcases that most women in Australia would not know about Gestational Diabetes (Dalfrà et al., 2020). If women develop Gestational Diabetes in them, they might face complications during their pregnancy which will be bad for both the mother and the child’s health.

Learning principles: The learning session focused on various learning principles. The educator of the awareness program understood that all the participants are not that well aware of these health issues and educating them about Gestational Diabetes from the root is important in developing their knowledge regarding the health issue (Biswas et al., 2020). The main learning principle followed in the session was in the form of a participatory method. In this process, both the learner and the educator collaboratively participated in the learning process so that through communication all the queries related to the health issue can be solved. Participants from varied cultural origins and speaking numerous languages have different needs and options participated in the learning session. As a result, an educational session was held to deliver specific information to a specific set of people aids in meeting their needs. In this scenario, educational seminars are held to teach local mothers' groups about gestational diabetes, its symptoms, and the treatment process. Furthermore, it assists mothers' groups in improving their knowledge and anxiety about gestational diabetes and its consequences (Saboula, Ahmed & Rashad, 2018).

Learning outcomes: The learning session assisted in instilling in all the participants the expected outcome of the learning session which helped in providing an understandable vision and purpose of the awareness program (Guo et al., 2018). Furthermore, gestational diabetes educational programmes assisted mothers' groups in detecting the hazards that gestational diabetes poses to moms throughout pregnancy. These also helped mothers' groups establish ideas on the techniques that mothers must apply throughout pregnancy in order to live a healthy life and avoid gestational diabetes. The need for leading a healthy life was also discussed as it was noticed that most of the women who participated in the learning session didn’t have in-depth knowledge about the symptoms and preventative cure for this health concern (El Toony, Khalifa &Ghazaly, 2018). The learning session also helped the participants in knowing the accurate treatment that they need to access if they notice any early symptoms of Gestational Diabetes in them.
Reasons for the evaluation of the session

Evaluating a certain activity or a program is quite essential as it helps in identifying the outcomes of the process (Carr, Loucks &Blöschl, 2018). The evaluation also helps in understanding the strength and weaknesses of a certain activity so that improvements can be made accordingly. The evaluation process also helps in understanding the knowledge that has been gained and how that knowledge can be applied in its specific field. Conducting the learning session was quite essential as it helps in understanding the level of knowledge that women have regarding Gestational Diabetes. The evaluation of the session is quite important in understanding the knowledge gap that exists among women (Carr, Loucks &Blöschl, 2018). The way the women were able to understand the health complications of the health issue needs to be evaluated so that the effectiveness of the learning process can be understood(Arora et al., 2021).An educational program must be evaluated to understand whether the learners understand the basic concepts taught during the session. It also helps in showcasing the effectiveness of the session to the learners as well as to the community. Sessions need to be evaluated so that the there must be more engagement of participants.

Process Evaluation: It refers to the assessment of the education session to examine whether the planned session was executed as it was planned. The intention behind this education program is to reach all the population of the target area and to identify the major risks and strategies taken to combat these risks.
Outcome Evaluation: It assesses what changes the community has undergone after the education session has been implemented.

The three teaching methods are Content-focused method where the educator gives more focus on the content that is gestational diabetes here. Moreover, Participative method and teacher-centric methods are also followed for this education session.

The ways of assessing the content and process of the session

Optimal adjustment to diabetic living: The fundamental objective of education on diabetes is optimal adjustments. This is what the learning session tortoises as the chief goal of circulating educational resources (Saravanan et al., 2020). The learners have to address the problems that are responsible for the emergence of the problems. Identification of the problems is to the cohesive orientation of the needs of the learners that is fundamental to self-management. Therefore, the role of need assessment is important for determining the pattern of the disease that shapes that provides the patients with sufficient information. On the other hand, the repetition of information must be avoided that the learner has already acquainted with. Acknowledgment of the learners' needs must be prioritised as it lessens the chances of risks, anxiety, and concerns for panic.

Avoiding hypoglycaemia: The first criterion for avoiding hypoglycaemia is to make sure to monitor the blood sugar and not skip the necessary meals. The concentration of fibres minimises the dangers related to diabetics and this is hopeful to save the lives of both women and the child (AlKhaldi et al., 2019). The prevention of hypoglycaemia is the agent of the learning session that also has its message of the promotion of physical activities. Staying physically active increases good food habits and controls the fluctuation in the sugar level. The assessment of learning can be done by observing if the women are maintaining the nutritional food charts and the enriched foods. The awareness programme categorises the must-take and the prohibited food habits.

Knowledge on Insulin: The consciousness programme focussed on the diabetic problems emerging out of the irregular intake of insulin. The women were given knowledge of the adverse effects of the insulin being missed or not taken on time. The reactions of the imperfect push of injection could bring negative effects and this can lead to changes in the skin colours (McIntyre et al., 2010). The serious side effects are posited depending on the necessities for insulin therapy originate. The unintentional use of insulin more than necessary might bring on serious dangers and damage to the psyche. An education survey must be properly planned so that participants get more knowledge regarding the preventive factors of gestational diabetes.

Conclusion

It can hence be concluded that Gestational Diabetes is a health issue that around 2-10% of women in Australia differ from every year. The plan to conduct an awareness program to educate the participants regarding this health issue was quite necessary. The learning session helped in generating awareness regarding Gestational Diabetes and also helped in developing the knowledge of women regarding Gestational Diabetes and its early symptoms. The learning session also helped the participants in understanding the right treatment that they can seek if they witness any symptoms of Gestational Diabetes in themselves or in others.
 

Reference List

PBHL20001 Understanding Public Health Assignment Sample

This assessment task for this unit is a reflective practice assignment of about 2000 words that describes your growing understanding of Public Health as a discipline. This is an individual assignment. You are strongly encouraged to work on your reflection throughout the term and to make notes of ideas that occur to you or issues that interest you that you can include when you write your assignment.

Your reflection should focus on how your understanding of Public Health changed over the course of the term, and you should compare your knowledge, perceptions, and attitudes at the beginning of this unit with how you feel at the end. You should also reflect specifically on the following questions:

1. How does an understanding of the history of Public Health contribute to professional practice?

2. How important are the non-health factors that are part of public health practice?

3. What are some of the ethical issues associated with public health practice?

4. How will the things you have learned as part of this unit affect your own practice in the future?

This reflective assignment is an essay. A less formal writing style may be used, and references are not required. If you do use any source material, however, each item must be identified in an in-text reference and also appear fully cited on a reference list.

Solution

Introduction

The concept of public health is very important as it deals with ensuring the health and wellbeing of all the people of a country. However, there are different aspects related to the public health related policies. These aspects may not be medical in nature. Factors such as social aspects and ethical issues can affect public health related decision making. In this context, this essay for assignment help will highlight the history of public health and its contribution to professional practices. Along with this, it will also highlight the ways in which social factors and ethical factors impact public health related decision making. Lastly, this essay will highlight the concepts that I have learned in relation to public health during my coursework.

1. An understanding of the history of Public Health and contribute to professional practice

History of public health had become important in the second half of the nineteenth century in the USA. By the late 19th century, in the USA a public healthcare structure had been established which helped me and healthcare staff to treat the patients with proper guidelines.

History of anything is important to understand the present value of the particular area. In healthcare, the history of public health plays an important role in understanding different aspects for professional practice (Naeem et al., 2021). Public healthcare is always involved with different kinds of risks. Due to different symptoms and different health conditions, there are risks of wrong treatments. Historical facts and information help to avoid such risks. Apart from that, history always shows the ways that have already been considered for public health. The result may be favourable or adverse for the patient. Thus, in order to provide better treatment to the public, healthcare organisations can bring up innovative ways to treat people. Innovation helps public healthcare to be more developed and advanced. With the advancement of Medical Science, public healthcare should also become more developed for the better health of the society.

For a doctor, it is important to know the history of healthcare. A person may have a family history of carrying a disease hereditary and that affects that person at a point of his or her life. In such cases, I should know about the family medical history to go forward with the most suitable treatment method. It helps me to consider the wider range of possibilities rather than narrowing the possible ways of the treatment (Aruru et al., 2021). The history of public healthcare helps me understand the timescale of beneficial health. Exceptions are there too as some of the communicable diseases do not follow the rules of history. Nevertheless, in order to improve the public healthcare activities, I should consider all kinds of facts and figures from the past to understand the nature of the disease more conveniently. It will help me to find relevance with the future plans too.

It is important for the healthcare units to keep a track of every vase of public healthcare to use it as a history of case studies in case of treating the same disease in future. For me, knowing the health history of the family of the patient can be fruitful as it helps me to take necessary steps in order to minimise the health risks of the patient (Estabrooks et al., 2018). For example, a family has a history of diabetes. It is being observed that the family members who are blood related, have a high chance of diabetes at a certain age. In this case, I always advise to have regular checkups and blood tests.

2. Importance of the non-health factors that are part of public health practice

Before enrolling for this course, I had an idea that the non-medical factors had no relation with public health practices. I was unaware of the different aspects of non-health factors and how these aspects can make or break the mere foundation of public healthcare. However, during this coursework I was introduced to this topic in depth. I have been taught that different social aspects such as level of income, level of social protection, food insecurity, education, unemployment, discrimination and social exclusion and others play an important role in public health care facilities (Ford and Airhihenbuwa, 2018). As per World Health Organisation, social determinants are more important than lifestyle choices when it comes to influencing health. We have read those undeveloped countries where the rate of uneducated people is higher face more public health issues. For example, the covid-19 pandemic has also affected the deprived section of the countries in larger proportion. There is a higher chance that people with low-income groups will not be able to get the same healthcare facilities that other people get. Moreover, there is a high chance that diagnosis of dieseases will be late for these people as they often avoid going for checkups (Schuchat et al., 2020). On the other hand, people with a low rate of education are not aware of the different healthcare initiatives. Moreover, they may not be aware of the precautions that they need to take. Factors like low income, higher rate of unemployment and lack of economic growth also leads to depression which can again lead to substance abuse and drinking. Lack of education and social awareness can also lead to taboos and stigmas which can make it difficult for the people to get access to healthcare.

During our coursework, we have also learnt about the different strategies that are being taken to mitigate these issues. I have noticed that governments of different countries have started to make health considerations while making decisions about all the other aspects of society. I think this policy is highly effective as it engages a diversified range of stakeholders and aligns their objectives of promoting health as well as social welfare (Khoury et al., 2018). During the coursework, I have been taught that focusing on job creation, development of agriculture, improving the educational system and ensuring equality can ultimately improve public health. In this context, I have noticed the government making policies for ensuring that there is full attendance in the schools while also ensuring that the students are being educated about different diseases and the way they can take care of themselves. This is a form of responsible learning. Moreover, I have learnt that implementing cross-sector strategies can also improve the health of neighbourhoods which belong to poor sections of the society (Brownson et al., 2018). I know about different coordinated strategies that have been implemented across different sectors with social, cultural, economic barriers. These sections of the society have health disparities and are making cross sectional policies to mitigate the same.

3. Some of the ethical issues associated with public health practice

Ethics is a branch of philosophy which differentiates between right and wrong actions. During my coursework, I have learnt about the ethical issues that can hamper public healthcare practices. As per my understanding, the different ethical concerns that arise in healthcare practices include informed consent, confidentiality, scientific integrity and respect for human rights. In this context, the public health ethics inquiry has three main functions, which include identifying and mitigating ethical dilemmas, resolving the dilemmas by deciding the most suitable course of actions (Wickramage et al., 2018). I have also learnt about different forms of ethics such as bioethics which deals with reproductive or end of life decision making, clinical research ethics, confidentiality and use of emerging technologies. Here, as a healthcare practitioner the focus needs to be given on whether the decision taken will be beneficiary for the patient or it will be non-malefic. Other than this, the concept of justice also plays an important role. This is the reason why female foeticide is banned in India. Moreover, gender determination is also banned in India due to the ethical grounds of healthcare. Moreover, I have knowledge that health care practitioners have the liability to safeguard patient information. Other than this, I have also learned about public health ethics which deals with emergency preparedness, social determinants of health, infectious disease control and others.

As per my knowledge, the covid-19 pandemic was a type of ethical issue for the public healthcare system of different countries as it was the duty of the government to collaborate with the health care practitioners in order to reduce the spread of this infectious disease. I think that setting priorities is highly important as the government as well as the public health practitioners need to identify the way they will allocate financial resources (Estabrooks et al., 2018). The policy makers need to negotiate between different ethical issues as they choose their competing priorities in order to resolve the conflict. Our coursework has also taught us about the five conditions that are developed by James Childress that have to be considered before overriding important morale considerations in healthcare. These are policy effectiveness, least restrictive infringements, proportionality of benefits and burdens, necessity and public justification. Thus, as far as I have understood, public health care has to be followed in alignment with asset goals, benefits and burdens of public healthcare and the actions associated with them.

I also think that the majority of public health practitioners do not have adequate skill sets to consider ethics in their day to day work. In this case, first the healthcare practitioners will have to let go of the normative assumptions they hold. Majority of healthcare practitioners think that relying on professional experience and own personal morale is more than enough in managing challenging ethical issues in healthcare (Khoury et al., 2018). However, in reality there is lack of proper clarification and the boundaries of ethical healthcare are also not properly set. The existing healthcare frameworks also do not have the ability to reduce ethical tensions. The decision makers need to formulate frameworks that can manage ethical conflicts while reducing ethical tensions. Thus, I have learnt from my coursework as well as personal experience that there is a lack of effective policies to mitigate the ethical challenges associated with public health. However, the government is trying to take active measures to mitigate the same on a real time basis.

4. Learned factors as part of this unit affect your own practice in the future

The history of public health plays a vital role in comprehending various facets of my professional practice in healthcare. Various types of dangers are constantly present in public healthcare. There is a danger of incorrect therapy due to a variety of symptoms and health issues. Facts and information from the past can help you avoid such dangers. Aside from that, history always demonstrates the approaches to public health that have already been examined (Brownson et al., 2018). The patient's outcome may be positive or negative. As a result, healthcare organisations can come up with novel ways to treat patients in order to give quality treatment to the general public. Innovation aids the development and advancement of public healthcare. As medical science advances, public healthcare should improve as well, for the betterment of the people's health.

We've also learned about the many ways being used to address these concerns as part of our study. I've noticed that governments in several countries have begun to consider health issues while making decisions concerning other elements of society. This policy, in my opinion, is very effective since it involves a wide range of stakeholders and aligns their goals of enhancing health and social welfare. Throughout my training, I was taught that focusing on job creation; agricultural growth, educational reform, and guaranteeing equality can all help to enhance public health.

In this context, I've noticed the government enacting laws to ensure full attendance in schools, as well as to ensure that pupils are educated about various ailments and how they may take care of themselves. This is an example of responsible education. Furthermore, I've discovered that employing cross-sector techniques can help improve the health of neighbourhoods in low-income areas (Brownson et al., 2018). I'm familiar with a variety of coordinated solutions that have been applied across several industries to overcome social, cultural, and economic constraints. Health disparities exist in these areas of society, and cross-sectional policies are being implemented to address them.

Ethics is a philosophical branch that distinguishes between right and wrong conduct. I learned about the ethical difficulties that can stymie public healthcare efforts during my education. Informed permission, confidentiality, scientific integrity, and respect for human rights are among the various ethical considerations that occur in healthcare procedures, according to my understanding (Naeem et al., 2021). In this setting, the public health ethics inquiry serves three key purposes: detecting and minimising ethical issues, and resolving the dilemmas by determining the best course of action.

As a healthcare provider, my focus should be on whether the decision you make will be beneficial to the patient or non-beneficial. Aside from that, the concept of justice plays a significant role. Female foeticide is illegal in India for this reason (Wickramage et al., 2018). Gender determination is likewise prohibited in India because to ethical considerations in healthcare. Furthermore, I am aware that health-care professionals are responsible for protecting patient information. Aside from that, I have learnt about public health ethics, which includes topics like emergency preparedness, socioeconomic determinants of health, and infectious disease control.

Conclusion

After analysis, it has been concluded that heath care sectors need to inform their employees about different issues and make an awareness program. If the sectors want to improve its issues then it needs to make more charity programs and develop clinical leadership. Through those analyses understand various things and try to practice those days by day to improve it. I need to make my decision-making process more effective for the patient's benefit. I also think that fundamentals growth and education growth can help to develop heaths care services. Non-heaths factors did not have any concern with the heaths care sectors or services.
 

Reference list

PBHL20003 Social Epidemiology and Statistics Assignment Sample

Task description

The literature review provides an overview of the social epidemiological aspects of your topic that you chose for Assessment 2. It summarises broad trends in the literature on your topic and highlights important points in selected articles. The review task includes:

The literature review is due in the last week of Term. However, your preparation should commence at Week 1 to familiarize yourself with the Library and its academic databases, how to conduct literature searches, select material and structure your Review. The University library and CQU Student Learning Support provide online guides and individual sessions; and workshops on academic writing, academic integrity and referencing. You also have access to resources such as Studiosity.

Choosing the literature to include in your assignment help is important. Only peer-reviewed scholarly material should be used. You need to note various views and approaches contained in the literature and to choose works to include without bias or preconceived ideas. Journal articles are often more relevant than books due to the long lead time between the writing and publication of books and because journals are often the forum where the latest thinking on a topic appears.

Solution

Introduction

Malaria has been accounted as one of the major global health priorities as the prevalence of malaria has been affected worldwide nations. According to World Malaria Report published in the year 2020, it has been found that approximately 229,000,000 case reports of malaria have been witnessed in the year 2019 (World Health Organization 2022, p. 1). The report highlights that children belonging to the age of five and below are one of the most susceptible and vulnerable target populations for malaria. Also, the report highlights that in the year 2019 approximately 67% of death cases were identified associated with malaria throughout the world (World Health Organization 2022 p. 1). The National Notifiable Disease Surveillance System and NNBSS reported the identification of 9291 case reports of diseases that are suspected to be transmitted by mosquitoes from the year 2010 to 2011 (Knope 2013, p. 3). It has also been evaluated and acknowledged that malaria has been one of the historical endemics for the population of Australia which was significantly declared eradicated since they are 1981. As the condition of malaria has no longer been accounted as an endemic condition, there are still 700 to 800 cases of malaria reported each year within the population of Australia who are accounted as frequent travellers.

One of the target populations of malaria within the premises of Australia accounts for Papua New Guinea’s population has it has been found that more than 95% of the population belonging to the New Guinea are found living in regions where the risk of malaria transmission is significantly higher than any other communities. The case reports of malaria within the premises of the Western Pacific region of Australia highlight that more than three fourth of the cases of malaria on identified within the Papua New Guinea population (Australian High Commission Papua New Guinea 2022, p. 1). The National Health and Medical Research Council has provided $21,860,617.00 to the field of malaria research in the year 2020 which is divided among ideas grants and investigator grants (NHMRC 2022, p. 1). Focusing on the rising prevalence of malaria as well as the increased risk of the infection within the Papua New Guinea population as well as other communities of Australia, the following literature review will focus on assessing significant literature evidence available in terms of malaria in the Australian population. It is necessary to develop significant literature analysis to evaluate the conditions sustained by the general population of Australia as well as Papua New Guinea as well as significant strategies and supportive actions that the government must take into account to provide them with safer and secured health outcomes. The increased prevalence of malaria within the target population, the significant factors which are associated with the increased risk of the condition as well as the services that are provided as well as those that need to be enhanced within the target population will be evaluated in the following Literature review.

Methods

To conduct a significant literature review, it will be necessary to identify, select and further evaluate sets of literature evidence with the help of inclusion and exclusion criteria as well as a literature search. The inclusion criteria focus on highlighting the criteria based on which the research articles will be selected from electronic databases. Articles which are published between the year 2010 to 2022 will be selected as well as those which are published in the English language (Patino and Ferreira 2018, p. 1). Also, the articles discuss the prevalence of malaria as well as associated factors within the target population such as Australia and Papua New Guinea to be precise. Electronic databases such as PubMed will be used to attain a significant set of literature articles which are peer-reviewed and authentic (Patino and Ferreira 2018, p. 2). The literature review will focus on the methodology target population, significant findings as well as the research gap that are identified within the selected research articles to evaluate a significant set of evidence for the assessment.

Literature analysis:

Theme 1: socioeconomic stability and diversity associated with increased risk of malaria in Papua New Guinea population

According to the research carried out by Davy et al. (2010, p. 1), it has been found that malaria has been one of the major burdens of health within nations with low-income values and standards first up the research was carried out focusing on the treatment-seeking behaviour in terms of malaria within one of the low-income population of Australia accounting for Papua New Guinea. The research was carried out focusing on a cross-sectional survey between two linguistically, culturally as well as demographically different regions where the Papua New Guinea population were residing. The cross-sectional survey relied on household evidence which was taken from both sides accounting for approximately 928 individuals (Davy et al. 2010, p. 3). These individuals were suspected and reported to be suffering from malaria within the past month and those evidence were taken into account based on the associated factors. These factors highlighted the significant treatment day accounted for, the factors that were associated with their living condition as well as other environmental aspects which are highly associated with the prevalence of malaria. The results of the study highlighted that formal health care treatment facilities, as well as cultural values, had a significant factor in the treatment-seeking behaviour of these target populations (Davy et al. 2010, p. 3). It was found that traditional healers, cultural practices as well as formal health care facilities are counted as the major treatment factors in terms of malaria within the target population. The research developed a significant gap in highlighting the precise cultural values and perspectives that serves as a major contributing factor to the risk of malaria as well as treatment-seeking behavior within the Papua New Guinea population (Davy et al. 2010, p, 5).

It was also found in a different research studies carried out by Rodríguez-Rodríguez et al. (2019, p. 3) that one of the significant causes of the increased risk of malaria within the Papua New Guinea population was lack of significant hygiene maintained within the general household activities. It was also found that personal hygiene, as well as environmental cleanliness, was significantly low within the population which increased the favourable setting of water contamination and further growth of mosquitoes breeding. Also maintaining significant hygiene such as hand cleaning, cooking with clean water, drinking clean water or maintaining sanitation throughout the surrounding was highly associated with the increased risk of malaria as these practices were effectively low within the target population (Rodríguez-Rodríguez et al. 2019, p. 3). It was found that behavioural factors such as drinking clean water, eating healthy food as well as maintaining nutritional value were appropriately and effectively low within the target population which does expose them to increased risk of malaria when compared to other populations. it was assessed that poverty as well as diversity web significantly functioning within the target population which exposes them to inappropriate cleanliness maintenance as well as safety measures implementation within a their daily routine (Rodríguez-Rodríguez et al. 2019, p. 3).

Theme 2: Climate change, and biodiversity within Papua New Guinea and other Australian communities
 

It has been found from a research study conducted by Imai et al. (2016, p 4), that climate change, as well as biodiversity, has a significant impact on the pop one new journey population increased prevalence of malaria. It has also been evaluated that malaria being a public health concern in the selected population highlights the vulnerability towards the change in climate as well as their increased sensitivity towards malarial mosquitoes. The research was carried out focusing on the time series method which was intended to evaluate the incidence of malaria associated with the weather as well as changing climate. The changing climate, as well as weather, accounted for increased or fluctuation in temperature, precipitation as well as change in global phenomena associated with climate (Imai et al. 2016, p 4). The research findings confirm that change in local weather has an increased influence on the increased risk of malaria within the target population along with a significant association with the change in global climate. The research highlighted a major literature gap where it appropriately discusses the local weather which is highly identified within the selected region’s weather in Papua New Guinea population colonized (Imai et al. 2016, p 4).

Another significant research was carried out by a researcher Rodríguez-Rodríguez et al. (2021, p. 2), which highlighted the transmission of malaria within the depopulation of Papua New Guinea. It focused on assessing the social, cultural as well as other demographic factors which have a significant impact on the change in the epidemiology of malaria within the target population. The research was carried out using a mixed-method design where two significant sites in the Papua New Guinea population were selected as the target sample. These selected target populations were involved in in-depth interviews, and discussions as well as cross-sectional survey based on malaria indicators but further implemented in the research to sustain a wide range of evidence (Rodríguez-Rodríguez et al. 2021, p. 2). The reason for the study identified that majority of the population spends this substantial amount of time in the outdoor settings which increased their risk to get exposed to increase mosquito bites. It was found that living within the outdoor setting, sleeping in the outdoor environment as well as increased mosquito bites were the factors highly associated with the increased prevalence of malaria within the Papua New Guinea population. It was also found that adult men had an increased risk of malaria due to working in the outdoor settings still late at night and also sleeping outside (Rodríguez-Rodríguez et al. 2021, p. 2).

Synthesis Table:

Conclusion

To conclude it can be stated that Australia has an increased prevalence of malaria despite eradication of the condition as one of the major public health concerns. It has been found that the Papua New Guinea population under administrative rule of Australian territory sustains an increased prevalence of malaria and thus serves as a public health concern. It has been found that there are several factors which serve in increased risk of malaria within the population such as poverty, climate change, diversity, cultural values as well as maintaining significant hygiene and healthy routine. After conducting the literature it has been found that there is a significant gap in the literature which precisely focuses on the Papua New general population as well as the biodiversity and the socio-economic condition they live which exposes them to increased risk of malaria and associated complications first of all so further research must be carried out to assess the significant treatment facilities and policies that are provided to them to fight against the prevalence of malaria.

References:

NURS2193 Nursing Therapeutics and Aged Clients Assignment Sample

This assessment for assignment help requires you to use your academic writing skills to produce a 1500-word essay.

This will contribute to 50% of your overall mark for the course and supports several of the course learning outcomes for this course:

» CLO 2: Compare and contrast the various work contexts of the professional nurse
» CLO 3: Prepare written communication relative to the acquisition of nursing knowledge
» CLO 5: Describe the basic principles of reflective practice and evidence their application in relation to particular learning tasks

Essay Topics

Choose any 1 topic from 2.

1. Professional boundaries are an important feature of therapeutic relationships between nurses and patients. Discuss this statement. Within your essay, identify the difference between boundary violationsand boundary crossings and provide an example of each.

OR

2. Reflective practice is regarded as a key skill for nurses that enhance professional learning and growth. Discuss this statement Within your essay, comment on why reflective practice is valuable for nursing students and beginning registered nurses.

Solution

Nursing professionals need to engage with their patients or clients in a dynamic way that demands their participation in maintaining a healthy interaction with the patient ensuring the delivery of quality healthcare practice that is beneficial for the patient (Molina-Mula & Gallo-Estrada 2020). The behavior and relationship between the therapeutic nurses and the patient must be very consistent throughout the treatment and within a framework of professional boundaries. In this academic essay, a thorough discussion on the therapeutic nurse-patient relationship would be done followed by investigation of the importance of the professional boundaries and its importance in therapeutic care would be performed, the concepts of boundary crossing and boundary violation with several examples will be discussed throughout the next few paragraphs.

 The therapeutic nurse and patient relationship are one of the foundation blocks in nursing care. Throughout the treatment period, the nurses need to maintain the trust, respect, privacy, and dignity of their patients (Hartley et al., 2020). The nurse-patient relationship is a goal-oriented and fruitful relationship that serves the best interests of the patient as well as for delivering quality care. The therapeutic nurse-patient relationship is based on several foundational pillars as follows- firstly, trust, the therapeutic nursing practitioners must build trust between dim and the patient to deliver the best possible care for them. Secondly, respect, the therapeutic nurse needs to have respect start the values and culture of the patient who they treat. Thirdly, intimacy; The physical, psychological as well as emotional intimacy is required to deliver therapeutic play care and which creates a barn ability in the nurse-patient relationship.

The therapeutic nurse-patient relationship is different from the personal relationship in many aspects such as this relationship is based on several regulations and codes of ethics as per the professional standards and it is entirely goal-oriented and different from the spontaneous or uncontrolled interest-seeking personal relationship (Slobogian, Giles & Rent, 2017).

Boundaries are an important parameter in the case of a therapeutic nurse-patient relationship and the nurses should provide the care while staying within the boundaries of the relationship. Proper knowledge, skills and guidance are extremely important in maintaining the professional relationship between the therapeutic nurses and their patients, which is quite different from the personal relationship, where there is no formal education, guidance or advanced preparation required (Kornhaber et al., 2016). Boundaries that are common in the professional sector will be discussed in the subsequent paragraph of this study.

The professional boundaries are the little window in between the therapeutic nurses inability to control power and indulgence and the patients situational vulnerability. The professional boundary in therapeutic nursing care ensures and determines the lines through which they are professional and therapeutic behaviors are guided and in rectifying any behavior whether intentional or unintentional that serves their own interest rather than the patients care need. The therapeutic nursing practitioners must maintain professional relationships and boundaries to be able to maintain play respectful consistent relationships with their patients throughout the length of their treatment phase. The duty of maintaining professional boundaries lies only with the nursing practitioners but not with the patient. The boundary has some major importance in the therapeutic relationships between healthcare professionals and patients.

The professional boundaries in the relationship between the therapeutic nurse and the patient exist because of ensuring the safety and better care for the patients. The nurses need to follow these boundaries in order to sharpen the best interest of the patient throughout their treatment period, it is beyond their personal characteristics and affection. During the therapeutic relationship with the patient, the therapeutic nurse has access to patient information and they can influence the patient seeking care. These specialized knowledge skills as well as access to personal data create a vulnerability for the nurses to the patient. To ensure that the code of ethics professional boundaries, as well as patient safety, are maintained the nursing practitioners must always remain within their professional boundaries during real life practice. In the subsequent paragraph of this study, the author will specifically focus on approaches that are followed to cross the professional boundary in therapeutic communication and relation.

Boundary crossing in a professional relationship between the therapeutic nurse and the patient could be explained by short misconduct as per the professional behavioral standards during their service for the therapeutic care of the patient. The boundary-crossing incidents as moderate to low significance when it occurs for the first instance but overtime with frequent occurrence of boundary-crossing crossings this may lead to boundary violation and which has a serious impact on the professional code of conduct ( Kristoffersen, 2019).

Several actions that lead to boundary crossings when the therapeutic nurse encounters a vulnerable patient are as follows: Maintaining a personal relationship with the patient. Connecting with the patient through social media. Intentionally disclosing in front of the patient. Maintaining a behavior of gif taking from the patients. Providing favors to the patient outside of the job roles and responsibility. Providing special care for the patient beyond the job role ( Hazen et al., 2018). Providing therapeutic care for friends and family

Boundary violation is a serious concern in the case of the therapeutic relationship between the nurse and the patient. Boundary violations are a clear persistent breach of professional boundaries and underlying trust between the patient and nurse. When the nurse takes advantage of the professional relationship they have with their patients and fulfill their personal needs that is a clear indication of boundary violation. Boundary violations are not acceptable in the therapeutic nursing practice and it can impact the nurse’s career affecting licensing sanctions ( Manral, Pareek & Kaur, 2018). The underlying cause of the boundary violation could also be the lack of understanding and confusion present between the nerds and the patient’s relationship in case of what is the roll-up the nurse and play the therapeutic needs of the patient

Several examples of boundary violations are as follows: Engaging in a romantic or sexual relationship with the patient under treatment. Self-disclosure beyond a certain limit with the patient. Lending money or borrowing money from the patient who is receiving the treatment from the therapeutic nurse. Maintaining a culture of gift taking and giving and asking for a favor in return. Asking for benefit what the nurse by influencing the client’s will or power. Too much involvement with the patient that impacts their personal relationship. Using the patient as a medium for selling or promoting the nurse’s own business. Engagement of the patient in providing care to the nursing practitioner.

The violation of professional boundaries between the therapeutic nurse and their patient has a serious impact on the patient as well as the nurse and on the overall patient care that is given. The professional boundaries are in place to help protect the patient’s valuable information and the safety of their treatment. When the professional boundary is breached there is potential harm to the patient which is not always immediately noticed or recognized. Due to this boundary crossing and violation the negative consequences are faced by the patient ( Hook & Devereux, 2018 ). The altered expectations and behaviors if not sustained and managed can create mentally as well as physical trauma to the patient and interfere with their treatment. Crossing professional boundaries as well as violating the boundaries has a serious impact on the nursing practitioner’s professional career. Lawful action may be taken against the nerds and termination of their employment could be enacted. The violation of professional boundaries also has serious physical and mental struggles for the nursing practitioners which lead to their lack of effort in the daily practice impaired personal relationship and stress ( Reyes Nieva, Ruan & Schiff, 2020 ).

This academic essay summarizes the relationship between the therapeutic nurse and their patients and several parameters associated with this. Boundary crossing and boundary violation with respect to the therapeutic nurse-patient relationship is defined followed by several examples which indicate the behaviors associated with boundary crossings and violation. The impact of boundary crossing and the violation has a play on patient care and patient safety as well as on the professional as well as the personal life of the therapeutic nursing practitioner is critically discussed in this essay. 

References

PBHL20007 Cultural Immersion and Lived Experience Assignment Sample

We each come to public health with a set of our own beliefs, assumptions, experiences, judgments, and views that reflect our culture and upbringing, as well as the events of our life. For this assignment, you must think about your own health experiences and the way they have been impacted by your cultural background and the way you think about health and illness. Firstly, think about how your family deal with illness or treat illness condition. Do they use home remedies to treat illness? How do they decide an illness is serious? What are their preferred ways of managing health and illness?

Secondly, compare how your own personal experiences relate to the views and actions of other people in the same community. Is your family in the majority when it comes to dealing with health and illness? Do they act differently to the most people in the community? If they are different, then explain why and how their behaviour was shaped that way which made them different to others in the community.

Thirdly, discuss your own assumptions about health.

Who do you think is responsible for health - the individual involved, the family, the society in which he or she lives, the government, health services or others? To what extent, do you think people should manage their own health? Who should carry the risk associated with disease and illness?
Finally, consider the role that culture and social background play in health and illness.

Discuss the ways this might affect professional practice in public health, including why it is necessary for a public health practitioner to be aware of cultural differences in health and illness.

This is an individual 2000 words reflective assessment. Your reflections to these areas should be supported by evidence from literature, textbooks or other authentic sources. All references must be cited appropriately with a reference list. In drawing on your own experiences, you may use pictures and other creative material to help illustrate your reflections, but these must also be appropriate cited if they are not your own materials. You cannot use materials from google or any internet sources which does not meet academic standards and guidelines.

This reflective practice assessment will be assessed against following criteria.

1. A deep reflection with ability to write clearly following academic coherence

2. Logically draw and analyse personal experiences around health and illness

3. Critically examine and compare the familial and social context of health

4. Succinctly provide evidence-based arguments around different conceptualisation and accountability to health

5. Appropriate grammar, citation, and referencing

Solution

Introduction

In the present times, health issues are becoming more significant as the population and portions of the society are getting affected by illnesses such as diabetes, infectious diseases, HIV, mental health challenges and many more. Nutrition and lack of physical activity led to obesity which can cause many of these diseases. This essay for assignment help will discuss my experience with Bangladesh's approach to health conditions. This will take into account my family's experience in healthcare. This will also compare my experience with society's concepts of health issues and treatments. The role of society and culture in health issues will also be stated. This will help in clarifying the idea about health issues in the society and the people of Bangladesh.

Family's approach to dealing with health conditions

The approach of Family-Focused Healthcare is becoming more popular in contemporary times as health professionals believe that the involvement of the family can help many diseases to get cured faster. Many states and nations are adapting the task of reform in healthcare that seems appropriate considering the various merits of the family perspective. Recently through research, it has been considered by various researchers, healthcare professionals and advocates that family has a profound force on the health of an individual. Every country should support and strengthen its family caregiving programs based on this respective research (Wisconsin Family Impact Seminars, 2022). Although in Bangladesh, I have seen that my family has always been very supportive during my illness and provided the best care that helped me recover faster. The approach of family care is also more cost-effective and focuses on individuals' help in the recovery process. Family members also have a high level of influence on the health habits of each other. The nutrition we get from our food is consumed through a pattern that we learn from childhood. The habit of exercising regularly is also a common habit that we acquire from our family. Family distress is also a common cause of individuals' ability to focus on the negatives only. For example, a person suffering from hypertension who lives alone will not be able to provide proper health care to themselves compared to a man who lives with a family with the same disease. The family also plays a very vital part in relapses of various chronic diseases. Families in Bangladesh are quite dependent on home remedies as various areas are below the poverty line and do not have the resources to visit medical centres. The infant mortality rate is also high as many mothers do not make it to the hospitals or the health care providers during childbirth.

In my family and others around me, I have seen several instances, where social support and stress have helped in decreasing or increasing the family member's likelihood to fall ill. This can happen due to several reasons like a bereavement of a spouse or close family member, the detrimental effect of smoking or alcoholism and many more. Any person who is susceptible to stress can fall ill much faster. Families that face prenatal conflict often have cases of children who are lower than five years with high levels of stress hormone in the blood. Marital distress can also reduce the immune system functioning in many individuals. A family's decisions and beliefs about health care are very important to promote a healthy lifestyle. The chronically ill patient is dependent on the family members' setting of care provided to them which is quite important. Many times,it has been observed that the cohesiveness of a family during the acute stage of an illness generally decreases if the illness remains for a prolonged period. For example, a cancer patient is often seen to have less distress compared to their spouse or family members. Families also need therapy and support when their family members are going through those issues.

Figure 1: Family’s role in healthcare
Source: (Wisconsin Family Impact Seminars, 2022, para. 4)

Comparison of personal experience with people of the society regarding health issues

I would start with my experience of the pandemic that we had faced in the last two years and yet the world has not recovered. I learned during this period that every year new pandemics emerge that may or may not be as widespread as the Covid-19 virus. This period has taught me that health education and responsible practices in agriculture and society will help in combating such issues in the future (Hossain, 2020, p.1). Another global challenge that I see around me is the pollution and climate change that is leading to the formation of many new diseases. In many societies, economic disparity and the lack of access to healthcare often lead to diseases and high mortality rates. As a society, there is not much contribution that is done to erase such economic disparities even when individuals are seen to be unable to afford health care. I believe there is an equal role between society and the government in the health services that are provided to us. Managing one's health is very important before we start blaming the communities around us or the government.

I do not believe that my family falls under the majority of the society and how they tackle health issues. The main reason which I can attribute to this is lack of resources as most Bangladesh citizens do not have sufficient income to visit healthcare centres. This forces them to surrender to home remedies which are in many cases not helpful. Moreover, the lack of education in many such families leads to a misconception about health issues that further leads to the wrong treatment of the disease. This can only be combated if the government provides a proper health care system and education to all the citizens of the country.

Figure 2: Bangladesh health care spending shows a significant increase
Source: (TheGlobalEconomy, 2022, para. 2)

Personal assumptions about health

Bangladesh belongs to the category of pluralistic health care system where healthcare is highly decentralised. There are various for-profit companies, international welfare organisations, government schemes and NGOs. This has caused various problems that have caused unequal treatment between various classes in society. Shortage of specialists, clinical equipment and physicians is quite common in the country. There are only 1.07 % of nurses available for 10000 people. The number of physicians per 10,000 people is only 3.06 % (Thelwell & Tashin, 2022). The leading cause of death in the country is non-communicable diseases. These diseases include diabetes, cardiovascular disease, cancer, malnutrition and so on. I have seen that most of the physicians and healthcare centres are only concentrated in the urban areas of the country. The rural hospitals are poorly funded which means there is limited access to healthcare options. The government does not provide sufficient healthcare funding as a citizen has to pay 63.3 per cent of the total cost of the treatments (Thelwell & Tashin, 2022).

According to my research, I have found that Bangladesh has shown remarkable progress in healthcare in the last few decades. Bangladesh strategies include out-of-pocket payments, general revenue taxation and development partners' contributions which include insurance (Fahim et al., 2019, p.2). The problem in this case that has been observed is that 5 million people fall into poverty because of exorbitant health expenditures (Sarker et al., 2022, p.4). Unfortunately, I could not find enough data which supports the out-of-pocket costs that are related to the healthcare expenditures in Dhaka. The sustainable development goal of the country is focused on promoting the well-being of every citizen irrespective of their age. This goal will also focus on the socioeconomic factors and the democracy of the population to see if the OOP has any influence on the health care expenditures of the urban citizens. It is also important to understand that despite the various help provided by the government, one should be careful about the various diseases that are surrounding them. The risk of diseases cannot be single-handedly attributed to the government or the nation. I have observed during the pandemic that there were various cases where the public of the nation was casual enough even when they were provided with all healthcare advisories. This had led to the increase in the spread of the virus. Hence, I strongly believe that it is important to be aware of health oneself too.

Role of society and culture on health and illness

The local perception of disease has been seen to vary from community to society all around Bangladesh. Even though long exposure to illness has not enabled these populations to capture a proper explanation based on the scientific background which can be backed by germ theories. diseases are generally divided into subcategories namely lamani (diarrhoea), pansa (chickenpox), dudher haga (watery white excreta), lunti (measles) sardi or kasi(cough and cold). Even while various health education programs like BRAC provide specialised dissemination about diarrhoeal diseases, it has not helped much with the notions of the villagers (Khan, Bhuiya & Chowdhury, 2022, p.2). Although the villagers are aware of the various health risks associated with taking food without adequately washing their hands or even keeping the food in an open area, it has not brought many changes in their attitude. The dependency on various religious beliefs and the older customs have made these villagers not understand the importance of scientific data that backs the diagnosis of the diseases. Other reasons include workload on the head of the household, where, for example, they are not even aware that the soap is bought after the entire consumption. The poor villagers who do not have the access to simple three meals a day would not buy soap or slab latrines to avoid diseases.

Environmental sanitation according to me is also a very important role that plays part in a healthy lifestyle of a society. In Bangladesh, there is a multifaceted sanitation problem that starts from the basic hygiene requirements like safe drinking water and also prevention of excreta disposal methods. Indiscriminate defecation results in various waterborne and filth diseases including diarrhoea, hepatitis, dysentery, hookworm, and so on. The rural housing setup has no arrangement of proper lighting and ventilation. Most marketplaces and public eateries have poor hygiene. There is also a lack of proper disposal of animal waste including inadequate drainage. Rural areas do not receive adequate health education. Some of the severe problems regarding health issues also arise from malnutrition around the country. There are only 35 out of 1000 live childbirths in the lower income strata of the country which is a major reason for the lack of nutrition among young mothers (Joarder, Chaudhury & Mannan, 2019, p.3). This is the direct cause of rapid population growth, inadequate food distribution, illiteracy, poverty and so on. Bangladesh also has a high-frequency tendency of flooding which leads to a huge amount of crop wastage every year.

Practising health in rural areas and countries like Bangladesh requires a clear understanding of the culture and customs of the society. The main reason behind it is most of the patients are not adequately educated and have notions and taboos about treatments. In such cases, the health practitioner must be patient and sensible towards the mindset of the patients, while also providing them with the right treatment (Adhikary et al., 2018, p.1). Moreover, the doctors and nurses also need to ensure that the patients come back for the treatment and do not get agitated by the health care providers.

Figure 3: Malnutrition in children in the last decade
Source: (Tradingeconomics, 2022, para. 2)

Conclusion

It can be concluded from this essay that Bangladesh is yet to cover a long path to reaching an ideal health care system. I have discussed my family's role and also the other families of the society who play a vital part in the healthcare system and it's uplifting. I have also compared my views with the data that I have collected regarding the health care system and the contribution of the government in various parts of the country. The role of the society has also been analysed to understand why Bangladesh is still behind in the healthcare scenario.
 

Reference List
 

CAM520 Global Health System Assignment Sample

Prepare a written report for assignment help to improve the capacity of the Australian health care system to address the evolving health needs of a target population. Choose one of the 31 Australian Primary Health Networks as the context for your report. Draw upon the epidemiological and demographic information in the most recent PHN needs assessment done by your chosen PHN. Your report will make four (4) evidence-based recommendations for change in the primary health care sector and discuss possible implementation strategies. Justify the proposed changes against Duckett’s criteria for an ideal health system – equity of outcomes, quality of care, efficiency, and acceptability for health consumers.

Solution

Introduction:

The Primary Health networks or PHNs are funded by the Department of Health of the Australian government in order to manage and coordinate the delivery of Primary Health care within the diverse regions of Australia. PHNs serves as an independent organization which focuses on assessing and evaluating the health needs of a community and providing significant health services to the general population according to their need as well as their favourable situation (Bates et al. 2022 p. 4). There are two significant goals of a Primary Health network which guide and account for the services the particular organization conducts. It focuses on improving and enhancing the effectiveness of the significant health services provided to people with a high risk of depraved health outcomes (Australian Government, 2022, p. 1). It also aims on improvising and supports the coordination of significant and necessary health-related services to the people in need along with increasing available and easy access to better care along with ensured quality service delivery. There are 31 Primary Health networks within Australia which function independently with an aim to minimize the risk of poor health outcomes as well as connect people with significant health services and maintain appropriate care delivery to people within significant time and locality (Australian Government, 2022, p. 1). In the following assessment, North Coast PHN has been selected out of the 31 Primary Health care networks in order to evaluate its significance in maintaining significant health service and quality care delivery within a certain target population of Australia. The assessment will thus focus on assessing the significant target population based on the epidemiological and demographic information accounted for by the north coast PHN in order to provide better health services and facilities to the general population of Australia.

Target population and health needs:

With growing age, the risk of several health issues and conditions develops in an elderly individual. According to World Health Organization, the common health issues or conditions witnessed by an elderly individual throughout the world account for osteoarthritis, diabetes, depression, hearing issues, loss of vision, dementia, a chronic obstructive pulmonary disorder, joint pains as well as refractive error (WHO, 2022, p. 1). Within the premises of Australia, one in every five older individuals accounting for 22% of the overall population have reported the issues defies related to stroke, as well as heart or vascular complications. It has been found that 7% of the population sustains the risk of cancer while 15% are accounted to live with diabetes. Also, glaucoma, cataracts, blindness or muscular degeneration are also some of the issues witnessed by the elderly population living in Australia which develops a state of deprived quality of life and unhealthy ageing. With growing age the risk to sustain multiple health issues increases which serve as a depriving factor within their health conditions as well as the quality of living (Israeli et al. 2022, p. 3). The elderly population also sustains the development of several health conditions or stability which comes with growing age and they are generally accounted as geriatric syndromes. These syndromes serve as a prime factor in the development of different health issues and sufferings within an elderly individual such as the risk of falls, pressure ulcers, frailty, delirium as well as urinary incontinence. With growing age as well as significant health complications the basic needs and requirements of aged individual accounts for personal security, safety, financial stability, physical and mental health, significant health care services, management of health challenges along with self-actualization (Nguyen et al. 2022, p. 6). Thus this aged population explains the need of maintaining healthy ageing with growing time which explains the need of enhancing and improvising the significant physical environment they are ageing, the services they are provided with as well as the opportunities they sustain in order to maintain a healthy lifestyle as well as management of their health issues. It has been found that acknowledging the ageing population and significant planning for their benefit is one of the necessary investments for the future of the Australian population as it can ensure benefits for the younger generations as well as those who are growing older (Davern et al. 2020, p. 17).

According to the North Coast PHN, it has been found that more than 20% of the overall population of North Coast belongs to the age group of 65 and above when compared to those of Australia and NSW where the statistics are 15.7% and 18.5% respectively. It also highlights that more than 15.8% of the age population explains the need for assistance in conducting their core activities (North Coast Collective, 2022, p. 1). It was found that healthy ageing and living was the second health issue faced by the population of North Coast as well as a significant regional strategy in order to ensure better ageing within the elderly population. The health need assessment conducted by North Coast PHN highlighted the need for significant collaboration and partnership of health professionals with the elderly population in order to manage their health as well as the risk of sustaining illness. It was found that the elderly population mainly needs assistance based on non-disease approaches such as health care expenses or cost, overcoming the barrier of distance to seek services, and informed and well-guided services based on residential care or home-based care (North Coast PHN, 2022, p. 1).

Evidence-based recommendations and implementation strategies against Duckett’s health system criteria

Recommendation 1:

Access to transportation as well as health care services are two prime factors that serve as a barrier in the process of healthy ageing in the older population it has been found that travelling long distances to seek health care services often becomes a major issue for the older population as with growing edge several disabilities and mobility issues increases (North Coast Collective, 2022, p. 1). Also according to the North Coast PHN, it has been found that distance of travel was one of the issues reported by the general population which serves as a barrier to accessing significant health services. It was found that in order to seek specialist care and service, 42.9% of the population reported having issues due to the distance of travel that they had to meet (North Coast PHN, 2022, p. 1). Also in terms of allied health services such as podiatrists, dentists or physiotherapists the distance of travel was also a common barrier reported by 29.9% of the population. the population living on the North Coast explain the need to travel distance to seek better services in relation to their mental health condition as they lacked significant counselling and psychiatric services within their local premises. Approximately 40.3% of the population reported having a lack of services in their mental health facilities which has a direct association with the increased need for travelling distance (North Coast PHN, 2022, p.1). Hence focusing on the issues of travelling long distances as well as lack of services it is recommended that significant home-based or residential care services are provided to the elderly population on the northern coast. It is necessary that the elderly population or the population with a demand for healthy ageing are provided with significant attention and resources within their homes instead of nursing homes to seek better health conditions and undergo healthy ageing (Gordon et al. 2020, p. 75). Thus the North Coast PHN needs to develop a significant health care team which precisely functions on providing home-based care or residential care two people with increased health needs. In order to implement the strategy, it is necessary to develop a significant proposal with collaboration from other stakeholders such as local government, national government, NGOs, the Primary Health network as well as professionals with skills and experience in delivering home-based care. The intervention or the strategy will highlight the delivery of services to people in relation to their health needs living in every demographic condition in order to maintain equitable outcomes (Siette et al. 2021, p. 997). According to Duckett’s health system criteria equity of outcome explains that every individual belonging to every demographic or epidemiological condition is provided with equal and rightful opportunities in terms of their health and well being. Home-based care and residential care explains the significant delivery of services and health needs to the aged population with disability issues or mobility barriers within their living premises. It serves by minimizing or removing the need of traveling distances in order to seek better services as well as bringing effective specialist care and interventions at home to the people in need (Doh, Smith and Gevers, 2020, p. 1371). The recommendation in relation to the Primary Health network will ensure that people living on the North Coast with the need for home-based care will sustain a significant opportunity for healthy ageing with minimized risk of travel discomfort. Also, home-based care will reduce the increased health expenditure which rises with the need to travel long distances in order to seek specialists and professionals in relation to their health issues such as mental health, physiotherapies as well as other underlying health issues.

Recommendation 2:

It was found from the elderly population of the North Coast explains the lack of understanding and guidance related to the services as well as resources that are available in relation to their health issues. From the North Coast PHN, it was found that in relation to mental health services 35.3% of the population reported that they do not understand or are sure about what kind of services are available for their treatment (North Coast PHN, 2022, p. 1). In relation to alcohol and other drug services it has been found that out of 50.4% belonging to the age group of 15 to 64 years, 38.1% reported a similar issue of having a knowledge barrier about the services or facilities that are available. Also, 35.2% of the population belonging to 15 to 64 years reported that in relation to age-specific services these sustain and charity as well as lack of understanding of the diverse range of services or treatment facilities that are available within their communities (North Coast PHN 2022, p. 1). Thus, based on this statistical evidence it is recommended that significant awareness and guidance strategies or measures should be taken into account in order to guide and educate the population regarding the services as well as facilities that are available (Archibald and Kitson 2020, p. 99). According to Duckett health system criteria, acceptability for health consumers explains the suitable and appropriate guidance or services delivery to health consumers in relation to their health and well beings. Thus their recommendation explains that the North Coast Primary Health services need to guide the population regarding the services and treatments that are available to respective illnesses two people in need the implementation strategies for the recommendation explain the usage of primary healthcare services which will function in delivering appropriate guidance and knowledge to the local people as well as the communities.

Recommendation 3:

On assessing the North Coast PHN evidence on the local Health Network as well as services attainment by the general population as well as the issues they witnessed while seeking access to health services it was found that cost was one of the common factors which was identified in each aspect of health service. In terms of seeking specialist care, allied health, mental health services, alcohol and drug services, general practice as well as age-specific services. In each of the health service aspects, more than 25% of the population reported witnessing issues with cost in terms of their health care (North Coast PHN 2022, p. 1). With a lack of knowledge about available services the increased risk of spending a higher amount of economy on inappropriate diagnoses, medicines as well as services (Le et al. 2021, p. 5). By providing significant guidance and knowledge in relation to the available services the elderly population sustains the ability to invest their healthcare funds and economy in relatable and appropriate health services in terms of their underlying issues. Also, elderly health care funds must be ensured to people with financial instability in order to assist them in seeking better ageing and sustain efficient and effective services in terms of health according to Duckett’s criteria.

Recommendation 4:

It was also found from the North Coast PHN statistics it was found that in terms of age-specific services approximately 31.1% of the population reported having difficulty in organizing their services and care along with the daily necessities. They reported having issues with managing doctors’ appointments, normal domestic support and assistance as well as care packages with funding. Thus, it is recommended that significant home-based nursing care is provided to patients with deteriorating health conditions where they lose their ability to manage home-based services as well as their health care needs (North Coast PHN 2022, p. 1). According to ducats criteria, the recommendation will focus on providing effective and efficient services to elderly people and guide them through healthy ageing.

Conclusion:

It can be stated that the elderly population of Australia explains the increased need for significant and necessary services related to their health and well being in order to restore the process of healthy ageing. The North Coast PHN highlighted the significant needs explained by the elderly population of the North Coast related to their health and the ageing process. Thus focusing on the needs as well as the risks sustained by these populations significant recommendations had been made and guided in the assessment which will serve in ensuring the process of healthy ageing. These recommendations are maintained using buckets health system criteria which guide equity of outcomes, quality of cash, efficacy as well as acceptability. The North Coast PHN explains the need for certain recommendations which highlight the implementation of advanced and well-organized home-based or residential care for age populations, cost-effective treatment intervention or health care funds as well as maintaining education and awareness in terms of health services available.

References:

CAM529 Introduction to Public Health Assignment Sample

Task description

Background:

Cardiovascular disease is considered by the World Health Organisation to be the “world’s number one killer.” This group of diseases causes considerable morbidity and mortality worldwide, and greater than 75% of cardiovascular disease deaths occur in low and middle-income countries

Task:

You are to write an essay describing the global health problem of cardiovascular disease. You should consider how the epidemiology of heart disease differs in low, middle and high- income countries, and the reasons for this. Imagine that you are working for a regional office of the World Health Organisation
You can choose which WHO regional area you wish to focus on. You should then search for and interrogate the literature on current public health challenges and responses to cardiovascular disease for your chosen region and use this information to make recommendations for future action.

Your essay paper should be structured as follows:

• Introduction: Introduce the topic and define the scope of your paper.

• Background: Include the most recent data to illustrate the public health problem in your region, and describe how the problem differs within and between countries in your region. Discuss the determinants of health that are relevant to this issue and explain how they contribute to disease burden.

• Public Health Response: Based on your reading of the literature, describe the current public health policy and strategy responses to this issue in your defined geographical region. Critique this response – identify strengths, weaknesses and gaps, as well as opportunities in relation to the current response. Consider public health approaches that you believe will reap the greatest population health gains. Support your arguments with reference to relevant scholarly literature.

• Recommendations: Based on your critique of the current public health response, provide three policy recommendations for improving the disease burden of cardiovascular disease in your region of choice, and identify the governing bodies that would be responsible for enacting these recommendations.

Task length

The essay should be approximately 3000 words (including references, tables and figures). A word count within 10% of this is considered acceptable.

Solution

Introduction:

It is to be noted that “Cardiovascular Diseases” are the number one killer disease in the world. Globally, an estimated 18 million people had died suffering from cardiovascular disease and amongst all these deaths, more than 85.2% deaths had been due to “stroke” and “heart attack” (Bansal, 2020). Over three-quarters of cardiovascular deaths occur within low and middle-income countries. Amongst 17 million premature deaths in 2019, more than 37% of the deaths had been caused by CVDs (Mehra et al., 2020). The essay discusses the various aspects of cardiovascular diseases and a discussion entailing how heart disease differs in low, middle, and high-income countries (Fuchs and Whelton, 2020). The WHO region that has been taken under consideration in this paper is “South-East Asia” (Peltzer and Pengpid, 2018). The various public health challenges and responses towards “Cardiovascular diseases” for the chosen region would be carried out and some relevant and suitable recommendations would be made for future actions (Dehghan et al., 2018). It is needless to mention that it is of utmost importance to detect cardiovascular diseases at the earliest so as to manage, counsel, and discover effective cures and medicines for the disease (Thomas et al., 2018). The scope of the paper is that it would help future epidemiologists to find the spread, and measures of Cardiovascular diseases within the various high, medium, and low-income countries in South-Eastern Asia for assignment help.

Background:

Heart diseases account for more than 33% of all deaths take place in the South East Asian region and as per reports, cardiovascular diseases are responsible for more than 4 million people every year (Oliva, 2019). Within the region some of the majorly identified causes of cardiovascular diseases (Shafiq et al., 2018). In addition to this, the high blood pressure, as well as unhealthy diets, air pollutions, and so on, are some of the most important risk factors for cardiovascular diseases in the South East Asian regions and they account for more than 18 percent of the total number of deaths and 28 percent of the cardiovascular-related deaths (Jankowski et al., 2021). According to the study by Zhao (2021), amongst all deaths from CVDs, 39% percent of deaths in Southeast Asia are caused by Ischemic heart attacks, 49% percent of deaths are caused by Stroke, and 12 percent of deaths are caused by other cardiovascular diseases (Zhao, 2021).

Low income countries: Bangladesh:

Bangladesh is one of the low income countries of South-east Asia and a recent study from the rural Bangladesh has demonstrated that a there had been drastic increment in the cases of cardiovascular diseases between 2010 to 2019. The age-oriented cardiovascular diseases had increased by 30 times (Islam et al., 2016). Also, it can be said that Bangladesh has exhibited some prominent increment in the prevalence of some non-communicable chronic diseases and the related ates of mortality and morbidity in the previous few years (Islam et al., 2016). Some of the major health determinants pertaining to the prevalence of cardiovascular diseases in Bangladesh include hypertension, diabetes, body-mas index, raised blood pressure, education and so on. As Bangladesh has experienced some rapid urbanization within the last few decades and also exhibited fast economic growth and thus has recently emerged as “a developing nation” (Sharif et al., 2021). As a result of this increased urbanization and growth, there is an increasing concern about further risks of chronic diseases due to the habits of people to adopt sedentary lifestyles (Barua et al., 2018). Bangladesh has also undergone changed food habits and increased inclination of young and middle aged people towards processed foods and inconsistent means and reduced physical activities (Islam et al., 2016). It is to be noted that poor lifestyles are being increasingly adopted by the people of Bangladesh, and as a result, more and more people have been suffering from Coronary Heart Diseases and renal failure than ever before (Hahn et al., 2021). Also, within Bangladesh, the males, unmarried people, the non-slum urban people and the non-Muslims tend to greater possibilities towards the risks of cardiovascular diseases (Barua et al., 2018). In addition to this, according to many studies, the Cardiovascular disease risks had been seen to be conversely proportional to the level of education amongst the males and females and Bangladeshis. For the people having more than 1 years of education, the chances for them to suffer from elevated cardiovascular disease risks is less than 10% (Sharif et al., 2021). Thus, education can be an effective way to prevent and control the risks of CVD within the country.

Middle-income countries: India

In the of the Southeast Asian regions, India is a developing nation with middle-income, and in this country, hypertension, stress-related brain activities, and so on have been reported as some of the most potential factors attributing to cardiovascular deaths (Peltzer and Pengpid, 2018). In the 21st century, Cardiovascular diseases had been one of the most significant causes of mortality in India (Geldsetzer et al., 2018). As compared to the people of Europe, the Indians are affected by cardiovascular diseases 10 years earlier and mostly during the most productive period of their lives. In India, amongst all deaths caused by cardiovascular diseases, 52% are middle-aged. It is to be noted that the most prominent health determinants pertaining to cardiovascular diseases in India is include age, gender, unhealthy food habits, sedentary lifestyles, consumption of tobacco and alcohol abuse.

Moreover, the case of fatality that is attributable to cardiovascular diseases within the middle-income countries like India is significantly higher than high income countries (Kundu and Kundu, 2022). As estimated by the World Health Organization, with the present burden of cardiovascular diseases in India, the nation might loose more than $230 billion from productivity losses and expenditure within the healthcare in the coming decade. In India, the high propensity to develop Cardiovascular diseases can be attributed to various biological mechanisms, various social determinants and other interactions (Nambiar et al., 2020). Migrant Asian Indians have three-times greater prevalence of coronary artery diseases within the rural parts of the country (Kundu and Kundu, 2022). Moreover, the prevalence of Coronary artery diseases within Indians is more than 22 percent for the diabetic patients and 11 percent for the non-diabetic ones. The coronary artery disease prevalence within the rural parts of the nation is more or less 50 percent than within the urban population (Nambiar et al., 2020). Therefore, in order to address the significant burden requires a thorough understanding of all sociological and biological determinants and the complex dynamics underlying the various interactions as well.

High-income countries: Thailand

As per the latest World Health Organization data for 2018, cardiovascular diseases including coronary heart diseases in Thailand has reached more than 60,372 which is equivalent to 12.35% of the total deaths in the country (Juntarawijit and Juntarawijit, 2020). The “age adjusted Death Rate” of the country as per WHO report is approximately 63.10 per 100,000 of population ranks the country #157 in the world. In this country, the main health determinants relevant to cardiovascular diseases include “high blood pressure levels”, “high cholesterol levels”, “diabetes”, smoking, and so on (Juntarawijit and Juntarawijit, 2020). In the last decade, there had been a drastic increase in various chronic diseases within Thailand and Cardiovascular diseases and coronary artery diseases had a significant rise. In the year 2019, in Thailand there had been more than 350 thousand patients undergoing “ischemic heart disease” (Jensen et al., 2019). In that same year, the highest number of patients suffering from Cardiovascular diseases was from Bangkok and there were nearly 48 thousand patients. In the last decade, the number of Thai people suffering and dying from CVD including coronary heart diseases had been increasing in a drastic manner and had been considered to be one of the major causes of deaths in Thailand (Gheewala et al., 2019). The most potential factors that can be attributed to these diseases are unhealthy food habits, and the drastically changing eating behaviours of the people. The Thai people often eat high fat content and high carbohydrate content foods and also they barely exercise but exhibit high levels of stress. In the increasing rates of cardiovascular diseases in Thailand, genetics also play a significant role (Hahn et al., 2021). Apart from that, hypertension, high cholesterol, increasing rates of obesity, smoking and adoption of sedentary life styles are also some of the major factors contributing to the increasing cardiovascular disease rates in Thailand (Krittayaphong et al., 2019).

Public Health Responses within the region

At present, the South Asian tends to account for one-fourth of the total world population, and yet it already claims nearly 60 percent of the worldwide burden of heart diseases (Hahn et al., 2021). It is to be noted that the burden of cardiovascular diseases ion would continue to increase in a drastic manner within the region of Southeast Asia in the future few decades. Substantial public health achievements had been made in the prevention of cardiovascular diseases and strokes; however, they are not sufficient to prevent or reverse the epidemic (Zhao, 2021). Public health services societies by guaranteeing conditions of life where the people can be healthy by addressing 3 major functions, namely, assessments, policy development, and assurance (Thomas et al., 2018). Fruitful achievements within these areas include effective assessment, policy development, and assurance (Peltzer and Pengpid, 2018). For many decades, Southeast Asian public health agencies and epidemiology researcher’s has gathered data on cardiovascular diseases and had carried out research on the ways to measure and prevent them. Despite the persistence of some crucial gaps, the collected information tends to provide a great evidence-base for effective decision-making by public health (Oliva, 2019). Moreover, a wealth of various policies had been developed based on the gathered knowledge and some policies had been implemented in an effective manner but await broader and more intensive applications in order to gain the optimum impact (Dehghan et al., 2018). The others had yet to be acted on. The evaluation of all these policies needs the implementation on an optimum scale and enough resources for evaluation. It is important to note that assurance is evaluated by the level at which the society is protected from the cardiovascular diseases and strokes that can be attained in spite of the latest progress (Dehghan et al., 2018). Therefore, it can be said that the public health agencies can out the recent knowledge for working through a targeted plan of action. However, it is unfortunate to note that most public health agencies are not yet “well-equipped” for these tasks. Within the region of Southeast Asia, this is considered to be further complicated by the provisions of “care split” amongst public and private systems (Shafiq et al., 2018). Primary care services can one of the main contributors to heart and cardiovascular diseases and should be strengthened for realising the actual integration of care for “secondary prevention of cardiovascular diseases”.

However, in the public health response in Southeast Asia, there is a lack of patient participation in the various rehabilitation programs and there is poor adherence to the medication (Fuchs and Whelton, 2020). These are the two main issues associated with the public health responses within south-east Asia and these must be addressed to strengthen the secondary prevention responses for heart diseases. It is to be noted that the evidence-based patient education and empowerment initiatives tend to be lacking all over the region and thus must be prioritized. The uses of technologies might provide scopes within the area. Improving and expanding the registry data coverage is important for understanding the actual views of the disease and informing policies (Fuchs and Whelton, 2020). The data integration via “electronic health records” is lacking at present, however, might contribute to that goal. Strengthening the monitoring of the “secondary prevention goals” within the non-communicable diseases or cardiovascular plans and auditing services, delivery based on the establishment of quality standards, and the patient outcomes must be regarded as high priorities for studying economies for refining the healthcare offerings and assure that the requirements of patients are met (Jankowski et al., 2021).
The gains against cardiovascular diseases, in particular, and the impact of the better interventions are, without a doubt a great news. At the same time, they tend to introduce a new problem. Within high-income countries like Singapore, there are an increasing number of people who are now the supervisors of heart attacks and strokes (Mehra et al., 2020). The more the supervisors the more likely it is that there would be more survivors of heart attacks and the more there will be a recurrence of the diseases. The data sets that describe the prevalence of ischaemic heart diseases and strike certainly tend to tell a story of “long-term growth” (Hahn et al., 2021). Thus, it can be said that an ever-increasing part of the population is considered to have cardiovascular disease and might survive a heart attack or a stroke (Peltzer and Pengpid, 2018). This tends to demand some urgent attention but also tends to represent a realizable opportunity for assuring those individuals get appropriate care. For instance, the fight against tobacco can be considered the most important public health success (Thomas et al., 2018). The prevalence of smoking between 1990 and 2015 has declined in all study economies, minimizing the risks of cardiovascular diseases. During the same period, a considerable increment in the population percentage of those who are obese in the economies (Peltzer and Pengpid, 2018).

It is to be noted that the “WHO south-east Asia regional office” had coordinated the development of “national cardiovascular control programs that focus on secondary prevention of community and primary care settings within the countries like Thailand, Indonesia, and so on. Moreover, the “Global cardiovascular atlas report” of 2011 depicts a list of some “best buys” of some immensely cost-efficient interventions, strategies, and policies for preventing and controlling cardiovascular diseases which can be feasible for the implementation within the middle and low-income nations of the region (Dehghan et al., 2018). These include various effective public health strategies that address various behaviural risk factors like tobacco and the use of alcohol or unhealthy diet practices. Combined with some interventions for secondary preventions like the use of “aspirin, beta-blockers, angiotensin” turning enzyme inhibitors and the lipid lowering therapies, the risks of “recurrent vascular events can be reduced by approximately 75%. It is to be noted that within Southeast Asia, the cardiologist density is decreasing while the need for cardiology is increasing at an incredible rate, especially within the low and middle-income nations (Babatola, 2018). Therefore, cardiologists tend to feel overloaded and frustrated with the trends. In spite of that, the health administrators and the policy makers would need some comprehensive data for considering the aspects for some future planning of the health workforce, provided the rising prevalence of the heart diseases and the requirement for “coordinated care”. This would continue to exert pressure on the health systems (Thomas et al., 2018). The need for balancing the other public health policies must be recognized, but the most significant challenge here is that it is not just about increasing the number of the cardiologists, and even if there are an adequate number of doctors to take care of the elderly population in a more generic manner, many cardiologists would just move out of the “public services” to the private service due to the financial incentive and the flexible workloads (Cheong et al., 2019).

Recommendations:

It is important to note that the World Health Organization demonstrates the public health surveillance as a continuous, and systematic collection as well as analysis of interpretation of various health-associated information required for the planning, implementation, and evaluation of the “public health practices” (Cheong et al., 2019). The most important aspect of policy development for Cardiovascular diseases is that effective data should be collected, analyzed, and should be well-communicated to the stakeholders. The main bodies who would play the prior roles in the policy development include the policy makers, the scientific communities, and the planners of the program along with the medical institutes, the Public health authorities, and the funding agents (Roth et al., 2020).

The most significant feature of an effective action framework for preventuig and reducing Cardiovascular diseases is that the framework should entail the present reality which should briefly summarize the current knowledge of the progressive development of cardiovascular diseases and stroke. A vision of the future that summarises the most favorable situations that should be achieved if the cardiovascular disease hazards are to reverse or arrested. Also, the framework must also consist of a set of strong “intervention approaches” that should include a number of wide approaches that when completely and effectively implemented can help to bring out the transitions to the future healthy people and partnership goals for minimizing the heart diseases and the stroke and the way the 6 intervention approaches could fulfill the various stages of the disease and can facilitate the achievement of these goals. In addition to that, the policy framework must also consist of the target population that indicates the way people can reach the successive intervention approaches (Baddour et al., 2020).

In The Southeast Asian region, the framework for combating the rising urgency of cardiovascular diseases, especially in the low and middle-income countries includes taking action by translating the current knowledge into effective public health actions (Cheong et al., 2019). The policy must have strengthening capacities for transforming the public health agencies with the new and advanced resources and competencies and by expanding strategic partnerships with the high-income countries within the region such as Singapore, and Malaysia in order to sustain and mount those actions (Baddour et al., 2020). Moreover, the policy framework must be efficient enough to evaluate the impact of the actions by monitoring and evaluating the health impact of the interventions (Thomas et al., 2018). The Policy makers and the government bodies within the regions must generate advancing policies that demonstrate the most crucial policy issues and pursue the required preventive actions and research practices to solve those issues and expedite the development of policies (Cheong et al., 2019). The scientific communities and the program planners must also engage in various regional as well as global partnerships by multiplying the resources and by capitalizing on the shared experiences with the others throughout the global communities who have been addressing similar types of challenges.

Conclusion:

The paper has entailed a detailed discussion of the epidemiology of cardiovascular diseases within a chosen WHO region, that is South East Asia and it entails a brief evaluation of the spread of the disease within low, high and middle-income countries and the various measures and preventive actions taken by the region against the epidemic followed some recommendations entailing how the preventive measures, and the controlling policy framework within the region can be strengthened and made more effective. From the study, it can be concluded that in order to develop an effective public health policy within the Southeast Asian region, it is important for the policy makers to communicate the plan to the public at large and to establish some significant awareness and concern about the disease. It can thus be said that a comprehensive and a highly effective public health strategy for the prevention of heart diseases and strokes tend to depend on a broad understanding of the fact that the cardiovascular diseases in the Southeast Asian region tend to threaten the health of mainly the middle aged and the older adults and this can be prevented and controlled by the reversal fo the various acquired behavioral practices such as sedentary lifestyles, unhealthy diets, smoking and so on.

Reference list:

7138SOH Global Healthcare Challenges Assignment Sample

Description of the coursework

You are required to write an essay addressing either TYPE-2 diabetes or Tuberculosis. For either option, your essay will be provided with a case-study to inform or use as knowledge- base to write your essay exploring and analysing factors in globalisation and global change that influence aspects of the disease that you chose to write on.

OPTION 1: A Global Health Perspective in Fighting Diabetes – The China Case-study

Type-2 diabetes, a consequence of malnutrition, is now one of the commonest non- communicable diseases whose emergence, control and management are influenced by globalization process and global change.

Critically analyse how factors within globalisation process and global change contribute to the increased global burden of type-2 diabetes, and set out the challenges facing global and public health agents in their fight against the disease.

Guiding Instructions for doing the essay

Through analysing and interpreting globalisation issues beyond those identified in the case- study on fighting type 2 diabetes in China, use guidance 1-4 below to structure a 2,500 word essay in response to the task described in Option 1.

Students will be required to analyse a case-study of a global healthcare issue and use it as knowledge base to do the essay coursework.

Word count: 2,500 words (± 10%), Credit worth: 20 credits

1. Identify and describe FOUR globalization factors and explore to clarify how EACH factor influences global emergence and prevalence of type-2 diabetes [1000 words].

2. Identify and describe the role of FOUR categories of agents involved in activities for the prevention, control and management of type-2 diabetes [375 words].

3. For each of the FOUR categories, identify and examine the challenges facing specific Organisations or initiatives in performing their role to reduce the global burden of type-2 diabetes [1,000 words].

4. Draw your conclusions about (i) globalization and type-2 diabetes emergence, and (ii) challenges facing global efforts to reduce impact of type-2 diabetes [125 words].

An effective essay should demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the connections between complex globalisation processes and malnutrition leading to type-2 diabetes. The essay should therefore critically analyse the meaning of globalisation and clarify how its processes influence malnutrition, health inequalities and emergence of type-2 diabetes. An effective essay also shows evidence of thinking about global and public health systems’ response to type-2 diabetes crisis by discussing the challenges facing global agents and partnerships in fighting the disease.

For further advice on writing the essay see module guide subsection 6.3.3 General essay guidelines Assessment

OPTION 2 – Fighting Tuberculosis: A Global Health Perspective

Tuberculosis (TB) is one of the commonest communicable diseases whose emergence, and effectiveness of the control and treatment strategies are influenced by globalization process and global change.

Critically analyse how factors within globalisation process and global change contribute to increased emergence, spread and global burden of tuberculosis, and set out the challenges facing global and public health agents in their fight against the disease

Guidance for doing the coursework

(i) Guidance for doing the coursework will be provided in synchronous sessions in Week 5 or Week 11.

(ii) The weekly student-led seminars are also designed to help students develop the skills to critically analyse and interpret ideas about globalisation and health that are highlighted in case-studies. We expect students to actively participate in seminar discussions to familiarise themselves with the approaches to critical analysis of the concepts that feed into their coursework because they will be expected to use the approaches to do their coursework.

(iii) As the module progresses students will complete a Proforma Essay Plan (use template provided) for weekly review with the tutors to show how they plan to logically respond to the coursework task in order to achieve the module learning outcomes.

Structure of the essay

(i) The work should have a concise and informative essay title that shows full interpretation of the coursework task. Title of the case-study being used as the knowledge base for the essay is therefore NOT appropriate.

(ii) The case-study will be accompanied with FOUR clearly numbered instructions to follow in structuring your essay responding to the coursework task.

(iii) Introduction - The essay should have a helpful introduction that interpret the assessment task, clarify about its aim, and an outline of the argument to be presented in response to the coursework task.

(iv) Main Body - The essay should be structured as A FLOWING RESPONSE to the coursework task and must logically follow the order of the guiding instructions provided with the case-study.

• No subheadings
• No bullet points or listing of ideas, and
• No graphs, maps and / or tables.

The task requires students to instead verbally interpret, describe and explain the information presented relevant to the topic being discussed.

(v) Conclusion – In line with instruction 4 on the guidance for doing the coursework, the essay should summarise the discussion so that the reader gets a clear overview of what you have argued in response to what the coursework required you to do.

Referencing

Arguments in the essay should be referenced using APA style of referencing. As a guide, every 1,000 words used in the essay should have at least 10 references to show evidence of wide reading

Solution

OPTION 2 – Fighting Tuberculosis: A Global Health Perspective

Introduction

Tuberculosis could be referred to as a potentially serious infectious disease that to measure only impacts the lungs (Churchyard et al., 2017). The bacteria which causes this disease tends to spread from person to person through tiny droplets that are released into the air through sizes and cops. Most people that have been infected with the bacteria do not have any symptoms. However, the common symptoms of tuberculosis include coughs that are blood tinged, night sweats, weight loss, and heavy fever. Treatment isn't always required for those individuals who do not report any symptoms. Patients with active symptoms require a long course of treatment which involves multiple antibiotics. It is a highly common disease in the world right now which is easily transmissible (Pescarini et al., 2017). It could be partially preventable by vaccine and is treated by a medical professional. In order to do so the individual needs to gain a medical diagnosis.
Main body

The globalisation factors that contributed in to spread and prevalence of tuberculosis on a global level are discussed as follows:

Migration: it has been identified that up to 2% of the world's population is living outside the country of their birth. It has led to an impact on the population mobility on use of health services and the entire health paradigm (Oppong, 2020). They have now become a burden on the host Nations and the importance of this particular aspect is regularly increasing. The drivers of mobility which includes the process of international movement along with back and forth transition between different risk environments have been major factors in the management of infectious disease in the areas which receive heavy influx of migrants. It is vital to note that the issues of Management and high level and broad which have also been cross-cutting in the past (Lönnroth et al., 2016). These include policies and managing the migration process for skilled labour requirements. It is upon the host country to make sure that people and the territory for fulfilling their purposes are not acting as the agent of diseases and imposing a burden on the Healthcare system. They also need to take into account biometric characteristics and population demographics for assessing the labour coming into the country and the ways in which they could impact others around them. Family reunification has also become a considerable factor with in the migration paradigm as it dictates the behaviour of the person entering another country and the ways in which the individual would contribute to these issues are also encompass Health Care professional. Training and maintenance of competence as the need to cater to the migrant population as well as the citizens while dealing with the communicable diseases such as tuberculosis (Lee, 2018). It is essential on behalf of the host country to monitor the health service use and health outcomes in both local and migrant populations in order to make sure that communicable diseases such as tuberculosis are not studied at white scale due to the influx of people in the country.

Global travel and tourism: it is vital to note that movement is associated with the spread of disease in many ways. One of the major ways in which travel helps infectious diseases to spread is by introducing new microorganisms into a new Geographic area. When a novel pathogen enters a population that did not have an experience of this microbe it is likely to cause disease outbreak. Microbes that mostly cause symptomatic and mild infections intended to spread widely and still manage to cause disaster outbreaks (Allen & Feigl, 2017). Microorganisms that survive in the human host completely such as the tuberculosis bacteria readily spread in a new area. However, if one or more intermediate vectors or hosts are involved or the microbe has a complicated life cycle the introductions of bacteria and to a new Geographic area really lead to outbreaks because the requirement of a catalyst can act as a barrier. It is necessary to understand that a permissive condition can exist in a new location that introduces the pathogen to infect and spread (Laranjo et al., 2018). For instance, in that location where people do not cover their mouth and face while sneezing and coughing can lead to a severe spread of Tuberculosis. However, in a particular location where people are educated about the disease and unaware that the need to cover their faces with masks when visiting in public for controlling the spread of diseases are likely to restrict the spread of tuberculosis on their own behalf (Abdisamdov & Tursunov, 2020). Introduction of a new micro oven use of graphical areas has been considerably facilitated by global travel and tourism because the countries now do not have many restrictions while welcoming people into their territory and are highly flexible which makes it easy for people to go to another region and infect the population for best assignment help.

Lack of monitoring measures: it is necessary to note that tuberculosis almost feels like a coughing and sneezing which is highly common. When an individual travel through a global border and reports coughing and sneezing it is highly unlikely on behalf of the airport authorities or other individuals to stop the individual and check the symptoms (Zumla & Abubakar, 2018). Due to this, most of the patients suffering from tuberculosis are able to enter another country without too many restrictions and monitoring measures which expose the people of a foreign Nation towards the development of the disease. However, it is vital to understand that people who themselves are suffering from tuberculosis do not have the slightest idea that they are suffering from this particular disease and hence act as an agent of spreading the same without the required information (Wirth, 2018). This is also because of lack of monetary measures where the first people tend to view fever and sizes as a response to the weather and not as something that could be life threatening diseases.

Lack of education and awareness: there are some nations that do not have the required education and awareness for detecting the diseases and end up acting as agents for spreading them in other developed countries. The World Health Organisation reported that eight countries accounted for around two third of the total disease count which was led by India. It was then followed by China, Philippines, Indonesia, Nigeria, Pakistan, South Africa, and Bangladesh (von Delft et al., 2016). All of these countries are developing countries and due to lack of awareness and education within the citizens contributed to the Global spread of Tuberculosis. Lack of education and awareness is a globalisation factor because now people have taken diseases and their spread very lightly as compared to the times when they were living their secluded borders (Schaller et al., 2019). For instance, there are still some countries in the world which have no idea about the existence of tuberculosis in the first place and feel that fever and sneezes are just a common response of the body and nothing they should be looking out for while screening people coming into their country or checking them.

Agents are of paramount importance as the preparation of documents by the health agencies requires specific knowledge of these agents (Verma et al., 2019). It is necessary to note that the role of four categories of agents which are involved in the activities of the prevention control and treatment of tuberculosis are discussed as follows:

International Healthcare Institutions: it is necessary to note that as tuberculosis processes a serious threat to people on a worldwide basis, Health Care Institutions are among the first agents who are responsible for treating and preventing tuberculosis in the region. International Institutions include Public Health Care facilities, World Health Organisation, CDC, NHS, etc. It was the World Health Organisation which declared the will clauses to be an international emergency 1993. It has helped the world to recognise the presence of tuberculosis and then develop ways for fighting the same. Presence of international Healthcare Institutions enables the entities to develop and implement a strategy on a global level for controlling tuberculosis and preventing the disease. It also streamlines the treatment because when a drug is developed in one country it could be given to the other regions as well so that they could minimise the impact of the bacteria (Mason et al., 2017).

Primary Health Care providers: when an individual suffers from basic symptoms of cough and sneezing the person is likely to visit the nearby hospital or clinic. The doctors there uh are known as Primary Health Care providers if they are in near to people and perform the early diagnosis of the situation (Camacho et al., 2020). They play an important role in detecting tuberculosis because the Primary Health Care provider needs to look out for all the symptoms and not classify TB as a common cold due to cough, sneezing, and fever (Armocida & Martini, 2020). It is essential that they take the required measures otherwise the cases can go undetected that can lead to a global epidemic of the bacteria. If the cases are not identified then it is highly unlikely that they could be prevented because the world would not have the information about an eruption of tuberculosis in a particular region.

Scientists and researchers: they are one of the most important agents because they work in order to develop vaccines and other Diagnostic procedures that could be used for identifying the prevalence of tuberculosis in the first place and then we used the antigenic method for developing the required vaccines (Rohde & McNamara, 2018). However, it is necessary to note that researchers also closely work with advanced and improved drugs which are effective for controlling the strains that are sensitive and resistant to existing medicines. Advancements in Global Medical Science have led to the duration of several drugs that have helped in controlling as well as curing tuberculosis such as MDR-TB (Balogun et al.., 2021). It is because of the efforts of researchers and scientists that it has been possible.

Non-governmental organisations: there are also vital agents in the treatment and prevention of tuberculosis on a global level. This is so because these organisations work in favour of underprivileged and economically backward people who might not even have the required awareness and education of identifying the tuberculosis in the first place. Non-governmental organisations work in order to spread awareness and educate people about how to distinguish TB from common cold (Kaplan et al., 2018). In many parts of the world it has been because of NGO that people have been given the required vaccination and drugs which are very costly if procured on a private level.

It is necessary to note that the agents also face challenges while performing their role to reduce global impact of tuberculosis. The challenges are as follows:

International Healthcare Institutions: One of the major challenges faced by the international Healthcare institutions in reference to control, prevention, and treatment of tuberculosis is the early detection of bacteria. This is so because it is highly difficult to distinguish tuberculosis from common cold and in order to do so speciality centres have been developed that have the required equipment (Lanza et al., 2020). International Healthcare Institutions tend to monitor these activities because they need to allot emergencies and provide the required material for global management of diseases.

Primary Health Care providers: The major challenge faced by Primary Health Care providers is the lack of resources (Burzynski & Keshavjee, 2020). This could be both physical as well as human resources. This is so because Primary Health Care providers are unlikely to have all the machinery and equipment that is needed to test every particular disease including tuberculosis. In some cases, they also fall short of nurses and other Health Care staff which makes it difficult on their behalf to manage the patients.

Scientists and researchers: Researchers and scientists tend to face the challenge of time (Rizzo et al., 2016). This is so because after a disease has been declared as a global emergency or a local epidemic that they need to collect the samples of antigens and test it along with the performing experiments in order to identify the ways in which particular bacteria reacts to different vaccines and chemical compositions (Denecke et al., 2019) . It takes a couple of months or an entire year depending on the complexity of the disease. It is a challenge because until the researchers and scientists develop vaccines through extensive R&D procedures the patients continue to develop adverse symptoms without an effective drug or medicine to help them deal with the same.

Non-governmental organisations: However, it is necessary to understand that Non-governmental organisations also face tough challenges while dealing with Global diseases because of lack of proper funding and the strategic direction (Demetriades, 2017). On some occasions they tend to collaborate with the government or private business Institutions for making the vaccine or drug easily accessible to people. It is necessary to understand that funding can play a major role because if an NGO would not have the required money it is highly unlikely that they would be able to procure vaccines or other resources for helping underprivileged people (Brown & Savulescu, 2019). However, the money is not only used in procuring vaccine supporters for also spreading awareness and educating people against tuberculosis and the ways in which they could minimise the impact on their own behalf. It is because of these and those that if people in remote areas are aware about the existence of TB and able to distinguish the same from the common cold so that they could seek for advanced treatment and not contribute to spreading on a community level.

Conclusion

From the essay, it can be concluded that globalisation has facilitated the spread of tuberculosis. This is so because globalisation has made it easy for people to travel around the world along with the flow of goods and ideas. This has not only contributed to the emergence of opportunity there but it has also made it easy for diseases to travel across borders and become an epidemic.

The major factors include migration, travel, lack of education, and lack of monitoring measures. Lack of education and monitoring measures are globalisation induced factors because the countries around the world have eased the restrictions of entering into territory and do not test people against common cold or other aspects which exposes them towards the risk of welcoming tuberculosis as an epidemic. The four categories of agents that are involved in the activities of prevention control and treatment of tuberculosis include International Healthcare organisations, Primary Health Care providers, scientists and researchers, and non-governmental organisations. It is necessary to understand that these agents deal with their own challenges in order to handle the epidemic of tuberculosis. Have a comma the common challenges include lack of resources and funding.

List of References

HCT343 Research Methods and Data Analysis in Healthcare Assignment Sample

Assignment Task

Title: - Correlation of socioeconomic status and health-related quality of life in parents of children with Autism in India

PURPOSE OF STUDY:

The purpose of this study is to determine the correlation between health- related quality of life and socioeconomic status in caregivers of autism children in India.

OBJECTIVES:

1) To assess the Physical Component Summary (PCS) and Mental Component Summary (MCS) scores of HRQoL using SF 12 in parents of children with Autism in India
2) To evaluate the association between socioeconomic status and Health- related quality of life (HRQoL) in caregivers of children with Autism in India.

• Inclusion Criteria:-

Parents of children with Autism
Child with autism should be from the age of 4 yrs to 18yrs.

• Exclusion Criteria:- Parents of children with autism who have morbidities.

Methods: -

Study design: - A cross-sectional, non-experimental design. The primary variables of interest are HRQoL and socioeconomic status by modified Kuppuswamy socioeconomic scale

• Data Analysis: - Paired sample t-tests will be used to assess the Physical Component Summary (PCS) and Mental Component Summary (MCS) scores of HRQoL.
• The Pearson Product Moment Correlation will be used to measure the relationship between socioeconomic status and HRQol in caregivers of children with Autism.

NULL HYPOTHESIS:

1) There is no correlation between health-related quality of life and socioeconomic status in caregivers of children who are autistic in India.

Solution

1. Project laid Summary

Autism is one of the most severe neuropsychiatric disorders that affect children. The subject's Autistic can be characterised by the impairments of interactive social behaviour in a stereotypical manner (Joseph et al., 2022). The absence of the ability to perform tasks properly can impact oral health. The sense and constant care of helplessness drastically affect the quality of life. The respective disease occurs due to the neurodevelopment that is identified at the early stages of growth of the children and prior to attaining three years of age of a child. The presence of the condition Autism delayed the development of social and communication skills and fixed or restricted behavioural patterns. Many types of research are carried out to understand the condition of Autism in India and provide the information that around 18 million people in the country are suffering from the condition of Autism. It is also reported that the number of children affected by Autism is increasing day by day (Divan et al., 2021). Some of the researchers also claim that socioeconomic status and health-related quality of life of the parents of children are correlated with Autism; however, most of them are unable to provide deep information. A lack of primary research is also found regarding Autism to establish a correlation between this and socioeconomic status and health-related quality of life in parents of children for assignment help.

The issue with most of the previous studies is that those consider small sample sizes and also consider healthy parents, so the aim of the research is not gratified. Hence, the respective study aims to investigate the relationship between the health-related quality of life in parents and socioeconomic status in a total of 50 participants. All the participants have at least one child with Autism. The data is collected by using 12 scales of HRQL, and the socioeconomic status of the participants is modified and collected through the scale of Kuppuswamy. The collected data is presented in tabular form, followed by statistical analysis to establish the research objectives.

2. Background of the study

The disorder of Autism is a type of complex disability that is increasing day by day throughout the world and also in the country of India. The disability of children not only brings a financial burden for the family members, especially the parents; it also impacts the social health, psychological health and physical health of the families (Goldberg, McCormick and Virginia, 2021). In most cases, parents with Autism affected children revealed a lower quality of life if that is compared with the other parents who have healthy children and also the parents with physically disabled children.

Physicians and caregivers provide the information that children with the condition ASD not only develop neuro-developmental disorders yet also lead to problems that require proper treatment and medical attention (Keeley, 2021). Hence it can be stated that it impacted the quality of life of the parents due to the pressure of treatment of the child and related expenses. However, the respective disease develops a lifelong disability that limits the child's educational, social, and occupational demands in all stages of life. Hence the children require lifelong support from parents, which is a kind of burden for the family. The World Health Organisation also shows worry regarding the condition of Autism because it not only affects children and families, it also dismantles the growth of society (Grinker, 2020).

The diagnosis process of Autism is also complicated and difficult due to the absence of specific medical tests. There are various tools discovered by physicians to test Autism in children. WHO recommended the requirements for a diagnosis of behaviour and mental conditions. The ICD-10 test is preferable in the UK, while the USA prefers DSM-5. “The Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule (ADOS)” is used in India (Kim et al., 2022). At the same time, there are various risk factors that are associated with Autism, parental age, heredity or family history and so on. The research provides the information parents who have one child affected through Autism also have the chance of having Autism in a second child also. Consequently, a clear understanding of Autism and its correlation with socioeconomic status and health-related quality of life require enlightenment to change the lifestyle of parents (Prakash et al., 2021). Recommended improvement of quality-of-life families with children of Autism also supports the growth of societies.

a) Data Search

b) Critical appraisal of research literature, Analysis, synthesis and evaluation of research literature

Autism is the third most developed disability in the world. According to Abbeduto et al. (2014), the developed countries, due to a lack of awareness regarding Autism, are affected mostly. Not only lack of awareness, poor diagnosis and lack of primary needs for Autism also increase the risks and numbers of affected people. As per some of the studies, the condition of Autism is developed due to genetic and environmental causes. While some others provide the information that low birth rate, viral infections during the time of pregnancy, metabolic imbalances and family history are responsible for the development of Autism. Detection of Autism in the early stage of childhood is challenging. However, the condition is properly diagnosed at the age of two years. As per Adler and Ostrove's (1999) view, though Autism cannot be diagnosed at an early stage, it can be understood through observation, as most of them develop difficulties in communication and the development of appropriate social relationships. Parents try to hide their conditions of Autism due to a lack of awareness about their mental health. Even many people are unaware that their conditions can impact newborn children. The affected children with age exhibit various abnormal behaviours and are subjected to filthy remarks, humiliation, bullying and so on.

There is no such cure for the condition of Autism in children due to the absence of drugs. However, appropriate awareness is effective for performing and adopting appropriate requirements to manage Autism. Based on the view of Bromley et al. (2014), Cognitive behaviour therapy, occupational therapy, physical therapy, behavioural management therapy and so on. On the contrary, another research provides the information that Autism in children can be managed through medication treatment, school-based therapy, nutritious food and so on. Speech therapy is also considered by the physician in most cases of Autism. There upon it can be stated that the supportive system of Autism requires appropriate investment, which brings huge economic pressure upon the parents and to family. Children with Autism can lead happy lives if they are raised in a proper healthy, and happy environment. However, economic pressure, in most cases, brings disturbance within the environment of the home (Ahmed, Buheji and Fardan, 2020). In some of the cases, it is also observed that parents lose their ability to parent due to the economic pressure of treatment in a place where psychiatric and physical challenges take place.

As opined by Harman (2014), mothers experienced higher levels of stress. Some societies blamed mothers for the condition of Autism. At the same time, some parents try to find out the reason for Autism that, delays the whole process of diagnosis. With the reference of Hicks, Jason, (2018), incorrect diagnosis also increases the issues of the parents and family members. Secondly, children with Autism require support on their everyday chores, which decreases the occupational involvement of parents and ultimately impact economic conditions (Hastings et al., 2005). The schools that are run by the country's government are not effective due to the absence of infrastructure, which ultimately leads the parents to take private support services. Socioeconomic conditions are also impacted because Autism affected children are unable to travel by public transport in most cases for their mental and physical conditions. Thus, it can be stated that socioeconomic conditions are related to the life of parents of children with Autism.

The health-related quality of life means HRQoL is one of the most important measures that are not only effective for understanding the health of people with Autism, but it is also effective for understanding mental health. Based on the view of Algahtani et al. (2021), HRQoL is a kind of approach that is effective in measuring various health outcomes by proper evaluation of an individual's emotional, psychosocial and physical well-being as well. As stated by Meadan, Halle and Ebata, (2010), Paediatric Quality of life systematically addresses various problems such as social functioning, school functioning, and emotional functioning. Further, every domain of this is broken down into various factors. All of this is to support the children with Autism as well as the parents.

Most of the literature focuses on the families and parents with Autism and also disabilities and disorders. However, very few focus on increasing the quality of life of the affected children and their family members (rehab council.nic.in, 2022). While detection of Autism is quite difficult, increasing the quality of life can be able to support the parents and also the affected child. Treatment of Autism has also involved the education of parents and the spreading of awareness and also of caregivers. According to Rizk, Pizur-Barnekow and Darragh (2011), Caregivers are able to support children with Autism. However, lack of knowledge and investments from the sides of Government and infrastructure related to the respective care increase the issues of them. Pharmacological treatment for Autism is mostly preferred and widely practised in developed countries like India.

3. Purpose of study

The aim of the respective study is to evaluate the correlation between socioeconomic status and health-related quality of life in the family members and parents of children with Autism on the basis of a case study of the country India. The aim of the research is to recommend to parents with Autism children some remedies that are effective in maintaining the quality of life of themselves and also of their children.

a) Null hypothesis

There is no such correlation between socioeconomic status and health-related quality of life in the parents of children with Autism in country India.

b) Objectives

The objectives of the respective study are as follows:

? To evaluate the correlation of socioeconomic status of life in parents of children with Autism in India
? To evaluate health-related quality of life in health-related quality of life in parents of children with Autism in India
? To develop appropriate awareness in a married couple to manage the risks of Autism in pregnancy
? To recommend some remedies to the parents for managing the lifestyle of Autism Children

4. Research design

The socioeconomic status of the individual is an important parameter for determining the status of the individual in society (Wani, 2019).In this regard, importance is given to occupation, earnings as well as education. Henceforth it can be regarded that these parameters play a pivotal role in shaping the nutritional condition and the subsequent health condition of individuals and families in general (Nielsen et al., 2021). In the current topic, thus, it becomes imperative to determine the socioeconomic status of the parents of the children who are suffering from Autism in India. Thus, this determination of socioeconomic status would help to reflect the quality of life that the parents of autistic children are leading in India. Thus, the correlation study helps to understand the association that exists between socioeconomic status and the quality of life that these parents are leading.

In this regard, it is essential to formulate the categories in which these parents can be classified. These categories would help to understand the exact choice of the participants who will be chosen for conducting this study (Patino and Ferreira, 2018). The inclusion and exclusion criteria for the selection of the participants are as follows

a)Inclusion Criteria:

• Parents who have children suffering from Autism
• Parents are strictly from India
• Parents who have given consent to participate in the survey
• The parent can respond to the questions of the survey.
• The different parameters of threw socioeconomic status have been taken into consideration.

b) Exclusion Criteria

• Parents who do not have children suffering from Autism.

• Parents who are residing outside of India.

• Since Autism is a sensitive topic, the parents who have not given consent to participate in the survey have been excluded from the survey.

• The parents who are not in a mental or physical situation to respond to the questions have been excluded from the survey.

• The socioeconomic status of the patients has been considered in this respect, and the other aspects of life, like the physiological or the psychological parameters of the concerned, have been excluded from the survey since the focus is on the determination of the socioeconomic status of the parents and their relation with the quality of life that they are leading.

Thus, it can be inferred that the study is strictly concentrated on evaluating the socioeconomic status of the parents whose children are suffering from Autism. The parents of autistic children are only taken for conducting this survey. Moreover, it can be inferred that the parents' consent was taken before conducting the survey since Autism is a sensitive issue and ethical consideration must be given utter priority in this regard. The parents who have not opted to answer the questions of the survey have not been included in this research study. The study is this directed towards the goal, and it diverts itself from the unnecessary consideration of the aspects unrelated to the survey. For instance, this study avoids focusing on the parents who are residing outside India and thus focuses only on the estimation of the scenario of the parents who are residing in India. Furthermore, the physiological or psychological aspects of the parents have not been considered in this regard. The focus of the study is thus centred on finding the socio-economic status of the parents whose children are suffering from Autism in India.

c) Sample size

In this case, it is essential to determine the appropriate sample size, and this can be determined by the calculation of G power. The sample size is a crucial factor in the determination of the statistical accuracy of the results (Kang, 2021). The difference between the alternate and the null hypothesis is also determined by the sample size, and this can be predicted with the help of G power. Thus, the G power estimation is quite essential in the development of the research design of the scientific study.

The sample of 50 participants was taken by considering the G power of the population. In this case, the previous research has shown that the result of the correlation test has a tendency to have a positive value (Kivimäki et al.,2020). The p-value of 0.05 has been considered in this regard since the 5% level of significance is taken. In this kind of condition, the power of 0.8 is quite instrumental in diminishing the occurrence of the type-II error, and the effective sample size is 0.3. Thus, by considering all the necessary coefficients of correlation(r), the effective size is 0.478, and thus, in this respect, the sample size of approximately 35 would be quite conducive for performing the statistical analysis. Thus, we have considered the sample size of 50, and this is in good agreement with the G power of the sample size. In this respect, it must be noted that the smaller sample size would lead to the depleted statistical accuracy of the calculation that would be conducted, and this would also imply that the standard deviation from the mean would also be low. Thus, an accurate idea about the G power will help in ensuring that the size is adequate and it does not lead to the generation of excessive standard deviation, which can be regarded as an impediment to the accuracy of the statistical analysis. As discussed earlier ethical considerations have been taken into consideration, and thus it is essential to take the consent of the parents. The sample number of 50 reflects the number of participants who have agreed to participate in the study. A total of 62 participants had been approached for the survey, and among them, 12 participants opted to stay out of the survey. Henceforth the sample size of 50 has been considered for conducting this survey.
d) Data Collection

It is essential to evaluate the appropriate research methodology that will be conducive to procuring the research goals and objectives. The two types of research methods that are predominant in the scientific world are quantitative and qualitative types of research (Thelwall, and Nevill, 2021). In this research context, it was essential to evaluate the relationship between the socio-economic status and the healthy life of the parents whose children have been suffering from Autism. Firstly, it can be noted that the survey was conducted with the aid of the randomly chosen 50 parents whose children have suffered from Autism. This survey was conducted to evaluate the correlation between the socio-economic status and the healthy lifestyle of the concerned individuals. Thus, in this context, primary quantitative research has been performed to determine the effect of socioeconomic status on the health-related quality of life of the parents whose children have been suffering from Autism in India.

In this respect, the modified Kuppuswamy scale will be used, and 5the scoring will be done accordingly to measure the different parameters of the socio-economic status of the participants in India. The first aspect of measurement is the educational qualities of the parents of autistic children. In indicating this regard, the highest education is awarded a score of 7, while the illiterate participants are given a score of 1. The occupation of the participants will also be marked accordingly, with the people holding important positions in the government or private sectors getting a score of 10 while the unemployed participants are awarded 1. Again, in the case of income, the people belonging to the highest income categories will be awarded a score of 12, while people earning the least amount will be awarded a score of 1. Furthermore, it should be noted that according to the latest Kuppuswamy scale, the upper classes of the society are awarded a score of 26-29, while the people belonging to the lowest strata of the economic ladder will be given a score of 5. Thus, the higher scores of the participants indicate that they enjoy a better socio-economic position in society than the other participants.

The datasets will be properly estimated with the aid of the appropriate methods, and this will be instrumental in establishing the research goals (Sovacool, Axsen, and Sorrell, 2018). In the current research, the randomly selected parents whose children have been suffering from Autism were chosen, and their socio-economic status was estimated with the aid of the SF-12 and taking the modified Kuppuswamy scale for determining the socio-economic status of the parents. The data was collected after the completion of the survey, and it contained information related to the economics and education of the participants. The appropriate statistical test will help to depict the scores of the participants in the survey.

In this regard, the descriptive statistics will be calculated with the aid of Excel, and this will help to form a comprehensive idea about the responses that will be collected from the participants, and this will reflect the overall socio-economic status of the participants. A blank model 0f descriptive statistics is given below.
 

Table 1: A blank model of descriptive statistics
(Source-Self created)

The statistical analysis of the data collected from the survey will help to analyze the effect of the socio-economic status on the health-related quality of life. Here in this context, the Excel analysis was performed to conduct the correlation of the data that was collected from the survey (Miot, 2018). Table 2 determines the meaning of the values that are obtained from the statistical analysis of the data set which is available. Again, this relationship can be both; positive and negative (Mat Roni et al., 2020). The positive value determines that the variables in question get increased with the enhancement of the variable. A negative association can also exist, which implies that with the increase in one variable, another variable gets diminished.
 

Table 2: Meaning of the correlation values
(Source-Self created)

5. Ethical governance and consideration

Ethical consideration has been taken by the Ministry of Health and family welfare under the government of India. In this case, 50 people have been considered for undertaking the survey since it deals with a sensitive issue like child autism. Thus, the parents will be made to sign a petition of consent to affirm that they do not have any issues with sharing the relevant personal information. In this regard, the research design of the study has been made in consideration of the ethical aspects, and the consent forms of the parents will be submitted to the ministry of health and family welfare. The parents will be sent the questions through email, and this inline survey will ensure that the parents won't have to bear unnecessary trouble for participating in the survey. The parents whose children have been suffering from Autism can respond to the questions from the comfort of their homes since the survey will be conducted online mode. Thus, the parents would also feel comfortable sharing their personal details since this project will be conducted under the governance of an appropriate state agency. The reliability of the project would ensure the proper response from all the participants. Moreover, a detailed report about the progress of the survey will be presented to the learned experts after conducting the survey. These experts will review the scenario of the project properly and will also strategize some necessary recommendations that are related to the research study. These recommendations, according to the review of the scenario by then experts in the field, will be submitted to the government organization from time to time. Thus, the project related to the evaluation of the socioeconomic status and the quality of life of the parents whose children are suffering from Autism has been depicted by considering the ethical aspects and the proper governance of the project. The supervision of the concerned experts and the government agency would aid in fulfilling the research goals.

References

HCT199 Evidencing Learning in Specialist Professional Assignment Sample

Assignment aims:

1. To enable students to recognise and optimise professional learning opportunities in relation to the practice setting;

2. To enable students to critically evaluate their professional practice, synthesise this in relation to their on-going role and professional development; and

3. To articulate the critical evaluation of professional practice through oral and written presentation of reflections on practice/practice related issues.

On completion of the module a student should be able to:

• Knowledge and Understanding [K)
• Intellectual Skills [S 1]
• Discipline Specific (including practical) Skills. [S 2]
• Transferable Skills [T]

1. Define and articulate personal learning outcomes via a learning contract relating to an aspect of their professional practice (K).

2. Use case studies/specific examples of practice to engage in a structured process of individual, critical and dialogic reflection on their own advanced, professional decision making in relation to this aspect of practice (S1).

3. Recognise and articulate through formative and summative assessment personal and professional learning, linked to personalised learning outcomes (S1, S2).

4. Clarify issues which define generic versus specialist practice, acknowledging professional identity whilst understanding where skills merge and others’ roles supersede in practice (S2).

5. Synthesise understanding of the philosophy of the relevant profession in order to suggest future advancements/changes to their own professional practice and where appropriate, that of the profession (K, S2).

Syllabus content:

The majority of content will be directed by the chosen specialist study, but the following areas will be explored for all:

Concepts underpinning professional development in the workplace:

- Individual responsibility for professional development
- Identification of professional development needs reconciling individual professional development needs and organisational / service development needs
- Clarification of generic versus specialist practice
- Concept of reflection and processes of reflective practice
- Evidence-based practice / Evidence-based decision making.

Processes of formalising work-based learning:

- Defining and writing individual learning outcomes through learning contract design
- Approaches to evidencing learning through work-based practice e.g. portfolios, professional diaries and significant incidents
- Using case studies as an approach to critical, dialogic reflection
- Principles of accreditation of work-based learning, if applicable

Solution

A Critical Reflection on the Development in Management of Neurophysiological changes in Autism from the Perspective of an Aspiring Advanced Physiotherapy Practitioner

Introduction

Most Forth Valley primary care surgeries now employ Advanced Physiotherapy Practitioners (APPs). To address any musculoskeletal issue, APPs serve as patients' first point of contact. Patients may bypass the doctor's office and schedule an appointment with the APP via the clinic's front desk (Tawiah et al. 2021). Advanced physiotherapy practitioner has a broader autonomy of practice, allowing them to triage, assess, evaluate independently, and diagnose patients with extremely complex illnesses and maybe numerous pathologies across the health and social care landscape to enable integrated treatment (McGowan et al. 2018).

While expert physiotherapists still strive to give their patients as much autonomy as possible, they also take on leadership and management roles, deal with complicated decision-making processes, and know how to mitigate risk. Expert physiotherapists have advanced knowledge and training in a narrow field of medicine, such as injectable therapy; some even have prescription skills and the ability to diagnose and treat complex capabilities (Tawiah et al. 2018). In addition to directing the client's rehabilitation, their duties include collaborating closely with medical experts and acting as the initial point of contact, with the power to request diagnostic practitioners such as x-rays, scans, and blood tests.

Discussion

My earnest goal is to become a successfully advanced physiotherapy practitioner whose main focus will be on the neurophysiological changes that occur from Autism. This paper is reflective in nature, discovering and broadening my continued professional development (CPD) perceptions to date, which has allowed me to broaden my clinical skills, knowledge, and comprehension of the topic of neurophysiological changes that occur from Autism. This paper is intended to be read by healthcare professionals. According to the Health and Care Professionals Council (2019), continuing professional development may be broken down into the following four categories. These are self-directed learning, work-based learning, formal education and professional activity. Reflection is at the core of all continuing professional development (CPD), and doing so is necessary in order to make sense of my experiences and advance my work for assignment help.

Self-reflection is analogous to explaining what one sees while staring into one's own eyes. It is a method for gauging how I operate in the world and how I study. To think about something is to engage in "reflection," in the simplest sense. Writing a reflective essay or study on one's own experiences is a vital part of the educational self in modern times (Roy and Uekusa, 2020). Instead of doing things with the same effectiveness I always have, reflecting may help me improve my skills and review how well they work. Positivity in this context refers to asking oneself whether there is a better or more efficient way to accomplish something and then acting on that inquiry (Chen et al. 2019). The ability to reflect on oneself is personal for development. Without it, we respond automatically to our surroundings and to our own selves. If I have ever had an intense reaction to something or said something that I have since come to regret, then I may acknowledge how reflection can assist me to use the better nutritious feedback and modification lifestyles (even opinions) which are not providing me. If this is the case, then I may also comprehend how it can support me in changing behaviours that are not serving me. We all self-reflect regularly, almost subconsciously, and we also do it on purpose when we want to learn something new about ourselves (Stefan and Cheie, 2022). What we see when we reflect on our own activities or routines is usually not a skewed reflection of reality but rather a minor distortion.

Clinical criteria for autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) include deficits in the ability to communicate, engage socially, and adapt communication (American Psychiatric Association, 1994). As per my understanding, autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is defined as the process that encompasses the whole group of effects from the most severe form of the condition, autism, to the milder forms, such as pervasive developmental disorder and Asperger syndrome (AS) not elsewhere defined (PDD-NOS) (PDD, NOS). A broad variety of IQs may coexist inside a single autism diagnosis. In other words, there is no universal ASD diagnosis (Miyazaki et al. 2007). Also, I realised that there are several potential causes of the ASD phenotype, including genetic disorders and ecological exposures and preterm delivery.

Variation in phenotype is also shown in areas such as the rate of language acquisition, the prevalence of epilepsy, and the spectrum of cognitive capacity. Nonetheless, abnormal responses to sensory information seem to be shared by those on all ends of the spectrum (Coskun et al. 2009). I came to know that over ninety-six per cent of children with ASD report both hyper- and hypo-sensitivities. There is a broad range of severity throughout the spectrum for sensory and behavioural impairments, just as there is for communication and social deficiencies, and these differences may persist into adulthood (Minshew et al. 2002).

From the two original fundamental findings by Asperger (1994) and Kanner (1943) through first-person experiences, sensory processing difficulties have been a consistent theme in clinical diagnoses of ASD (Asperger, 1994). I acquired that those who are unable to express their discomfort when confronted by certain sensory inputs may resort to self-harm or violent conduct. Hyper- and hyporesponsiveness to sensory input are not limited to those with ASD, although they do seem to be more common in this community than in those with other developmental disabilities (Leekam et al. 2007). It is less well known how these sensory abnormalities are distributed in individuals with ASD. In the past, it was believed that the more local senses were more susceptible to damage and served as indications of immaturity in development (Baranek et al. 2006). According to my understanding, despite increased evidence for disturbance in auditory and visual processing pathways and a renaissance in interest in multimodal integration, these individuals ’ experience are frequently the ones that get the least amount of research. This is the case in many cases (MSI).

There is evidence in the literature that points to observable changes occurring in early auditory circuitry, especially in response to increasingly complex stimuli. However, anomalies in the cerebellum do not appear to be sufficient to explain the inadequacies for all individuals who fall within the autism spectrum (Roberts et al. 2010). I realised that the ability to take in and make sense of a variety of incoming sounds is the fundamental prerequisite for both language and effective communication. Therefore, it is very necessary to have an understanding of the characteristics of this preliminary stage in the auditory sensory stream. Ordinarily, event-related potentials (ERPs) obtained using magnetoencephalography (MEG) and electroencephalography (EEG) have been utilised in order to explore cortical auditory sensory processing that occurs further than the brainstem (Koh et al. 2010). I learned that brain responses are gathered across numerous trials to simple auditory stimuli and averaged to produce information on the temporal and spatial resolution of responses.

The main and association auditory cortices are assumed to be responsible for the abnormally late peaks seen in both EEG and MEG investigations (150 ms). These findings, unfortunately, disclosed to me that there are directional disparities in delay. Cortical latencies were shown to be shorter for longer tones at 1000 Hz in two separate investigations. Tone durations of 100 and 4 milliseconds were utilised, respectively, by Ferri et al. (2003) and Martineau et al. (1984). Delays in onset and latency in others have been observed compared to controls. Bruneau et al. (2003) demonstrated late auditory evoked potentials using a tone with a frequency of 750 Hz and a duration of 200 milliseconds. MEG was employed by Roberts et al. (2010) to report a delay in the M100 response of the right hemisphere to tones of various frequencies lasting 300 milliseconds (200, 300, 500, and 1000 Hz).

Whitehouse and Bishop (2008) observed, in instance, that the early peak latencies of the typical repeating tones varied across vowel sounds, sophisticated nonspeech sounds, and complex tones. This was the case regardless of whether the sounds were speech or nonspeech. This was the case despite the fact that each of the noises was considered to be a tone that repeated itself. Researchers Bruneau et al. (2003) and Oram Cardy et al. (2008) observed that stronger language ability was reflected in this area of low-level processing by greater and earlier right hemisphere cortical peaks. This discovery was made by the researcher Martineau et al. (1984). Differences in age, diagnosis and research paradigms may account for contradictory results. The future of this study is expected to benefit from the incorporation of behavioural phenotyping and correlations.

When Swiss psychiatrist Eugen Bleuler developed the term "autism" to describe an individual who withdrew into their own world, he drew inspiration from the Greek word for "self" (Blatt, 2012). As per my knowledge, due to sensory processing difficulties, autistic youngsters may seem to be living in a separate universe from their peers. These kids won't stop talking about the same thing, do the same things again and over (such as wring their hands or rock their bodies), say the same words over and over, and refuse to change to new situations. Psychiatrist Leo Kanner analysed the cases of 11 very bright kids who all showed characteristics of autism, including an intense need for isolation and sameness (Kanner, 1968). Kanner hypothesised that these children lacked the capacity for social-emotional development from birth (Grandin and Panek, 2013).

The frequency of the autism phenotype has remained consistent, but the number of people who are clinically diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder has grown significantly, according to a 2015 study conducted in Sweden that looked back over a 10-year period (Lundstrom et al. 2015). Because it is based on the observation of gene expression in people and their relationships to genetic variables, phenotyping is a valid method for evaluating autism neurophysiology. I understood that the significant rise in autism diagnoses is due to the fact that phenotyping has been largely abandoned in favour of a subjective checklist of symptoms, with little to no knowledge of the probable origins of these symptoms.

According to a nationwide study conducted in the United States in 2015, many children who were first labelled with autism spectrum disorder were subsequently determined not to be autistic (Bloomberg et al. 2016). I acquired that children who were given an incorrect diagnosis were less likely to be sent to a professional for further evaluation and treatment, and they were also less likely to have ever been diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder or Asperger syndrome. According to a study published in Psychology Today in 2015, many children initially labelled with autism really suffer from a mix of language delay, sensory difficulties, and apraxia (Schrader, 2015). If a kid has apraxia, it means that he or she (a) understands language conceptually but has trouble expressing it vocally and (b) has trouble blending sounds in words to make meaningful communication. I also learned that it is true that some of these youngsters have trouble paying attention during tests. Others have difficulties digesting information and hence cannot reply in time to be assessed.

From an article published in 2016, I witnessed that Between 2006 and 2012, the number of people in Germany who were diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder rose by almost 70 per cent. The authors of this study clearly imply (Bachman, 2018) that a substantial percentage of this huge rise was attributable to an incorrect diagnosis. Some researchers speculate that rather than having autism, many of these kids just had a low IQ, learning problems, or ADHD (Knight, 2017). Overdiagnosis of autism is common, according to the results of a 2019 thorough study published in JAMA Psychiatry (Rodgaard et al. 2019). There has been an over-expansion of the autism umbrella. I understood how autism is increasingly used as a catchall term for a wide range of conditions in neurology and child psychology that have just a superficial relationship with autism. In many cases, medical professionals will diagnose autism symptoms in people whose presenting symptoms are really just ADHD and poor social skills.

Many youngsters with sensory processing disorder (SPD) are given a diagnosis with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), according to a story in the Irish Times from 2019 (McDonagh, 2019). I acquired that poor eye contact, disliking hugs, poor play, and meltdowns are being used to label children with autism.

The German government provides financial assistance to autistic children and their families and provides special services in the classroom for autistic students. However, the vast majority of kids who have autism can succeed in a traditional classroom setting without any additional support. In Ireland, children with an autism diagnosis have better access to special care and education programmes tailored to their unique needs than children with other diagnoses. Due to this advantage, doctors are more likely to identify a kid with autism rather than another disorder (Rose, 2016).

Autistic children who live in the United Kingdom and need special assistance get a Disability Living Allowance. I learned that in order for the parents to obtain this benefit, neither a diagnosis nor proof of financial need is necessary. In the United States, parents may have Risperidone and Aripiprazole prescribed for their children if they have been diagnosed with autism. The antipsychotic medications approved for use in the treatment of schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and depression cannot possibly help those with autism. The only reason parents give their kids medication is so they can behave (Talsma et al. 2010).

As per my research, children who are antisocial, struggle with anxiety and refuse education are often incorrectly classified as autistic in the United Kingdom. To the mother's benefit, a fraudulent diagnosis of autism might be used in custody proceedings (Garber, 2011). The autistic brain has the same basic neurological structure as any other brain. The neurophysiology of the autistic brain is what sets it apart. The cingulate gyrus (CG) is like an automated transmission that smoothly shifts focus between the frontal lobes in a neurotypical brain. However, in autism, a dysfunctional CG prevents access to the emotional/creative processing right frontal lobe, which is pivotal in spontaneity, social behaviour, and nonverbal abilities. While some neurotypical individuals are primarily right-brain thinkers, others tend to favour the left side of the brain. However, autistic individuals can't function well without using their left brain exclusively (Rolland, 2020). This may take up to a day. Anxiety is a distressing physiological reaction (not an emotion) that goes straight to the body and ignores the brain.

I understood that an autistic person's hyperfocus is so strong that they are unable to juggle competing thoughts. An autistic individual will accept your every statement at face value since they lack the cognitive capacity to process two sets of information at once. Autistic persons are unable to monitor how they are being received or viewed by their audience when speaking at length about a favourite subject (Kallstrand et al. 2010). I learned that people on the autism spectrum need organised activities because they cannot focus on both the task at hand and the task of predicting what could happen next.

Different forms of sensory overload are also brought on by hyperfocus. As a result of their hyperfocus, autistic people hear loud or high-pitched noises with far more intensity than their neurotypical counterparts. An autistic individual may experience cognitive impairment and a frightening void of thought if exposed to too many words on a page (Jemel et al. 2010). From my knowledge, I understood that anxiety might be brought on by shopping for too long or by overhearing private conversations. Anxiety attacks are often triggered by hardware shop lighting displays. Some people find that their hyperfocus amplifies their sensation of touch, which may make wearing tight clothes or receiving a hug uncomfortable.

These 52 autistic characteristics are all attributable to autism's distinguishing feature: hyperfocus (Churches et al. 2010). The mental state of hyperfocus consists of undying, laser-like attention on a single thinking process to the exclusion of all others. My research says that about a third of the following characteristics may also be attributed to other factors. This is why collecting a list of symptoms isn't a reliable diagnostic tool. The categorization of symptoms leads to more questions than answers if we don't know what's causing them (Vlamings et al. 2010). Autism's distinctive symptoms result from hyperfocus, a condition that is causally unique. If I suffer from hyperfocus, I won't be able to process several inputs or thoughts at once. The autistic person on the other end of the line cannot sense anything you or I am saying to them right now.

The concept of an autism spectrum needs to be abandoned because it is unproductive. Many erroneous autism diagnoses may be traced back to this flawed idea. The condition of autism does not belong on any gradable spectrum (Monk et al. 2010). I understood that autism is not a spectrum disorder but rather only has one form. No autistic autism disorders exist, and neither do autistic tendencies. True autism exists at a one hundred per cent rate. The sole difference between people with autism is the degree to which they experience hyperfocus. Individuals with autism disorder (low functioning) tend to be completely inaccessible due to their intense attention (Annaz et al. 2010). While communicating with people with Asperger syndrome who are high functioning, I understood that they exhibit hyperfocus less severely. If a visual representation is to be of any use, it must take the form of a vertical bar chart, with the highest intensity (lowest functioning) at the bottom and the lowest intensity (maximum functioning) at the top.

Children with autism who are unable to communicate are especially vulnerable to being stuck in a state of hyperfocus from which they cannot be rescued. Some severely autistic youngsters, as Einstein did at age four, develop an interest in communication and begin speaking on their own (Iarocci et al. 2010). Children with developmental, learning, language, communication, or social disorders not associated with autism are the only ones who can be taught to talk. When compared to the clinical phenotypic approach that was the norm in the 1960s, the symptom survey method of autism diagnosis represents a huge step backwards. Phenotyping relies on studying gene expression in people and establishing links between circumstances and genetics.

Conclusion

Autism is a neurophysiological disorder that affects how the brain processes information and is not caused by external factors. The inability to react to external or social stimuli is a major problem for a brain that is stuck in hyperfocus. Similarly, it cannot be treated using behaviour change techniques. Autism-related hyperfocus cannot be reasoned away. Hyperfocus, or intense, single-minded attention on one thought pattern at a time, to the exclusion of everything else, including one's own emotions, is a defining characteristic of autism. It seems that the cingulate gyrus (CG), the brain region responsible for focusing attention, is malfunctioning in those with hyperfocus. When compared to the clinical phenotypic approach that was the norm in autism diagnosis in the 1960s, the symptom survey method has been a severe setback.

Phenotyping relies on studying gene expression in people and establishing links between circumstances and genetics. Autism is a neurophysiological disorder that affects how the brain processes information and is not caused by external factors. The inability to react to external or social stimuli is a major problem for a brain that is stuck in hyperfocus. Similarly, it cannot be treated using behaviour change techniques. Autism-related hyperfocus cannot be reasoned away. Hyperfocus, or intense, single-minded attention on one thought pattern at a time, to the exclusion of everything else, including one's own emotions, is a defining characteristic of autism. The brain of the attention-focusing cingulate gyrus (CG) seems to be at the root of hyperfocus. 

References

NURBN2025 The Health and Cultural Diversity Assignment Sample

Assessment Description:

Students to explore impacts to health and health outcomes for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peoples, as well as demonstrate the importance of incorporating cultural perspectives in clinical practice as future healthcare professionals.

Overview:

The purpose of this task is to demonstrate cultural safety in clinical practice. You will critically examine a case study identifying the necessity of culturally safe practice to improve the health and health outcomes for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peoples.

In assessment task 1 you identified an understanding of your own identity, along with social and cultural factors and how this has influenced your own beliefs about, and interactions with, Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander Peoples. In this assessment task you have the opportunity to apply this self-reflection to practice when exploring the events of the following case study. Your responses are to be evidence-based.

Case Study

Annie is a 59 year old Aboriginal women from the Atherton table lands near Cairns, in north Queensland. Annie is passionate about being an Aboriginal community member, enjoying yarning with her community and attending local community events. Annie has one daughter Sharelle, 32 years old and one son Tony, 30 years old. Sharelle has 3 children, Sarah 12 years old, Kelly 9 years old and Alex who is 3 years old. Sharelle lives close to Annie in the Atherton Table lands.

Annie has lived independently for many years and was employed as a Murri Primary School Teacher which she loved. Annie retired 3 years ago to support her daughter with caring for her children. Annie had separated from the father of Sharelle and Tony many years ago.

Annie is visiting her son Tony and daughter-in-law Kate in Melbourne (within the Monash health catchment area). They have a baby, Lily who is 9 months old. Kate is returning to work so Annie has come to Melbourne for an extended stay to help care for baby. Annie enjoys caring for and getting to know Lily. Lily is relatively easy to look after, sleeping through the night. Annie takes over the care of Lily once Tony and Kate go to work. Annie loves signing songs to Lily. She also takes on the usual care like feeding and changing nappies. Lily will sleep about 3 hours in the middle of the day, so this gives Annie time to rest or tidy the house. Annie will take Lily for a walk if it is warm enough once she wakes up. Tony and Kate will take over the home tasks when they arrive home from work.

Annie is a bit lonely as she does not really know anyone. Annie is missing the mob in the Aboriginal Planned Activity Group where she is involved in yarning, gardening and walking activities. Annie’s favourite was art as she was creating a piece for a local exhibition. Annie does not like hospitals; she has a fear of hospitals because her community have had bad experiences.

Case Study Instructions

Move through this case study by addressing the following situations:

Section one: How do you ensure you are committed to a journey of cultural safety?

You are on a morning shift at Dandenong Hospital, Monash Health and have been informed that you need to admit a patient being transferred from the Emergency

Department. You receive the handover:

Annie is a 59 year old Aboriginal women from the Atherton table lands and has Type 2 diabetes and Hypertension, diagnosed when she was 50. She has managed her diabetes with the support of the

Local Aboriginal Health Service (Wuchopperen Health Service Limited:

https://www.wuchopperen.org.au/health-support). Annie had been informed that her kidney function was deteriorating which she had been following up at this service. Shortly after arrival in Melbourne Annie becomes unwell and is admitted to hospital. Annie was experiencing intense ear pain and had become very unsteady on her feet, later diagnosed with a severe ear infection requiring intensive intravenous antibiotic treatment.

Annie arrives on the ward; you greet Annie while taking her to her bed. How do you ensure you are committed to a journey of cultural safety?

1. Provide an evidenced based strategy that enables you to continue your cultural safety journey.

2. How do you welcome Annie into the ward?

3. Annie reveals her current situation with you, as outlined in the case study. What actions would you take following this conversation? You are advised to investigate an Aboriginal Community Controlled Health Service that would be able to support Annie while she is staying in Melbourne.

Section two: Addressing culturally unsafe practice.

You are now at handover. You are presenting Annie to the nursing team. You have just described Annie’s symptoms. You have said Annie is very unsteady on her feet and before you can continue you hear two nursing colleagues say, “I bet she’s an alcoholic. We will make sure we limit her pain relief”. To unpack this situation please answer the following questions

1. In NURBN2025 you were introduced to racism, the causes and impact on health outcomes Identify from peer reviewed literature the possible reasons why non-Indigenous people make racist assumptions about First Nations peoples. Include the following:

a. The potential beliefs, values and attitudes that have influenced these non- Indigenous nurses to be culturally unsafe.
b. Describe how these nurses have used power differentials related to their beliefs, for nursing care.
2. How would you advocate for Annie in this handover?

Section three: Promoting Cultural safety

You make an appointment to meet with your nurse unit manager (NUM) to address this culturally unsafe practice. What team based solutions could you present to your NUM. Think of this in terms of:

1. How could cultural safety be promoted within this ward?
a. What antiracist group learning strategies could be implemented?
b. How could power differentials be minimised?

Please note the word counts are a guide. The reference list is not included in the word count.

Solution

Section 1:How do you ensure you are committed to a journey of cultural safety?

The case scenario conveys that Annie is afraid of hospitals as her community has had a bad experience with care services. It is very common that Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander patients mostly confront several issues or challenges as the medical practices including nurses and doctors carry biased attitudes toward the community (Arrow et al. 2018). Thereby for a patient like Annie confirming cultural safety and equality in accessing healthcare is very important to confirm a safe environment for the healthcare setting. In order to confirm cultural safety for Annie, stakeholder engagement is much more important to confirm openness, respect, and offer safe care to a patient like Annie. It can justify a trustworthy, flexible, respectful relationship during the period of treatment. In order to confirm cultural safety, maintaining the privacy and secrecy of the patient is another important consideration as most of the aboriginal people do not have such type of offering during their intervention in the healthcare setting for best assignment help.

Considering Annie's fear regarding her healthcare setup, it is very important to welcome her to the ward with all warmth confirming a friendly environment. It would even help to justify cultural safety in the process. The nurse needs to be skilled and professional enough to carry an unbiased attitude and treat them in the same way as other patients. A welcoming attitude can even be confirmed by behavioral attempts where maintaining eye contact can offer assurance to Annie to be comfortable in the setup. Cultural safety can even be accommodated in the practice through effective communication where more focus would be on listening as most effective communication is mistaken by speaking. More listening to patients like Annie can help the nurse to be more acknowledged of her culture, and background to address her needs accordingly. It would help to sustain cultural safety in the setup. Before proceeding with any intervention for her difficulties taking her decision and discussing the intervention procedure with her is a must to avoid ethical issues like informed consent, autonomy, etc (Beks et al. 2019). Addressing to the referred ethical issues can even help to sustain a positive, safe, cultural environment in the healthcare setup. Having an understanding of Annie's difficulties as well as cultural considerations, it would be better for the nurses to arrange a support system to confirm that her main health issue is being addressed.

Annie does not have an extended family to help her out and her son and daughter might not be that much effective to offer her support. Thereby to confirm her continuous improvement regarding all types of health issues, it will be better to take the help of community services so that she can recover first. Annie is already getting the help of services to manage her diabetes but the service is not available in Melbourne as it belongs to Queensland and Annie is in Melbourne right now. Thereby it is important to arrange for another type of health service for Annie which is available and accessible in Melbourne. The help of any local aboriginal network can be communicated to confirm cultural safety afterward. As this particular network would help to be connected with the support service for the community; thereby it would be a better consideration to confirm cultural safety. The service needs to be such where several segments like raising awareness, building partnerships, information determination, etc which would be much helpful for Annie to be self-dependent in all terms. There are services like ACCHO and NACCHO that can help Annie in her situation through their programs and policies (Bovill et al. 2021). It would even help her to get rid of her fear of hospital services as these particular support services are for the community she belongs to and it is definitely help her to be comfortable and feel culturally safe and secure in all terms.

Section 2: Addressing culturally unsafe practice

In legal considerations, it has been confirmed in Australia that equality would be there in the health sector with no discrimination for race, gender, background, tradition, custom, etc. However, the practical scenario does not get properly aligned with the same; rather there are several nonindigenous people who consider aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people as discriminated, against, and unequal, and make them marginalized. It can be confirmed undauntedly that everyone has their own attitude, value, and beliefs but individualism should not lead to racism including hatred, discrimination, or prejudice due to their origin, or color. It even extracts the negative image of the sector as well as the societal structure of the country. Health Care sector belongs to emergency services and racism cannot be overflowing in such a sector; still, nurses often exercise power differentials as per their values, belief, or attitude. They often ignore Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people and do not pay proper attention to their symptoms to offer them safe care intervention (Jayakody et al. 2020). Such a type of attitude immediately confirms cult